You are on page 1of 306

2014 Catalog

Online Programs
01/2014

Table of Contents
Mission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 4 5 7
. . . . . . . .

Education Philosophy History .


. . . . . . . . . . .

Degree Programs .
BUSINE S S IN T E L L IGE NC E C OMP U T E R A NIM AT ION .
. Master of Science Degree Program .

. . .

. . .

. . . . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

General Information
IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING
. . Master of Science Degree Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. . .

284
285 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 296 296 303 303 305
2

8 18 30 42 51 63 75 84 91 10 3 115 12 6 13 6 14 5

15 8 16 8 18 1 18 9 201

A DM IS SIONS

. . Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

M E DI A C OM M UNIC AT IONS M E DI A DE SIGN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

F IN A NC I A L A ID

C R E AT I V E W R I T ING F OR E N T E R TA INM E N T C R E AT I V E W R I T ING


. . . . . Master of Fine Arts Degree Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

C A R E E R DE V E L OP M E N T T UI T ION BR E A K DO W N

MOBIL E DE V E L OP M E N T MOBIL E G A M ING

. . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program . . . . . Master of Science Degree Program .

DIGI TA L C INE M AT OGR A P H Y


Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program

GE NE R A L IN F OR M AT ION 209 221 233 2 41 251 263 275 279 282 283 A DM INIS T R AT ION .
. . .

E N T E R TA INM E N T BUSINE S S E N T E R TA INM E N T BUSINE S S E N T E R TA INM E N T BUSINE S S


with a Sports Management Elective Track Master of Science Degree Program

M USIC BUSINE S S

. . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program

M USIC P RODUC T ION

. . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program

ONL INE C L A S S SC HE DUL E S

NE W M E DI A JOU R N A L ISM
Master of Arts Degree Program

. .

ONL INE HOL IDAY SC HE DUL E

GAME ART

. . . . . . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

P UBL IC R E L AT IONS

. . . Master of Arts Degree Program

ONL INE E DUC AT ION AT F UL L S A IL S T UDE N T SE R V IC E S


. . . . . . . .

G A M E DE SIGN

. . . . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program

SP OR T S M A R K E T ING & M E DI A
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certificate Graduate Certificate

GR A P HIC DE SIGN

. . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program

W E B DE SIGN & DE V E L OP M E N T

P OL IC IE S & P ROC E DU R E S

INNOVAT ION & E N T R E P R E NEU R SHIP

EDUC AT ION M E DI A DE SIGN & T EC HNOL OGY IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING IN T E R NSHIP


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C L OC K HOU R -T O - C R E DI T HOU R C ON V E R SION . L IC E NSE S & AC C R E DI TAT ION


. . . . . . . . . . .

INS T RUC T ION A L DE SIGN & T EC HNOL OGY IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING


. . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program . . . . . . .

DEGR E E P ROGR A MS ON C A M P US

Introduction
MISSION

People from around the world come to Full Sail to pursue their educational goals, and they share one thing in common a passion for creative careers in the entertainment and media industry. Full Sails mission is to provide students with an innovative style of education, delivered by a staff of dedicated individuals, that addresses the career opportunities available in an ever-growing, constantly evolving industry. We do this by developing unique curricula that combine elements of creativity, art, business and life skills, technical prowess, and academic achievement. Our education is delivered via immersive teaching methods, both in Full Sails real-world production studios and classrooms, as well as through our online learning environment. Every one of our degree programs is designed to provide students with knowledge and real-world experience that will help them realize their career goals in the entertainment and media industry.

I NT RODUC T I ON

Mission

Introduction
EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY
Empower our students through an active relationship with the entertainment and media industry
Full Sail is dedicated to serving the needs and careers of our students and graduates by actively engaging the companies that make up the entertainment and media industry, both in the United States and around the world. At Full Sail, every degree program goes through ongoing assessment and evolution, ensuring that students receive an education that is current and relevant. This is accomplished through industry feedback and insight, and the specic guidance of groups of entertainment and media professionals who make up Program Advisory Committees for each of our degrees. In addition, our commitment to a close relationship with the industry allows employers to easily recruit qualied talent, and also allows our Career Development Department to promote our graduates to the widest possible audience.

Provide learning environments that are real world


Full Sails online courses and degrees are driven by a real-world approach that uses current technology to educate and inspire. Through the capabilities of todays Internet, traditional assignments are complemented by videos, animations, and interactive exercises. Our online learning environment is also built around the concept of connecting you with people from accessible instructors, to exclusive guest lecturers, to collaboration tools that enable you to meet, share, and receive feedback from your peers. Full Sails campus is designed to provide students with educational environments that are on par with some of the best production facilities in the world. In these studios, labs, and classrooms, students gain real-world experience with the creative and technical tools employed at all levels of the industry. At the same time, they learn the same production workow used in lm productions, recording sessions, live events, animation and design projects, and in the development of video games, websites, and entertainment business strategies. Whether on campus or online, Full Sails goal is to deliver a real-world educational experience that is engaging and exceptional.

Promote professionalism throughout the educational experience


We believe that students should approach their education like professionals because it will increase their chance for success throughout their careers. There are initiatives woven throughout a students educational journey designed to instill professional protocol, attitude, and a mindset for creativity and success. These elements are integral to our real-world educational formula, alongside up-to-date curricula, professional settings, immersive projects, and experienced educators.

Connect students with educators and industry guests who inspire and challenge
The core of Full Sail is our staff, many of whom bring years of industry credentials and educational experience to our campus. Because many of our educators and guests are active in the professional community through conventions, industry afliations, and professional projects, they are able to inspire students with current knowledge that speaks to how entertainment and media companies create exceptional professional product.

I NT RODUC T I ON

Eductional Philosophy

You can get there from here

History
SOME HIGHL IGH T S
Since Full Sails inception in 1979, over 34,000 graduates have prepared for careers in the entertainment and media industry. The following features some of the highlights of Full Sails history as well as that of our graduates. In 1980, Full Sail moved from its original home in Dayton, Ohio to Orlando, Florida. During the six years that followed, new audio courses were added to the original recording arts offering until, in 1986, the Recording Arts Comprehensive Program was introduced. In 1988, a new curriculum with a focus on the visual arts was born the Video and Film Production Comprehensive Program. In July 1989, Full Sail moved into its current home in Winter Park, Florida (a suburb of Orlando) which has since expanded into a 110+ studio multimedia campus. August 1990 marked a milestone in history when Full Sail received accreditation allowing students to earn Specialized Associate Degrees upon successful completion of the curricula in the Recording Arts and/or Film and Video Production Programs. A third Specialized Associate Degree in Digital Media was launched in March 1995 this addition marked Full Sails entrance into training for the vast, emerging eld of interactive media. March 1998 witnessed the introduction of the Game Design Specialized Associate Degree as well as the Show Production & Touring Specialized Associate Degree. In January of that same year, Full Sail achieved additional accreditation and licensing enabling students to earn Associate of Science Degrees in Recording Arts, Film and Video Production, and Digital Media.
1991 1980 Moved to Orlando, Florida 1989 Full Sail moves into its current home in Winter Park, Florida 1994

Our

GRAMMY
WINNING
Graduate

First

1996 1997

8 Graduate credits
Top Grossing Film of All Time OSCAR Winner for Best Picture

Titanic

1996 Full Sail earns the Florida-based Educational Award for Most Innovative Program as well as Educator of the Year

Top Grossing World Tour 1994


1997 Lycos presents Full Sail with their Top Five Percent Award for the schools website

Voodoo Lounge Tour

The Rolling Stones

3 Graduate credits on

1995

Graduate credit on
OSCAR Winner for Best Picture

Braveheart

EST.

1979

Nirvanas Nevermind
#1 Album (Billboard 200)

Graduate credit on

1996

Graduate credits on
Top Grossing World Tour 96

Reunion Tour

Kiss

1979 Founded in Dayton, Ohio

1989-1991 For three years in succession, Full Sail wins the prestigious TEC Award ( Technical Excellence and Creativity) for Best Recording School/Program, presented annually by Mix Magazine 1995 1990 1998

1987

Michael Jacksons Bad


8 million copies sold

Graduate credit on

LL Cool J Mama Said Knock You Out


#1 Billboard Rap Single

Graduate credit on

PIXARS Toy Story


#1 Box Ofce Film - OSCAR Nominated

Graduate credit on

WINNING
Graduate
Most Outstanding Technical Team

EMMY

XVIII Olympic Games

I NT RODUC T I ON

Our History

TODAY

2014

Our History (Cont.)


In February of 1999, a new accredited program was introduced the Computer Animation Associate of Science Degree. Additionally, the Game Design and Show Production & Touring Programs were modied and approved to be offered as Associate of Science Degrees. In November 2003, Full Sail offered its rst Bachelors Degree - the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program. In addition, the Game Development Degree Program was revised and expanded to become a Bachelor of Science Degree Program. Another milestone was achieved in August 2005 when three of Full Sails Associate of Science Degrees were revised and expanded to become Bachelor of Science Degrees Computer Animation, Digital Arts & Design (formerly Digital Media), and Film. In April of 2006, the Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree Program changed focus slightly and was renamed Music Business. In June 2007, Full Sail launched its rst Master of Science Degree in Entertainment Business, and in July 2007, Full Sail launched a new Associate of Science Degree in Graphic Design. October 2007 was a historic month, with the introduction of Full Sails rst online degree program an online version of the schools existing Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program. The launch of this rst online degree was years in the making and saw the school build a proprietary online learning platform from the ground up. In December 2007, Full Sail launched a new on-campus degree program the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree designed to meet the growing demand for game-specic artists. In January 2008, Full Sail launched two additional online degree programs the Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree and the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree, and a new on-campus degree program the Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree. In March 2008, Full Sail was granted University status and became known as Full Sail University. Since then, the school has continued to expand its online and campus degree offerings into new elds, including Game Design, Internet Marketing, Graphic Design, and more, while also revising and expanding its agship Recording Arts and Show Production programs to be offered as Bachelor of Science Degrees.
2003 2005-2007

Throughout the world, Full Sail graduates are employed in music recording, lm production, video production, animation, sound design, web development, concert sound, concert lighting, postproduction, game design, music, interactive title development, graphic design, virtual reality and simulation, entertainment companies, and worldwide corporations. Hundreds of media businesses have been built and GRAMMY, Emmy, Addy, and Recording Industry Association of America (Gold and Platinum Records) awards have been earned by numerous alumni. In addition, 2005 marked the rst graduate to ever be nominated for an OSCAR.

2005

OSCAR Nomination
2005

First Graduate

2007 Full Sails redesigned website receives multiple nominations in the Webby Awards for Best Home/ Welcome Page and Best Website - School

2008 Full Sail University named School/College of the Year by the Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools & Colleges (FAPSC)

One of the 3 Best Music Business Departments


Schools That Rock
The Rolling Stone College Guide

Full Sail is the Harvard of Game Schools


Tips & Tricks Magazine

2007

Electronic Gaming Monthly 2003

One of the Top 5 Game Degree Programs in the World

2002

Lord of the Rings:


OSCAR Winner for Best Picture

Graduate credit on

Return of the King

#1 Box Ofce Film on Halloween 3 Years in a Row

Saw 2,3,4

Graduate Directs

One of the Top 5 Film Schools in the Country


UNleashed Magazine (2005)

2005

2009 Full Sail University celebrates its 30th Anniversary & inaugural Hall of Fame Inductees

OSCAR Winner for Best Animated Feature Film

PIXARS The Incredibles

Graduate credit on

2003

Outkast Speakerboxxx/ The Love Below


3 Graduates Win

GRAMMY Album of the Year

Rolling Stone Magazine

One of the 5 Best Music Programs in the Country

2005

nominated projects

Graduates involved with GRAMMY

111

2006

I NT RODUC T I ON

Our History

Degree

Programs
DE GRE E P ROGRAM S 7

The explosive growth of data from the Bachelor of Science Degree Program Internet, social networks, business networks, as well as the evolution of data management systems, has given businesses, government and other organizations the tools to amass a wealth of information about the individuals and entities they engage with in a wide variety of transactions. Organizations are now recognizing the value this ocean of data represents. This awareness has fueled the need for professionals that can mine it, analyze it, and turn it into effective strategic and operational actions. In Full Sail Universitys Business Intelligence master of science degree program, youll learn how to collect, manage, mine, analyze, interpret, and create visual representations of Big Data using a variety of tools and technologies. Youll examine topics including data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies,

Computer Intelligence Animation


Master of Science Degree Program
and develop key technical and analytical skills in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development through a series of integrated learning activities. Each of your courses will contribute to the development of your capstone project, which will be to design and plan the implementation of a data warehouse a comprehensive database supplied by a variety of external sources. You will demonstrate your abilities as a BI professional by conducting your own research, developing and presenting your ndings and recommendations.

Business

Areas of Focus
Foundations of Business Fine Arts Intelligence Modeling BI Technologies Animation BI Analytics Effects Personal Development Final Project/ & Leadership Demo Reel Creation Skills

B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

ING

Areas of Focus

BI systems
data management
REPORTING
TOOLS

core
B U S INES S

DATA CTS processes management

use BUSINESS

core

processes

technologies

PROCESSING INTELLIGENCEsystems REPORTING MINING online data TOOLS transactional data warehouse PROCESSING

data data BUSINESS management

systems

BI

Foundations of Business Intelligence

transactional

online

BI

PROJECTS

MINING

technologies ing

statistical DATA INFERENCE management


PERSUASIVE

process analysis PROJECTS


implementation

BUSINESS FOUNDATIONS process OF online online DATADATA set PREDICTIVE data EVALUATION transactional ANALYTIC BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE analysis ANALYTIC processing modeling EVALUATION warehouse PROCESSING

MINING

online data

core

processes
DATA online

set

processing
project

Creating effective business intelligence solutions relies on a data scientists foundational knowledge of the core concepts, processes, and tools of business intelligence. In the Business Intelligence program, youll be introduced to the core business processes as well as the network, online, data management and reporting tools that represent the building blocks management of BI systems. Upon completion of the program students will have a thorough understanding of the TOOLS key components needed to construct an effective business intelligence infrastructure.

data

REPORTING

sys

SS ent

ion INFERENCE

skills statistical

listening

active

PROCESS managament PREDICTIVE

listening

active

BI TECHNOLOGIES modeling

process analysis

MANAGEMENT

REPORTING

management

project

ANALYTIC management

MANAGEMENT

processing technologies intelligence technologies are key building PROJECTS REPORTINGBusiness blocks of a BI solution. In the Business Intelligence
masters program youll acquire an understanding of management data management technologies, with an emphasis REPORTING on thePREDICTIVE design and creation of a data warehouse. Your courses will teach you the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects, including architecture and physical design. Youll explore BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions of BI technology, including database implementation administration, data warehousing, and data mining. You will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing, and learn common business intelligence tasks including reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. PROCESSING

management

data DATA set BI Technologies EVALUATION warehouse

MIN

NESS LIGENCE

PERSUASIVE

skills

implementation

PROCESS BI ANALYTICS managament

listening

active

project

MANAGEMENT statistical

ATIONS OF SS INTELLIGENCE

core
B U S INES S

INFERENCE

data management
REPORTING
TOOLS

processes
DATA

ment

NOLOGIES RTING

technologies

management

BI systems

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS

systems PERSUASIVE

BI

modeling

p ana

data

skills

PROCESS managament
|

liste

acti

warehouse
PROJECTS

MINING

data

transactional

online

B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

ment

TA

gies

data Areas of Focus

warehouse
PROJECTS

al

process analysis
data

ANALYTIC
PREDICTIVE

online

MINING

data

transactional FOUNDATIONS OF
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE

online

core
B U SIN ESS

PROCESSING

DATA
ANALYTIC BI TECHNOLOGIES

NCE

modeling

process processing

EVALUATION

set

processes

active REPORTING PROCESS listening BI Analytics managament kills


management TOOLS

IVE

implementation

project systemsactive

BI

analysis

online

processing
management

DATA set DATA EVALUATION management

technologies
management

data management

REPORTING data

data

Extracting meaningful information from an organizations data management system is a critical step in supporting decision-making within the world of business intelligence. Your lessons in the Business TOOLS Intelligence masters program will cover topics including statistical inference, decision-making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in project-planning situations.

BI systems

MANAGEMENT listening

project REPORTING BI ANALYTICS


MANAGEMENT

statistical REPORTING

INFERENCE

warehouse
PROJECTS

MINING

data

transactional PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT


PROCESSING AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS

online

PERSUASIVE

skills

Throughout the program, youll learn how PREDICTIVE warehouse technologies such as data warehouses, data

MINING analysis modeling PROJECTS cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing
PROCESS modeling managament
(OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute information. Youll also develop an understanding of basic statistical and analytic techniques used in implementation the evaluation of large data sets.

data process

transactional online
PROCESSING ANALYTIC

online

DATA

processing
DATA

EVALUATION

set

PREDICTIVE

process active analysis listening

project ANALYTIC MANAGEMENT

online

processing

EVALUATION REPORTING
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

set management
|

Master of Science Degree Program

10

CESS ament
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS

ntation

BI ANALYTICS

Areas of Focus

technologies listening

management INFERENCE
PERSUASIVE

active

DATA statistical

data

warehouse modeling project


PREDICTIVE
implementation

MANAGEMENT PROJECTS
PROCESS managament

process analysis

processing MINING REPORTING project


MANAGEMENT

online data ANALYTIC management

DATA set transactional EVALUATION

online

PROCESSING

BI systems
MINING

statistical BUSINESS

skills

listening

active

INFERENCE INTELLIGENCE

PREDICTIVE

modeling

process analysis

REPORTING

management

ANALYTIC

online

processing

Personal Development PERSUASIVE PMENT & Leadership Skills


FOUNDATIONS OF

KILLS

In order to successfully adopt and implement a BI BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE proposal, a business intelligence professional must be able to elicit information from participants, and explain complex concepts and processes to different audiences. They must also have the persuasive skills to encourage buy-in and organizational change, as well as the leadership skills to manage BI TECHNOLOGIES implementation processes.

skills

implementation BPROCESS U SI N ESS

data

transactional

online

managament processes

core

REPORTING listening
TOOLS

data management active

project

MANAGEMENT

systems

BI

PROCESSING

During your time in the Business Intelligence program, your courses will support the development of your communication and leadership abilities by emphasizing skills such as active listening, BI ANALYTICS negotiation, project management, and presentation skills. Youll also learn how to match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Additionally, you will build vital management skills such as vendor selection, management reporting, meeting management, PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT and legal issues that affect BI policy execution.

process analysis

ANALYTIC

online

technologies
DATA

management

DATA

data
EVALUATION

warehouse
PROJECTS

MINING
process analysis

data

set

processing statistical

INFERENCE

PREDICTIVE

modeling

listening

active

project

MANAGEMENT

PERSUASIVE

REPORTING

management

AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS

skills

implementation

PROCESS managament
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

listening
|
Master of Science Degree Program 11

active

Overview
The Business Intelligence master of science degree program prepares students for careers in Big Data, including business analysts, data warehouse administrators, and consultants. Business Intelligence master of science students receive graduate-level instruction that develops the technical, business, and analytic competencies necessary to inform effective organizational decision-making. Graduate courses in data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies introduce core knowledge and skills through a series of interconnected learning experiences. Students further develop key technical and analytical skills in courses that address topics such as data mining methodologies, pattern recognition and analysis, and process modeling. As they complete the program, students will rene their critical thinking and communication skills by examining a variety of realworld business challenges, through advanced lessons in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development. Each course will develop the students academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities. Throughout the program, students will develop their capstone thesis project focusing on building a data warehouse, which they will deliver in the nal month of the degree.

Objective
Todays businesses have access to a vast amount of information that can be utilized to improve their products and services, make their companies run more effectively, and transform their business. As such, utilizing Big Data to make informed business decisions is a rapidly growing trend for businesses around the world. The objective of the Business Intelligence master of science degree program is to prepare students to collect, manage, prepare, analyze, interpret, and communicate this information for the improvement of specic business processes and to inform business decisions. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to effectively utilize data for the improvement of business results. It will also be accomplished through project-based learning activities and guided academic research applications, which will enable students to use the appropriate tools and technologies for data management, analysis, visualization, and communication.

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

12

Business Intelligence
PROGRAM CORE
Code BIN 560 BIN 680 BIN 660 BIN 650 BIN 550 BIN 580 BIN 630 BIN 530 BIN 520 MDL 501 BIN 610 BIN 620 Totals: Course Business Intelligence Analytics Business Intelligence Capstone Business Intelligence Case Studies Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills Business Intelligence Technologies Data Mining

Master of Science Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 36.00
11 12
DATA MINING

1
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP

FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE

ENTERPRISE DATA MANAGEMENT

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE TECHNOLOGIES

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE ANALYTICS

10
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE LEADERSHIP & COMMUNICATION SKILLS

PATTERNS & RECOGNITION

PROCESS MODELING & ANALYSIS

DATA VISUALIZATION & CREATIVE REPORTING

Data Visualization and Creative Reporting Enterprise Data Management Foundations of Business Intelligence Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Patterns and Recognition Process Modeling and Analysis

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE CASE STUDIES

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE CAPSTONE

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

36 48

B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

13

Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 560 BIN 660 BIN 650

Business Intelligence Analytics


The Business Intelligence Analytics Course provides an overview of fundamental concepts, tools, and techniques used to extract meaningful information from an organizations data in order to support effective decision making. The course will further develop students understanding of statistical and analytic techniques used in forecasting and predictive analysis. Special emphasis will be placed on probability and an introduction to the Bayesian Paradigm and Bayesian statistical methods. Lessons will cover topics including statistical inference, decision making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments will emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in the planning of BI projects and data warehouse projects.

Business Intelligence Case Studies


The Business Intelligence Case Studies Course will synthesize student learning through case analysis and the practical application of business intelligence (BI) analytic processes to a range of business problems. Throughout the course, students will use a series of case studies to address a variety of real-world problems involving enterprise level business analysis. The course will focus use of BI processes, tools, and techniques to generate viable solutions to complex problems in a variety of domains. Activities will focus on developing the creative problem solving and critical thinking skills to support the range of BI decisionmaking processes from identification and analysis of problems to the presentation of results. Students will practice virtual meetings, interviews, and presentation skills in a variety of group and individual exercises.

Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills


The Business Intelligence Leadership and Communication Skills Course will refine students abilities to listen, ask questions, and explain complex processes, policies, and results to variety of audiences across an organization. Students will match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Lessons cover a variety of operational topics including vendor selection, management reporting, and legal issues that affect business intelligence (BI) policy and implementation. Exercises will emphasize skills necessary for successful BI professionals including listening, negotiation, and meeting management. Students will also work to finalize their capstone project presentation.

Course Outline
Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) Bayesian Statistical Methods Statistical Inference Decision Making Under Uncertainty Forecasting and Predictive Analysis Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Case Analysis Project Planning Enterprise Level Business Analysis Creative Problem Solving and Critical Thinking Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Create Effective Presentations in a Range of Media Vendor Selection Budgeting Listening Negotiation Meeting Management Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours BIN 680

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Management Reporting Legal Issues that Effect BI Policy and Implementation

Business Intelligence Capstone


The Business Intelligence Capstone Course will provide students with an opportunity to demonstrate mastery of program curriculum as they deliver their data warehouse and present key findings to colleagues and project stakeholders. Students will present a final thesis document that summarizes the project, methodologies, key results, and recommendations. In addition to presenting a functional data warehouse and executive dashboard, students will deliver a presentation that summarizes their project, results, and recommendations through the effective use appropriate data visualization and infographics. The final presentation will emphasize professional communication and critical thinking skills as much as technical competence.

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Written Report Including Project Plan, Methodology, and Recommendations Data Warehouse and Dashboard Presentation, Infographics, and Visualization Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

14

Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 550 BIN 580 BIN 530

Business Intelligence Technologies


The Business Intelligence Technologies Course develops students understanding of data management technologies and processes that support successful business intelligence (BI) systems with an emphasis on the design and creation of a data warehouse. Lessons cover the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects including architecture and physical design. Topics include the basics of extract, transform, and load (ETL) processes as well as the implementation and management of data warehouses. Students will explore common BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions of BI technology including database administration, data warehousing, and data mining. The course will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing (OLTP) and explore common BI tasks including reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. Students will learn how technologies such as data warehouses, data cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing (OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute organizational information. Case analysis and real-world examples will provide students with an introduction to basic statistical and analytic tools used by BI to solve problems and improve decision making in a variety of industries and contexts.

Data Mining
The Data Mining Course will examine how data mining tools, techniques, and intelligent processes are used to identify patterns in data that yield information, insight, and enterprise intelligence. Students will explore data mining concepts and practical techniques and methodologies for extracting information from large data sets using algorithms. Lessons will cover a variety of data mining and machinelearning processes and concepts including clustering, association, classification, and outlier analysis. Students will apply course concepts as they use professional data-mining tools on large data sets. This course will also address estimating the value of data mining insights and examine project management and reporting issues specific to data mining.

Enterprise Data Management


The Enterprise Data Management Course explores the big picture of enterprise data systems and sources, taking a holistic approach to knowledge management within organizations. This course will introduce enterprise and management-level information systems that support business processes including enterprise resource planning (ERP), decision support systems (DSS), supply chain management (SCM), knowledge management systems (KMS), customer relationship management (CRM), and human resources information systems (HRIS). Students will explore the impact of the Internet on traditional IT systems management with particular focus on the technical and policy impact personal smart devices and the unique security issues raised by mobile applications, social media, and cloudbased systems. The course will also introduce students to the fundamentals of logical data models and database design. Assignments focus on the communication and presentation of complex technical information to a range of non-technical audiences. Students will receive their Capstone business case that theyll use to develop a project plan, data warehouse, final report, and presentation to be delivered at the completion of their degree Month 12.

Course Outline
Algorithms and Machine Learning Data Mining Tools Classification Clustering and Association Estimating Value of Insights and Discoveries Project Management and Planning Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Extract, Transform, and Load (ETL) BI Systems Architecture Database Administration, Data Warehousing, and Data Mining Online Transactional Processing (OLTP) Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) Common BI Tasks Basic Statistical and Analytic Tools Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Management Information Systems (MIS) Decision Support Systems (DSS) Mobile Applications, Social Media, and Cloud-Based Systems Logical Data Models and Database Design Communicating with Nontechnical Audiences Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours BIN 630

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Data Visualization and Creative Reporting


The Data Visualization and Creative Reporting Course will sharpen students abilities to present complex results to a wide range of audiences across an organization. Students will learn about practical techniques and the latest tools for developing impactful data visualizations and infographics. The course will address concepts and design considerations for dashboards, user interface, and web-based reporting and examine how each supports a variety of knowledge management requirements. The course will address the use of dashboards, including web-based and desktop widgets and stand-alone software applications. Students will also explore current technical and user interface considerations of responsive web design as well as data-fusion techniques and the presentation of real-time, locationbased, and social network data.

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Data Visualization and Infographics Virtual Presentations Dashboards User Interface Design Mobile Reporting Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

15

Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 520 MDL 501 BIN 610

Foundations of Business Intelligence


The Foundations of Business Intelligence Course introduces students to the core concepts, processes, and tools of Business Intelligence. Lessons will introduce business process analysis (BPA) and cover the core business processes that business intelligence (BI) systems seek to address including finance and accounting, marketing, operations, and human resources. Students will explore the basics of common network, Internet, and BI architecture and technologies including data warehouses, data marts, and reporting tools and dashboard. Students will also develop a foundational knowledge of project management considerations for the design, development, and implementation of effective BI systems. Case study and interactive assignments will illustrate how elements of an effective BI system are used to solve a variety of real-world business problems. Finally, students will explore the structure of a formal literature review as they contrast business and academic research methods in preparation for the selection of their Capstone Thesis topic.

Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership


At the level of a masters degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.

Patterns and Recognition


The Patterns and Recognition Course will examine advanced data-mining concepts and techniques used to identify meaningful statistical patterns and relationships in data. Students will explore the use of algorithms in a variety of BI processes from basic pattern recognition to search engines and real-time analysis (RTA). Assignments will use case studies to emphasize the role of data mining in supporting effective organizational decision making. Students will also examine how algorithms are used to support social network analysis as well as speech and image recognition. Students will apply course concepts using data-mining tools to examine live data sets that support development of their capstone project.

Course Outline
Advanced Data-Mining Tools and Techniques Real-Time Analysis (RTA) Pattern Recognition Search Engines Social Network Analysis Speech and Image Recognition Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Business Process Analysis (BPA) Networking and Internet Technologies BI Architecture Project Management Academic and Business Research Methods Literature Review

Course Outline
Mastery Concepts In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Case Studies Leadership Principles

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

16

Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 620

Process Modeling and Analysis


The Process Modeling and Analysis Course will address how business intelligence systems are used to support the analysis and improvement of business processes. In addition to an exploration of business process modeling (BPM), process simulation modeling (PSIM), and enterprise risk modeling the course will examine a variety of statistical simulation and modeling concepts including model validation, sensitivity estimation, and Monte Carlo simulation. Lessons will also cover AB testing and optimization through simulation, including the use of Bayesian statistics in simulations used to support optimization processes. Selected cases and assignments will explore practical application of business-process analytics in solving real-world quality control, user-experience, and process-improvement problems. Students will also explore the application of course concepts in decision support systems (DSS) and the selection of key performance indicators (KPIs), including the use of balanced scorecards to monitor organization performance.

Course Outline
Process Simulation Modeling (PSIM) Enterprise Risk Modeling Statistical Simulation Optimization Monte Carlo Simulation AB Testing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E

Master of Science Degree Program

17

Animation
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program
It hasnt been that long since animation meant teams of artists working long hours to make individual 2D cels. For most of the 20th century, that was the way animated shows and features were made. But the 21st century has seen computers become essential tools for animators, with increased processing power and more sophisticated software combining to move the bulk of animation from the cel to the CPU. Whether for animated shows and feature lms, video games, or as special effects in live-action lms, computer animation is an integral part of the way artists get their vision onto screens. To become one of those artists, youll need to understand the art, the techniques, and the technology that professional animators use to bring their creations to life. In this collaboration-oriented online program, youll learn the tools of the trade that youll need to become a 21st century 3D artist.

Computer

Areas of Focus
Fine Arts Fine Arts Modeling Effects EffectsProject/ Final Demo Reel Final Project/ Creation Demo Reel Creation

Modeling Animation Animation

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

18

Areas of Focus

art
concepts

craft
Fine Arts modeling

life
DRAWING

life
DRAWING

SCULPTING

texturing
anatomical

LIGHTING

MODELING

curves
SURFACES

ANIMATION

MODELING
c h a ra c t e r

2D 3D
TECHNIQUES

LANGUAGE

body
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS

RIGGING

storyBOARDING

EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION

lighting effects

CAMERA

demo REEL
P R OF E S S I ONAL

character MODELING
texturing

SURFACES The journey of becoming successful in the computer animation industry starts with building a foundation in traditional art. Our curriculum is built on the skills, concepts. and techniques that will enable M O T I Oand N appreciate the holistic LANGUAGE students to understand approach artists must use in the animation process. Using traditional mediums such as graphite, color pencil, and clay you will learn how to manipulate MOVEMENT the elements of PARTICLE art to create designs that work in EFFECTS ACTIONS the three-dimensional world. Hands-on exercises in illustration, color theory, character development, life drawing, and sculpting will help you produce believable characters and compositionally sound environments.

3D

BASICS

curves

character
dynamics

body
realistic

Modeling
Creating believable models is an essential element of computer animation. With three courses devoted solely to modeling, youll gradually develop the strategies and skills needed to use computer modeling tools efciently. After getting a foundation in surface creation, 3D modeling basics, trimming and blending, and curves and surfaces, youll move on to advanced modeling techniques production modeling, surface ow, anatomical modeling utilizing the same real-world SCULPTING workow as professional animators.

COMPUTER ANIMATION
COMPUTER ANIMATION

SPECIAL
effects

FINE ARTS
FINE ARTS

art art
TRADITIONAL
TRADITIONAL

TECHNIQUE

TECH N I QUE

craft

MODELING

MODELING

life
DRAWING

concepts

concepts

craftcraft life
TECHNIQUE
DRAWING

life
DRAWING

SC

LIGH

tex

SCULPTING

LIGHTING

3D

modeling
BASICS

3D

texturing

anatomical modeling curves C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON | MODELING Bachelor of Science Degree Program B A S I C S SURFACES

curves
SURFACES

M
19

an

curves 3D
character MOTION
LANGUAGE
T E C H N IQ U E

Areas of Focus modeling BR AS I CC SE S SU FA

anatomical MODELING MODELING curves


SURFACES

anatomical

body
craft
PARTICLE

LANGUAGE
DRAWING

life

cha ra c t e r body RIGGING

SCULPTING

storyBOARDING RIGGING storyBOARDING


LIGHTING

char act er

realistic 3D
EFFECTS modeling MOVEMENT BASICS

dynamics

realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
PRO FESSIO NA L

texturing

ACTIONS

anatomical curvesdemo MODELING character


SURFACES

demo REEL
P R O F E S S I O NA L

character MODELING

REEL

MODELING

character MOTION
Animation

LANGUAGE

body
realistic

RIGGING

character

texturing
ANIMATION

texturing

SPECIAL COMPUTER storyBOARDING effects

MOVEMENT PARTICLE models to life is the goal Bringing computer of the EFFECTS ACTIONS animation process, and the curriculum at Full Sail teaches you the tools and techniques youll need to do just that. First, youll learn basic animation skills and the fundamentals of powerful software packages like Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Then youll build on those basics with 2D and 3D techniques like character motion, body language, and character rigging as you use all your artistic skills together with technology to make your creations move.

dynamics

demo REEL
PROFESSIONAL

effects character MODELING

SPECIAL

FINE ARTS

texturing
effects

art
TRADITIONAL

concepts

SPECIAL

MODELING

3 2D 3D
TECHNIQUES

ANIMATION

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

20

TECHNIQUES TECHNIQUES

2D 3D
Areas of Focus

MOTION

LANGUAGE LANGUAGE

RIGGING

lighting lighting effects effects


Integration

CAMERA CAMERA

dynamics dynamics PARTICLE


PARTICLE EFFECTS

EFFECTS

realistic realistic MOVEMENT MOVEMENT


ACTIONS ACTIONS

demo demo REEL


PROFESSIONAL P R OF ES S IONAL

REEL

character character MODELING MODELING


texturing texturing
SPECIAL SPECIAL
effffe ec cttss e

aft

deling

SICS

cter TION

Its one thing to build a model and make it move, its something else to make it look real (or unreal, if DRAWING that is what you are shooting for). The next phase is to take your computer-built 3D creations to the next level of realism by integrating them into live-action sequences. By using tracking and compositing software packages such as Syntheyes and Nuke, youll be able to integrate your digital creations SURFACES into live-action lm footage. Once you bring the two together, youll learn how to use Apple Color and Final Cut Pro to polish and nalize your work, creating a seamlessly integrated scene.

life

Final Project/ SCULPTING Demo Reel Creation


All of the skills youve developed and polished during the Computer Animation program come together in the nal project course. Youll start by coming up with a concept to show your artistic strengths as a 3D artist. Then youll enter the planning stage, anatomical where youll need to develop concept art and create storyboards. After setting out your goals and timeline during preproduction, youll go through the process of generating content that ts your chosen area of focus whether thats developing models and adding textures and lighting, implementing visual effects, animating developed characters, creating natural phenomena using particles, compositing CG elements into lm plates, or developing models adding textures and lights.

texturing

LIGHTING

curves

MODELING
character

LANGUAGE

body
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS

RIGGING

storyBOARDING

COMPUTER ANIMATION

FINE ARTS

art
TRADITIONAL

concepts

ics

ECTS

ICLE

In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your teachers will re-evaluate the art and animation REEL youve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry youre most interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your technical prociency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career.

demo
PROFESSI ONAL

character MODELING

MODELING

ANIMATION

texturing
effects

2D 3D
TECHNIQUES

SPECIAL

EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION

lighting effects
21

CAMERA

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program at Full Sail is centered on real-world production processes. From storyboarding, sketching, and modeling to character animation, special effects, and nal compositing, the Computer Animation degree program at Full Sail takes you through the entire production pipeline. Our program starts by getting you familiar with the art concepts behind animation; drawing, sculpting, and other traditional forms of expression are essential parts of getting your art onto the computer. Youll also learn the basic principles behind computer-generated models, characters, animation, and visual effects. Then youll put those principles to use just like animation pros do when developing lms, TV shows, commercials, and games. By using the same hardware and software as professional animation studios, youll gain the skills youll need to hit the ground running when you embark on your career. To highlight these skills, youll nish your education by creating a demo reel that showcases your best work. Learning the essential art and technology elements of this eld is just one part of the Computer Animation program. Youll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the animation industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer character animation and visual effects needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, visual effects animators, lighters, and renderers. Besides the programs strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related elds. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

COMPUTER ANIMATION

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

22

Computer Animation
PROGRAM CORE
Code CGA 221 CGA 121 CGA 461 CGA 321 CGA 322 CGA 342 CGA 451 CGA 453 CGA 241 CGA 356 CGA 131 CGA 101 CGA 102 CGA 112 DIG 1301 ODT 1000 CGA 482 CGA 471 CGA 474 CGA 475 CGA 351 CGA 352 CAB 101 CAB 302 CAB 403 GRA 1161 CGA 366 Totals: Course 2D Animation 3D Foundations Animation Production Character Animation I Character Animation II Character Design and Creation Character Rigging I Character Rigging II Compositing Fundamentals Compositing and Scene Finishing Fundamentals of Animation Fundamentals of Art I Fundamentals of Art II Methods of Design Model Creation Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Portfolio Assembly Portfolio Content Creation I Portfolio Content Creation II Portfolio Content Creation III Portfolio Preproduction Production Modeling

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 7.00 4.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 4.00 4.00 98.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
VISUAL DEVELOPMENT

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
11 12 13 14 15
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PHY 1000 MTG 1205 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:

Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physics Geometry and Measurement

3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ART HISTORY

10

Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play

FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I

3D FOUNDATIONS

FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II

MODEL CREATION

SHADING & LIGHTING

30.00
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

128 128

16

17

18

19

20

PRODUCTION MODELING

2D ANIMATION

COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS

FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION

CHARACTER RIGGING I

21

22

23

24
ANIMATION PRODUCTION

25
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION

CHARACTER RIGGING II

CHARACTER ANIMATION I

CHARACTER ANIMATION II

PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

26

27
COMPOSITING & SCENE FINISHING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

28

29

30

Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Shading and Lighting Visual Development

PORTFOLIO PREPRODUCTION

PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION I

PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION II

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31

32

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION III

PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

23

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 221 CGA 461 CGA 322

2D Animation
The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subjects volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability.

Animation Production
The Animation Production Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce an animated sequence. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the production industry, as they produce a portfolio animation piece to showcase their proficiency.

Character Animation II
The Character Animation II Course continues to strengthen students animation skills by exploring methods for creating movement that is not only entertaining and appealing, but also depicts actions that are driven by the characters emotions and personality. Students will also analyze methods for creating solid acting choices that are unique and interesting. By using discussion and analysis, students will be introduced to the importance of evaluating their own work, as well as the work of their peers. This enables them to critique each others projects with the intent of implementing what they have learned into their own animation, preparing them for situations encountered in the real world.

Course Outline
Preproduction Applications of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development

Course Outline
Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality

Total credit hours CGA 321

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Advanced Character Animation Techniques Implementing the Directors Notes Scene Analysis and Evaluation Character Dialogue Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques Creating and Using Reference

Character Animation I
4 weeks
The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow.

Total credit hours CGA 121

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours CGA 342

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

3D Foundations
The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the foundations of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics. Students learn the interface and controls of multiple programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for more advanced courses later in the Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program.

Course Outline
Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Group Participation and Critique Scene Planning and Workflow

Character Design and Creation


The Character Design and Creation Course builds on the concepts introduced in the Model Creation course. In this course, students develop their modeling skills while learning to utilize software tools to build organic character models. Students then learn how to deform those models to follow the motion prescribed by storyboards and character actions.

Course Outline
Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components

Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Surface Flow and Anatomy Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

24

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 451 CGA 241 CGA 131

Character Rigging I
The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig.

Compositing Fundamentals
The Compositing Fundamentals Course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world, live-action video footage. Students are introduced to compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals in current production pipelines. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer-generated elements to properly match a high definition film or video source, while presenting them the opportunity of working in a node-based compositing environment.

Fundamentals of Animation
The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them.

Course Outline
Matte Creation Techniques Lighting and Rendering Node-based Compositing

Course Outline
Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering

Course Outline
Joint Creation and Layout Control Building and Constraints Custom Attribute Creation Set Driven Keyframes Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques Python Fundamentals Python Tool Development

Photoshop Fundamentals 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping

Total credit hours CGA 356

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGA 101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGA 453

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Compositing and Scene Finishing


The Compositing and Scene Finishing Course broadens the base of students knowledge by offering insight into the process of combining computergenerated imagery (CGI) with video and film elements. By learning what happens when rendered imagery is integrated into the postproduction process, students will come to better understand the core principles of proper compositing and finishing practices. Students will be introduced to the fundamentals of node-based compositing systems and 3D camera tracking tools, accompanied with common rendering methods utilized in current postproduction pipelines. The course also introduces rendering techniques used to properly composite both render layers and render buffers derived from professional 3D software.

Fundamentals of Art I
The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.

Character Rigging II
The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow.

Course Outline
Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space

Course Outline
Skin Deformation Muscle Systems Advanced Deformers Advanced Facial Setups Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur) Advance Mathematical Connections Scripted Controls

Course Outline
Node-based Compositing Color Theory and Practice 3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving) Rendering Methods and Practices Proper Integration Techniques

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

25

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 102 DIG 1301 CGA 482

Fundamentals of Art II
The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.

Model Creation
The Model Creation Course is the first of three fundamental courses that teach computer modeling, and rendering. The philosophy of the course dictates that good curves make good surfaces, and modeling strategies start with an objects profile curves. Students are introduced to the tools used in each step of creating a computer model. By learning the capabilities of each tool and the interaction between tools, students develop techniques and strategies for efficiently creating virtual models.

Portfolio Assembly
The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a students content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing their talents as a computer animation artist.

Course Outline
Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting

Course Outline
4 weeks
Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization

Course Outline
Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development

Total credit hours CGA 112

3.00

Course length

Methods of Design
The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course.

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 471

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ODT 1000

Portfolio Content Creation I Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. The Portfolio Content Creation I Course helps students review and continue advancing their overall knowledge of computer animation workflow, timeline, professional behavior, and mind set. This course prepares students to experience a four-week production deadline, and introduces the concept of working under production constraints. Students use their artistic skills and technical knowledge to create a professional quality asset based on reference compiled during Animation Preproduction. All assets are managed and critiqued by an in-lab art director, to help guide projects towards photorealistic expectations under defined deadlines.

Course Outline
Critical Thinking Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development

Course Outline
Motion Data Shoot Data Tracking Skeleton Retargeting Application and Simulation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

26

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 474 CGA 351 CAB 101, 302, 403

Portfolio Content Creation II


In the Portfolio Content Creation II Course, students will continue developing asset completion to deadline based on preproduction developed in Animation Preproduction. The students will incorporate knowledge developed from Portfolio Content Creation I to improve their artistic sensibilities, workflow, skill sets, technical knowledge, and personal time management. Students will continue working with the in-lab art directors and within the critique process as they work to create photorealistic content.

Portfolio Preproduction
The Portfolio Preproduction Course develops students ability to plan, coordinate, and study assets, using traditional methods to demonstrate their learned strengths as a 3D artist. Working from photograph and video reference, students explore and develop characters, environments, vehicles, rigs, and animation ideas. Successful completion of this course arms students with the knowledge of how to use good reference and artistic studies to create production blueprints.

Project Management and Assessment I, II, III


The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Course Outline
Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing

Course Outline
Art Direction Set Design Character Design Storyboards Animatics

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Total credit hours 7.00 Course length 4 weeks GRA 1161

1.00/2.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGA 475

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGA 352

Shading and Lighting Production Modeling


The Production Modeling Course develops students understanding of model development as it applies to production in the animation industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques. The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the look, shading, and atmosphere that bring scenes to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Fundamentals of Art Course, including light and shadow observation techniques.

Portfolio Content Creation III


In the Portfolio Content Creation III Course, students will develop the third and most advanced photoreal asset for their portfolio. Using the knowledge obtained during previous months, students will work toward meeting their final four-week production deadline. In this course, students work at optimal speed and precision, having a strong understanding of artistic appeal, time management, asset creation, and professional behavior preparing them for the methods, environments, and conditions experienced in the production arena.

Course Outline
Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization

Course Outline
Advanced Modeling Techniques Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow

Course Outline
Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing Character Development

Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies

Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

27

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 366

General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012

Visual Development
The Visual Development Course provides students with continued knowledge of texture painting, lighting and rendering, and effects. Students will continue to develop texturing skills reviewing real-world visual reference, and study of lighting as it applies to mood and rendering.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
UV Editor and Painting Techniques Observational surface studies Generating Mood using light Enhancement of digital content

Course Outline
Ancient Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Medieval and Renaissance Art

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

28

Course Descriptions
General Education
PHY 1000 COM 3109 DEP 1013

Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours MTG 1205

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies

Total credit hours Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Geometry and Measurement

The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations.

Total credit hours

4.00

Course Outline
A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

29

Creative Writing
for Entertainment
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
Whether its a lm with a plot that keeps you on the edge of your seat, a television show with a cast of characters that have a special place in our hearts, or a video game with such a compelling concept that its almost impossible to put the controller down, the best entertainment always has a great story at its core. As we continue to experience entertainment in an ever-growing number of ways, those professionals who can marry words and visuals to tell a compelling story across multiple platforms have become increasingly sought after within the entertainment industry. Full Sails Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program immerses students in the skills theyll need to become those professionals. Following the evolution of a story from the brainstorming process to its implementation across a variety of media platforms, students will not only learn how to write compelling content for lm, television, websites, video games, and social media, but also how to market themselves and their work within the industry.

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus


Fine Arts Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Effects Marketing/ Final Project/ Pitching Demo Reel Creation

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

30

Areas of Focus

CREATIVE WRITING

CREATIVE WRITING

STORYTELLING

Storytelling
RESEARCH

STORYTELLING

BRAINSTORMING
MARKETING/PITCHING

CREATIVE WRITING
RESEARCH

storyboards

While there are many different ways to tell a story, the fundamental concepts behind good storytelling are consistent. Through a series of writing workshops and exercises, youll rene the way in which you brainstorm ideas and translate your thoughts into effective stories. Youll learn how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through visual props, as well as through the use of storyboarding software, as you examine different authorial choices and literary techniques and devices. Youll also learn about the characteristics of a good story and explore how these elements play across formats such as television, lm, video games, and more.

STORYTELLING

BRAINSTORMING

storyboards

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

31

ATIVE STORYTELLING TING

Areas of Focus

YTELLING

RESEARCH

ARCH

MARKETING/PITCHING Research

HEORY

SINESS

Theres no better way to develop the tools you need to craft a story or written concept than by learning from the work of the great storytellers of the past. KETING/PITCHING As a student in the Creative Writing degree program, youll research the techniques and conventions of writing for a variety of genres and channels, including childrens entertainment, comedy, tragedy, horror, mystery, suspense, science ction, and fantasy. Youll also learn techniques to develop your observational skills and work toward becoming an effective interviewer, and then apply these abilities to your own creative works.

SKILL

LEADERSHIP

development

NETWORKING

skills
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 32

N E G O T I AT I N G

uest PEAKERS

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT |
EXECUTIVE

CREATIVE Areas of Focus WRITING

STORYTELLING

RESEARCH

CREATIVE WRITING

Marketing/Pitching
Successful writers dont nd work solely based MARKETING/PITCHING on the merits of their work; being able to market yourself as a creative entity can be a huge factor in helping you share your talents with the world. In this program, youll study the various channels of publishing and distribution that exist in the industry today, such as e-books, audio books, digital readers, and other platforms that deliver content to audiences on a global scale. Youll also learn about the process of joining unions, nding a good agent, and obtaining sound legal advice. Throughout the program, youll also be working to assemble your own creative writing digital portfolio, comprised of your writing, artwork, and media including spec scripts, screenplays, animation concepts, game prospectuses, storyboards, blog links, and more. As you prepare to enter into the industry, youll be equipped with a self-promotional tool that can help assist you in nding work as a writer.

STORYTELLING

CREATIVE WRITING

RESEARCH
STORYTELLING

MARKETING/PITCHING

RESEARCH

MARKETING/PITCHING

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

33

Overview
As new distribution channels for media emerge in the entertainment industry, there is increasing demand for creative writers who can extend a compelling story across multiple platforms. Full Sail Universitys Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program provides students the opportunity to not only perfect their storywriting abilities, but also allows them to understand and implement the transmedia approach that is necessary in todays entertainment industry. Whether the nal delivery channel is a movie theater, television screen, computer monitor, game console, website, or mobile device, youll learn to develop compelling and well-crafted stories that will captivate consumers on multiple platforms. A growing collection of digital tools is available to todays writers, and the Creative Writing bachelors degree program teaches the most effective way to utilize those tools. Youll explore a multitude of publishing and distribution methods along with the relevant legal and ethical issues. In addition, youll further develop leadership, project management, and research skills, sharpen your technical prowess, conduct and utilize industry research, and explore the marketing processes related to your creative works. Most importantly, youll write and workshop your writing in a variety of formats and genres, building a strong portfolio of original pieces. The degree program helps equip you with the knowledge and tools necessary to be a successful creative writing professional in the fast-paced world of the entertainment industry. To help you move towards your desired career, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The objective of the Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis, criticism, and editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. The program is designed to equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to pursue careers in creative writing. The Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program will also further strengthen students leadership, project management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take full advantage of todays high demand for creative writers and prepare them for professional creative writing career in the eld of entertainment.

CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

34

Creative Writing for Entertainment


Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code ECW 3721 ECW 1223 ECW 3831 ECW 4954 ECW 1715 ECW 2841 ECW 3520 ECW 2123 ECW 2743 OVA 1000 ECW 4655 ECW 3953 ECW 3055 ECW 2351 ECW 3651 ECW 1410 ECW 4101 ECW 4220 ECW 4320 ECW 4420 Course Childrens Entertainment Creative Skills Development The Creative Writing Industry Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly Creative Writing Research Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research Introduction to Game Writing Literary Techniques and Story Development Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Portfolio Revisions and Editing Publishing and Distribution Scriptwriting Techniques Symbolic Communications and Cartography Transmedia Writing Visual Thinking and Writing Writing Workshop I: Film Writing Workshop II: Television Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 79.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:

GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 CGS 1000 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 HIS 2320 ECW 3111 ECW 3211 ECW 3311 DEP 1013 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Computer Science and Internet Digital Literacy English Composition I English Composition II Fundamentals of Physical Science Historical Archetypes & Mythology Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery and Suspense Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy Psychology of Play

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 46.00
16 17
DEVELOPING NEW WORLDS: ENVIRONMENT & HISTORICAL RESEARCH LITERARY TECHNIQUES & STORY DEVELOPMENT COLLEGE MATHEMATICS DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I CREATIVE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

10

VISUAL THINKING & WRITING

ENGLISH COMPOSITION II

CREATIVE WRITING RESEARCH

COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET

ART HISTORY

11

12

13
SYMBOLIC COMMUNICATIONS & CARTOGRAPHY

14

15

HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

18

19

20
LITERARY GENRE II: HORROR, MYSTERY & SUSPENSE

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

125 128

LITERATURE CRITICISM & ANALYTICAL THINKING

SCRIPTWRITING TECHNIQUES

LITERARY GENRE I: COMEDY & TRAGEDY

21
LITERARY GENRE III: SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY

22

23

24

25

INTRODUCTION TO GAME WRITING

TRANSMEDIA WRITING

CHILDREN'S ENTERTAINMENT

THE CREATIVE WRITING INDUSTRY

26

27
WRITING WORKSHOP I: FILM

28
WRITING WORKSHOP II: TELEVISION

29
WRITING WORKSHOP III: STORYBOARDING, ANIMATION & COMICS

30
WRITING WORKSHOP IV: VIDEO GAME & INTERACTIVE FORMATS

Totals:

PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
*

31

32

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

PORTFOLIO REVISIONS & EDITING

CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

35

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 3721 ECW 3831 ECW 1715

Childrens Entertainment
The Childrens Entertainment Course introduces students to writing for childrens content. The course provides an overview of classic children literature and film and places it within the context of writing for television, film, web, games, and animation. Students also explore different avenues of childrens transmedia entertainment.

The Creative Writing Industry


The Creative Writing Industry Course provides insight into the business of creative writing. Producing high-quality writing is only the first step in becoming a literary success. In order to capitalize on their artistic efforts, students must become savvy in the process of joining unions, discerning good agents, and obtaining sound legal advice with regard to the myriad of legal aspects involved in selling their work and the rights to it.

Creative Writing Research


The Creative Writing Research Course introduces students to the fundamentals of research in order to equip them with the skills necessary for creating professional, believable creative writing projects. In this course, students learn techniques for executing comprehensive information searches, developing their observational skills, and conducting effective interviews. Students then begin applying these skills to their own creative works.

Course Outline
Classic Childrens Literature Childrens Television & Film Childrens Interactive Media Childrens Transmedia Entertainment

Course Outline
Legal Issues in Publication Copyrights Unions Networking Marketing

Course Outline
Research Methods and Techniques Observational Skills Effective Interviewing Application to Creative Works

Total credit hours ECW 1223

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks ECW 2841

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ECW 4654

Creative Skills Development


The Creative Skills Development Course introduces students to the tools for developing a creative method. Through building brainstorming techniques, discovering methods for overcoming writers block, and drawing inspiration from the world around them, students learn how to spark and maintain their creative flow. In this course, students journal, learn organization techniques, and create a library of books and websites to use as a lifetime inspiration source.

Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly


In the Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly Course guides students as they focus on polishing selected works from previous classes to prepare for submission. As part of that process, students will use a digital portfolio to showcase their individual journey through the Creative Writing for Entertainment degree program. Students will be able to use their digital portfolio as a promotional tool when they graduate and launch their creative writing careers, later replacing their student work with professional samples as they gain experience in their field.

Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research


The Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research Course builds upon the skills students learned in their Creative Writing Research course by exploring research specifically tailored for building the worlds of their stories. Students further hone their critical thinking skills as they apply this research to create the time period and environment of their writing, whether set in the past, present, or future, and whether historically accurate or anachronistic.

Course Outline
Brainstorming Self-Motivation Journaling Organization Skills

Course Outline
Historical Accuracy Environmental Immersion World Creation

Course Outline
4 weeks
Culmination of Work Workshop I, II, III, IV Projects Social Networking Persona Self-Promotion Tool Living Digital Document Final Digital Portfolio Project

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Historical Fictionalization

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

36

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 3520 ECW 2743 ECW 4655

Introduction to Game Writing


The Introduction to Game Writing Course introduces students to special demands and concerns involved in writing for games and the techniques used to address these needs. Game writing is the foundation for and paragon of interactive writing and usually takes place in a highly collaborative environment. Students in this course practice the techniques of game writing and the collaborative skills needed to succeed in this environment.

Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking


The Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking Course is designed to deepen students understanding and appreciation of classical and contemporary literature. Through interpretation and discussion of a variety of writings, students sharpen their analytical skills, which enables them to craft their own literary masterpieces.

Portfolio Revisions and Editing


The Portfolio Revisions and Editing Course explores the process of revising and editing selected works to assure that they are ready for submission to the final digital portfolio presentation project. Students will learn to troubleshoot and develop personal strategies for improving their writing. The ability to critique work objectively enables writers to correct structural, thematic, and formatting issues before submitting their final drafts. Digital portfolios are a professional, convenient, portable way to display and organize samples of students writing, artwork, and media and will be used to monitor students professional growth.

Course Outline
Game Outline/Bibling Scripted Cut Scenes Descriptive Flavor Text Branching Dialogue Collaborative Composition

Course Outline
Canonical Literature Contemporary Literature Literary Theory and Practice Transmedia Writing

Course Outline
4 weeks
Objectivity and Analysis Spotting Dialogue and Character Development Issues Global and Local Editing Formatting, Design, and Layout File Sharing Limitations Multimedia Files

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks OVA 1000

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours ECW 2123

Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Literary Techniques and Story Development
The Literary Techniques and Story Development Course provides a broad spectrum and intensive study of authorial choices and literary techniques that bring meaning and direction to stories. By employing literary devices, authors play upon their readers conscious and unconscious experiences and archetypes, which in turn shapes the interpretation by and impact on the audience. The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.

Total credit hours ECW 3953

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Publishing and Distribution


The Publishing and Distribution Course provides an overview of the publishing industry from its inception on stone tablets to mobile media storytelling platforms. E-books, audio books, digital readers, and wireless access to content have changed the publishing landscape forever. In this course, students explore the processes used to distribute entertainment narratives on a global scale.

Course Outline
Mobile Media Storytelling Game Storylines Film Scripts Web Series

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries

Course Outline
History of Publishing Digital Publishing Future of Publishing Distribution Methods

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

37

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 3055 ECW 3651 ECW 4101

Scriptwriting Techniques
The Scriptwriting Techniques Course introduces students to basic scriptwriting formatting for television and film. Students in this course become proficient in Final Draft, the industry-standard software for screen and film writing, while also exploring the basic elements of plot, character, dialogue, and structure.

Transmedia Writing
The Transmedia Writing Course examines the full range of media landscape and charts the progress of a story across multiple platforms. Television shows are often no longer an isolated experience, and the storyline frequently continues after the credits roll each week. Driven by the audiences appetite for more, this crossplatform approach provides a strategic marketing plan and solid entertainment.

Writing Workshop I: Film


The Writing Workshop I: Film Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by screenwriters. Students are required to develop a premise, page breakdown, and outline, and to think visually to create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.

Course Outline
Final Draft Software Outlining Structure Character Building

Course Outline
Online Tie-Ins Social Networking Streaming Scenes Mobile Devices & Emerging Platforms

Course Outline
Format Structure Dialogue Story Collaboration

Total credit hours ECW 2351

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ECW 1410

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Symbolic Communications and Cartography


Students in the Symbolic Communications and Cartography Course explore covert societies and the sets of tools through which they communicate. Whereas everyday language and symbols are meant to be clear and precise, communication in some societies is designed to be misleading and/or nearly impossible to understand by the masses in order to keep their rites and practices concealed. In this course, students explore maps and their effective uses in literature and puzzles, and codes in relation to their effective use in storytelling.

Visual Thinking and Writing


The Visual Thinking and Writing Course introduces students to the creative structure of the visual medium. Students learn the building blocks of visual storytelling, such as how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through props. In this course, students learn how to translate the fourdimensional world into clear and evocative writing.

Total credit hours ECW 4220

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Writing Workshop II: Television


The Writing Workshop II: Television Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by television writers. Students are required to think visually and develop a television series. Students develop a premise, write a spec script, and master teasers, tags, and act outs. Thinking visually, they create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development particular to the various television genre needs. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.

Course Outline
Ancient Civilizations Puzzles and Codes Religious Symbols Secret Societies

Course Outline
Visual Building Blocks Storytelling Techniques Visual Translation Communicating Emotions

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Comedy Drama Documentary-Style TV Reality

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

38

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 4320

General Education
ART 2007 CGS 1000

Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics


In the Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation, and Comics Course, students are introduced to powerful storyboarding and scriptwriting software that will prepare them to think visually and help them understand the creative writing process of animation and comics. Students learn the history of these genres, as well as the history of narrative structure and character development. By completing scripting projects for animation and comics, students gain practice in the premise creation, page breakdown, outlining, and storyboarding steps of the creative writing process. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Computer Science and Internet


The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in todays society.

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Multimedia Presentations Operating Systems and Technologies Web 2.0 Tools Student Audio/Video Projects

Course Outline
History of Animation and Comics Character Development Narrative Structure & Planning Storyboarding Scriptwriting

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DGL 1012

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Total credit hours ECW 4420

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats


The Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats Course explores the storytelling process as it relates to games and other interactive media. The unique challenges associated with development of interactive content are explored in the context of students work. Students engage in the creative writing process and create a prospectus for an original interactive product based on their writing. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Course Outline
Games & Interactive Play Plot / Narrative Outline Descriptive / Flavor Text Demographics Marketing

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

39

Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030 HIS 2320

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Historical Archetypes & Mythology


The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information.

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Course Outline
Introduction to Archetypes, Culture and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture

Total credit hours ENC 1102

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Solids and Fluids

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks
Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes

English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

40

Course Descriptions
General Education
ECW 3111 ECW 3311

Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy


The Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy Course introduces students to two fundamental traditions in media and literature. Through the study of a variety of works from film, television, texts, and other media, students learn what moves an audience to laughter or tears and how character psychology and narrative structure leads to humorous or tragic stories. In this course, students conduct research, collaborate with other students, and work with instructors to write projects for comedy, drama, and romance.

Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy


The Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy Course introduces students to the specific appeal and techniques of science fiction and fantasy, including hard science fiction, space opera, epic fantasy, speculative fiction, alternative history, and more. Students in this course learn about the appeal of escapist fiction and how these speculative genres draw attention to human nature and the human condition, often in ways that are difficult to do in more realistic genres. The special affinity of games and comics for sci-fi and fantasy is also considered.

Course Outline
History of Comedy and Tragedy Character Psychology in Comedy and Tragedy Modern Genres Narrative Structure of Comedy and Drama Writing Comedy, Drama, and Romance

Course Outline
The Golden Age of Science Fiction and Fantasy From Myth to Tolkien New Worlds and Peoples, Old Problems Speculative Fiction On-Screen Sci-Fi Stories in Sci-Fi Media

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ECW 3211

Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense


The Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense Course introduces students to the conventions and techniques of horror, mystery, and suspense writing and to the relevance of these styles to all forms of writing. Understanding what drives mysteries; the tension that defines suspense; and the fear of death, failure, and the unknown that makes horror piquant is useful knowledge to every genre. This course presents the works of key creators of these stories in media from the short story to the monster movie to survival-themed games.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Clues, Red Herrings, and Reveals Building Dramatic Tension Monster and Creative Character Development Classic Short Fiction Suspense On-Screen

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program

41

Creative
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
The ability to both tell a story through the use of words and images and to distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in the entertainment industry. In the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online Degree Program, storytelling is not merely taught as it relates to the typical output mediums of print and publishing, but it also teaches you the necessary skills to explore a professional creative writing career within the world of entertainment.

Writing
By relating the art of storytelling and the language of different mediums, such as lm, television, animation, and gaming, youll learn the screenwriting process from concept to completion and apply the courses techniques to projects.

Areas of Focus
Classical Writing Fine Arts and Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Business and Marketing Effects Thesis Portfolio Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

42

Areas of Focus

RESEARCH

Classical Writing and Storytelling Techniques


Creative writing for lm, television, games, and animation relies on a writers ability to tell a story through the use of words and accompanying images. Throughout Full Sails Creative Writing MFA program, students will perfect their abilities to create engaging work by exploring the universal historical themes used in traditional storytelling. The visual narrative will be examined in terms of structure, character creation, storyboarding elements, script development and editing. When students emerge from the program, they will have a thorough understanding of what constitutes effective writing for multiple media genres.

BUSINESS & MARKETING

CREATIVE WRITING

THESIS PORTFOLIO

CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING

Research
During the Creative Writing MFA program, emphasis is placed on the importance of research and character development in creating authentic compelling story lines. Motivation and backstory are given careful consideration as you interpret archetypes and psychological proles to populate your newly created worlds. Media production cycles and genre-specic terms are studied, and the language of different media is translated and compared.

CREATIVE WRITING

RESEARCH

WRITING LING

CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING BUSINESS & MARKETING


C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

43

Areas of Focus

RESEARCH

BUSINESS & MARKETING

THESIS PORTFOLIO

Business and Marketing


While channeling and delivering creative content is the foundation of writing, having knowledge of the business side of the entertainment industry is also vital for success. In the Creative Writing MFA program at Full Sail University, youll learn about the business mechanics of creative writing, as well as similarities and differences among the various entertainment media genres and distribution methods. These studies will complement your writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be a successful creative writer in the entertainment media industry. Additionally, the program addresses current issues, topics, and trends that can impact your professional career, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, copyright laws, and new media opportunities.
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

44

WORK
Areas of Focus

PORTFOLIO

thesis

OBJECTIVE

critique
CREATIVE WRITING

EDITS

rewrites

&

RESEARCH

Thesis Portfolio

Through edits and continuous rewrites, youll develop strategies to troubleshoot your stories. By analyzing the content you create, youll learn to objectively critique projects, and resolve structural problems encountered during the creative writing process. Each student edits and CLASSICAL WRITING formats a script for nal presentation and professional & STORY TELLING submission, and youll assemble an e-portfolio consisting a Final Draft of your completed Thesis Script along with all of the assets created throughout the program.

BUSINESS & MARKETING

SCREEN

WRITING

WRI TI NG THESIS PORTFOLIO

SCRIPT

plot LINES

the ART of

Story telling

RESEARCH

RESEARCH

storyBOARDS

BUSINESS & MARKETING

Market
thesis

YOUR WORK

multimedia
OBJECTIVE

THESIS PORTFOLIO

PORTFOLIO

critique
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

EDITS

rewrites
45

&

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

Overview
The demand for creative writers in all types of entertainment media genres has never been so high. The ability to tell a story through the use of words and images and distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in production companies in the entertainment media industry. Professional writers are needed to craft compelling stories and writing elements that will captivate todays demanding media clients, consumers, and audiences. There are tremendous opportunities for creative writers, and the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will provide students the opportunity to not only perfect their script, screen, and story writing abilities but also to incorporate visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, and storyboarding elements into their writing projects. In addition, students will further develop leadership, project-management, and research skills; sharpen their technical prowess; conduct and utilize industry research; and ultimately market their nal creative writing masterpiece. The degree program equips students with the knowledge and tools necessary to be successful creative writing professionals in the fast-paced world of the entertainment media industry. Full Sail Universitys Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as students launch their career searches in the eld of creative writing. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers.

Objective
The objective of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis and criticism, and script editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. This knowledge will equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to ultimately market their creative masterpieces. The Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will also further develop and strengthen students leadership, project-management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will enable graduates to meet todays high demand for creative writers and qualify them for professional creative writing careers in the entertainment media industry.

CREATIVE WRITING

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

46

Creative Writing
PROGRAM CORE
Code CWM 510 CWM 690 CWM 540 CWM 640 CWM 650 CWM 630 CWM 560 CWM 520 CWM 530 CWM 550 CWM 620 CWM 610 Totals: Course

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 48.00
CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO II THE BUSINESS OF CREATIVE WRITING THE ART OF VISUAL STORYTELLING MULTIMEDIA TERMS & GENRES LITERARY RESEARCH CHARACTER CREATION & DEVELOPMENT SCRIPT ANALYSIS & CRITICISM

The Art of Visual Storytelling The Business of Creative Writing Character Creation and Development Creative Writing Portfolio I Creative Writing Portfolio II Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding Literary Research Multimedia Terms and Genres Script Analysis and Criticism Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation Writing for Games

8
STORYTELLING & STORYBOARDING FOR ANIMATION

9
EDITING FOR FILM, GAME, & ANIMATION SCRIPTS

10

FILM SCREENWRITING & STORYBOARDING

WRITING FOR GAMES

CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO I

11

12

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

48 48

C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

47

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CWM 510 CWM 540 CWM 640

The Art of Visual Storytelling


In The Art of Visual Storytelling Course, students study the universal themes of traditional storytelling as well as their applications to visual narrative design and new nonlinear and interactive forms of media. Students will analyze historical examples of visual narratives and then convey ideas and emotions through the use of images and traditional storytelling techniques in order to design new narratives in a variety of entertainment media formats.

Character Creation and Development


In the Character Creation and Development Course, students are introduced to various psychological profiles for characters, create a portfolio of characters ranging from simple to complex, and give vital authenticity to characters through the creation of characters backstories. In addition to creating characters, students will explore how various types of media influence the development of characters. Various classic, traditional, and popular films, games, and animation will be reviewed and analyzed to further explore what types of characters are the best fit for each format.

Creative Writing Portfolio I


The Creative Writing Portfolio I Course requires students to select an entertainment media genre and distribution method and begin the development of a concept script for their final thesis project. The final thesis project will consist of a Creative Writing Portfolio that includes a professional, viable script with evidence of incorporated culminating components of the degree program including visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation, and storyboarding. In addition, the Creative Writing Portfolio will document research students conducted to develop and expand authentic and compelling storylines. Students will pitch their concept scripts to faculty and peers and justify selected writing elements based on the specific entertainment media genre and distribution method of choice. Feedback will be provided within these contexts as well as application of current writing trends, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility.

Course Outline
Introduction to Traditional Storytelling Structures and Universal Themes General Survey of Folklore with Emphasis on the Uses of Folk Motifs in Modern Films, Games, and Animation Visual Mediums Defined by Classic Examples in Each Visual Art Form The Impact of Ever-Evolving Technology on the Creation of New Visual Narratives

Course Outline
Overview of Development of the Character for Various Types of Media Psychology of Characters Hero and Villain Archetypes Adult, Adolescent and Child Personality Types and Character Development Character Conflict Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext

Course Outline
Selection of Entertainment Media Genre and Distribution Method for Final Thesis Script Research of Storyline Script Outline Script Approval

Total Credit Hours CWM 690

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks
Character Backstory

The Business of Creative Writing


In The Business of Creative Writing Course, students will learn about the business of creative writing as well as similarities and differences among different entertainment media genres and distribution methods. This course will complement students writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be successful creative writers in the entertainment media industry. In addition, current issues, topics, and trends that may impact the careers of graduates will be addressed, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, and new opportunities.

Character Motivation and Plot Development

Project Plan Development Storyboard Development Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Presentation to Faculty and Peers

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Business Practices of the Film, Animation, and Gaming Industries Marketing Writing Elements Publishing Writing Elements Legal Topics and Consideration The Role of Literary Agents Writers Unions

Total Credit Hours

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks

C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

48

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CWM 650 CWM 560 CWM 530

Creative Writing Portfolio II


In the Creative Writing Portfolio II Course, students will reevaluate the writing elements, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility of their concept scripts for their chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods based on the feedback received from faculty and peers in the Creative Writing Portfolio I course. Students will then implement their project plans and begin the writing process. Final scripts will be properly formatted to meet the expectations of the chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods within the entertainment media industry and will be ready to be pitched to potential employers upon graduation.

Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding


In the Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding Course, students will apply what they have learned in the previous courses by writing a screenplay for a short film and overseeing the storyboarding of the screenplay for production. Understanding screenwriting and storyboarding will provide students with the knowledge of the creative process that links all media components together. Other areas of focus will include the following: the screenplay from pitch to screen, structures and formats, and storyboarding and visual thinking.

Multimedia Terms and Genres


In the Multimedia Terms and Genres Course, students master the professional vocabulary of multimedia writing and study production processes required of the degree program. Students will learn basic writing techniques for film, animation, and gaming. They will create sample narratives and then structure their narratives so that they may be used in multiple media formats. Students will learn how various rules and production processes vary in multimedia presentations.

Course Outline
Film Genres Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Film Visual Layout Techniques, Cinematography, Camera Placement Interactive Media Storyboards Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues

Course Outline
An Introduction to Multimedia Terms An Overview of Media Production Cycles Creative Writing Skills for Various Multimedia Applications Multimedia Presentations

Course Outline
Project Plan Implementation Script Writing Storyboard and Supporting Portfolio Elements Formatting Final Submittal

Overview of the Film Industry and Production Process Screenwriting Creative Process: Transforming Ideas to Screenplay

Total Credit Hours CWM 550

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CWM 630

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Screenwriting Structures and Formats

Script Analysis and Criticism


4 weeks
In the Script Analysis and Criticism Course, students will learn to recognize elements that create powerful narratives and how they can be best integrated in various multimedia formats. Students will analyze classic films, animation, and games for structure, style, and content and identify how traditional scripts differ across multimedia formats and are transformed into visual narratives. An objective of the course is for students to learn the correct questions to ask themselves when preparing scripts for production in different visual contexts.

Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts


In the Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts Course, students learn how to edit, rewrite, and correct writing elements as challenges are presented in the production of various projects. Students will develop strategies for correcting these issues through learning how to troubleshoot, analyze content objectively from various viewpoints, and address structural issues that can occur during the creative writing process. Students will also learn how to properly edit and format a script for final presentation and professional submission.

Total Credit Hours CWM 520

4.00

Course Length

Literary Research
The Literary Research Course provides students with basic instruction on provides an introduction to research techniques, methodologies, and information sources relevant to developing and expanding authentic and compelling storylines. Students will explore elements of narrative structure and approaches that work best for various entertainment media genres. In addition, students will begin writing exercises, preparing them for the advanced writing requirements of the degree program.

Course Outline
Screenwriting/Script Formats Act and Sequence Structure Spec Scripts: Formatting and Development Script Analysis: Areas for Consideration Dialogue As It Defines Character Criticism

Course Outline
Editing and Formatting Practices Analysis and Objectivity Clarifying, Redirecting, and Focusing Storyline and Central Theme Troubleshooting Dialogue and Character Development Issues Techniques to Overcome Writers Block Presentation and Submission

Course Outline
Research Techniques and Methodologies Information Sources Narrative Structure Plot Patterns Organizing Structural Elements

Total Credit Hours

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total Credit Hours

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

49

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CWM 620 CWM 610

Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation


In the Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation Course, the creative process and writing techniques for several animation genres and formats will be explored. The history of animation and the works of legendary animators will be analyzed for style and perspective. Students will incorporate concepts of visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, scriptwriting, and storyboarding into the creation of a script for an animation short.

Writing for Games


The Writing for Games Course provides a technical overview of how games are created and presents a variety of video games, gaming genres, and gaming platforms from a storytelling point of view. Areas of exploration will include mythology, military history and warfare, science fiction literature and films, fantasy fiction literature and films, comic books, and graphic novels. Students will formulate a gaming concept that incorporates creative processes such as developing plot, setting, characters, and interactive narrative.

Course Outline
Animation Genres and Formats History of the Animation Industry and Legendary Animators Overview of the Animation Production Process The Creative Writing Process for Animation Storyboarding for Animation Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Animation Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues

Course Outline
Gaming Genres and Platforms Overview of the Gaming Industry and Production Process Game Writing Creative Process: Interactive and Nonlinear Narrative Structures Game Strategy and Plot Development Game Storyboarding Novel and Film Adaptations Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes

Total Credit Hours

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks Total Credit Hours 4.00

Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues

Course Length

4 weeks

C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

50

Cinematography Animation
Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Digital Computer

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Innovation in lm and video doesnt just come from the big studios and networks anymore. Digital technology has made it possible for almost anyone with the vision, equipment, and education to create the next project that catches the imagination of media consumers. Filmmakers, news organizations, and businesses are taking advantage of the exibility of digital production, creating a need for artists able to develop a range of narrative content for todays emerging technologies. Full Sails Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program teaches you how to be a leader in

digital storytelling, and helps you develop the skills needed to create compelling projects for different outlets. The cross-platform availability of digital media means you can engage and inspire viewers in many new ways, and through the Digital Cinematography degree program youll develop the ability to meet the need for creative and innovative content for television, lm, the web, mobile devices, and more.

Areas of Focus
Filmmaking Foundations Fine Arts Digital Video Modeling Technology Animation Video Output Effects

Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

51

Areas of Focus

Filmmaking Foundations
Filmmaking is more than a century old, and the Digital Cinematography degree program instills in students a deep understanding of traditional lm theory and storytelling techniques, and how these elements apply to the production of todays digital content. Courses like Lighting I & II, and Directing cover standard lmmaking concepts that teach you to look at shot composition with an artists eye helping to add a more cinematic quality to your projects. This includes learning depth-of-eld management, the art M I X I and N G how to of cinematography and lighting design, PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT MIXING frame a scene to enhance its emotional impact.

film
PRODUCTION

audio

film file

audio

film FOUNDATIONS
lighting effects
digital
CREATION
CONTENT

TR ADI T I ONAL

film FOUNDATIONS powerful


P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N

TR A D I TI O N A L

TOOLS

CAMERA

digital lighting effects


STORYTELLING

CAMERA

texturing
PERSONAL

Classes in Storytelling and Creative Writing round out this education by breaking down the elements of effective story structure, which youll be able to COMMUNICATION P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N COMMUNICATION adapt to everything from television commercials to TOOLS independent feature lms. Youll also learn how to sequence your footage during postproduction, with LIGHTING emphasis on pacing and narrative ow. LIGHTING

visual audio

powerful

visual audio

digital

STORYTELLING

texturing
PERSONAL

lighting digital DIRECTING

CREATION

CONTENT

financelighting
DIRECTING management

finance

management

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

52

Areas S of Focus TO RYTELLING

digital

texturing finance
PERSONAL

digital

lighting
DIRECTING

CREATION

CONTENT

management

Digital Video Technology


As a producer of digital video, youre going to need to understand the functionality and exibility of different cameras, audio gear, and editing technologies, and helping you master this equipment in the eld is a core function of the Digital Cinematography degree program. Courses like Digital Audio Production and Digital Cinematography I and II show you how to capture high-quality visuals and audio during production while understanding the nuances of the medium. Youll learn how to set up a scene in a way that translates the right look, feel, and texture to different video formats, as well as how to shoot in low-light TRA Dintegrity ITIO NA Lthe environments and still maintain the of FOUNDATIONS digital image.

film
PRODUCTION

audio MIXING
COMMUNICATION

file MANAGEMENT

film

Youll also learn how to edit that footage using powerful post-production tools, giving you a working knowledge of all stages of a professional CAMERA video production, and allowing you to adapt to upcoming trends that will continue to redene visual entertainment and media communications.

powerful

P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N

visual audio

TOOLS

lighting effects
digital
CREATION
CONTENT

digital

file MANAGEME
LIGHTING

STORYTELLING

texturing finance
PERSONAL
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

lighting
DIRECTING

film FOUNDATIONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program 53

TRADI TI ONAL

management

Areas of Focus

film
PRODUCTION

audio MIXING
COMMUNICATION

file MANAGEMENT

m FOUNDATIONS

A DI T I O N A L

file MANAGEMENT

powerful

P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N

visual audio

film
PRODUCTION

TOOLS

ghting

MERA

Video Output

film FOUNDATIONS
lighting effects
digital
CREATION
CONTENT

TRADI TI ONAL

gital

CREATION

ft
CS

In order to be a successful producer of digital video STORYTELLING effects content, youre going to need to know how to get your media into the hands of clients and consumers. The Digital Cinematography degree program teaches students this nal stage of the production process CONTENTin courses like Mobility and DIRECTING Data Management.

digital

LIGHTING

powerful

texturing
CAMERA

P O S T- P R O D U C T I O

TOOL

DRAWING Youll learn industry standards for encoding and


compressing data, as well as outputting it for different codecs allowing you to deliver your content to a variety of formats and distribution platforms. The program also features aA course SURF C E Son Web Design, where youll learn how to integrate streaming video into a companys website, as well as create and maintain your own site to promote your work or independent business.

life

lighting

finance

PERSONAL

SCULPTING

digital

management

LIGHTING

STORYTELLING

texturing

lighting
DIRECTING

eling

curves

MODELING
c h a ra c te r

anatomical

ter ION

cs

L A N G U Apro G E cient in managing By learning to be technically TRA D ITIO NA L data workow and output, youll be a more well-rounded entrepreneur, and a greater asset FOUNDATIONS to employers and clients.

body
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS

RIGGINGPRODUCTION

film

audio storyBOARDING MIXING

file MANAGEMENT

film

CTS

LE

demo REEL
PRO F E SSI O N A L

powerful

P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N

TOOLS

character MODELING

COMMUNICATION

visual audio

lighting effects

CAMERA

digital

STORYTELLING

texturing texturing
SPECIAL

LIGHTING

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

54

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program immerses students in the art of digital video and lm production for a variety of outlets. By utilizing the latest tools available to todays media developers, youll learn how to create professional content for broadcast television, online media, mobile applications, and independent lms. Throughout the program youll take courses that help you build a comprehensive understanding of digital content creation and storytelling, with a curriculum that strikes a balance between traditional lm foundations and the latest production and postproduction techniques. Youll learn how to master essential visual communication and video production methods for digital photography, HD video production, lighting, audio mixing, and nonlinear editing. Supporting classes also cover complementary career skills in computer business applications, personal nance management, production budgeting, and networking. Class projects will help you apply this knowledge as you craft your own visual and narrative pieces for different media. Youll learn to take a story through the entire creative process, including developing a script, planning the logistics of production, working on location to capture your story on camera, as well as le management, editing, and distribution. To help you make the transition into your career after graduation, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program provides students with the focused knowledge and understanding of digital video and lmmaking production as it relates to current technology and media formats. Courses in the program address digital lmmaking, directing, lighting, audio postproduction, digital editing, scriptwriting, storyboarding, team management, streaming video, and mobile technology. The program is designed to provide students with the tools they need to pursue successful careers in the elds of broadcast television, web video, independent lm, and more. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

55

Digital Cinematography
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code DCN 4365 DCN 3655 DCN 1106 DCN 3333 DCN 4815 FIL 2772 FIL 2782 DCN 2441 DCN 2444 FLM 367 DCN 3435 DCN 4110 DCN 4915 FIL 1035 ENTB 376 DCN 1001 FLM 322 DCN 4421 OVA 1000 DCN 4993 FLM 463 DCB 101 DCB 102 DCB 203 DCN 3111 FLM 224 WEB 4550 Totals:
*

GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 3.00 3.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.50 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.00 3.50 4.00 94.50 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Totals: 30.00 Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 CRW 2000 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PPE 2110 PSC 1030 DEP 1013 Course Art History College Mathematics Creative Writing Digital Literacy English Composition I Ethics and Psychology Fundamentals of Physical Science Psychology of Play Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3 4 5
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES

Course Advanced Post and Story Development Art Design and Location Shooting Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography Digital Audio Production Digital Cinematography Final Project Digital Cinematography I Digital Cinematography II Digital Cinematography Lighting I Digital Cinematography Lighting II Directing Electronic Field Production Film Criticism Final Project Postproduction History of Motion Picture Arts Intellectual Property Introduction to Digital Cinematography Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects Mobility and Data Management Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Personal Creative Development Producing Independent Film Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Project Planning and Development Storytelling Web Design

DIGITAL LITERACY

PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

10

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

STORYTELLING

HISTORY OF MOTION PICTURE ARTS

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

ART HISTORY

11
COMPOSITION & VISUAL DESIGN FOR DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY

12
PROJECT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT

13

14

15
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING I

CREATIVE WRITING

ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

124.5 128

16
DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION

17
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I

18

19
INTRODUCTION TO EDITING & VISUAL EFFECTS

20

ELECTRONIC FIELD PRODUCTION

DIRECTING

21

22

23

24

25
MOBILITY & DATA MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY I

ART DESIGN & LOCATION SHOOTING

DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY II

ADVANCED POST & STORY DEVELOPMENT

26

27

28

29
PRODUCING INDEPENDENT FILM PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

30
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY FINAL PROJECT

FILM CRITICISM

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

WEB DESIGN

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31

32

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

FINAL PROJECT POSTPRODUCTION

PERSONAL CREATIVE DEVELOPMENT

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

56

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DCN 4365 DCN 1106 FIL 2772

Advanced Post and Story Development


The Advanced Post and Story Development Course is the second editing class in the Digital Cinematography program and introduces students to advanced editing techniques such as asset consideration, nesting video, creating unique transitions, compositing, and timeline management. The course also covers story techniques that take into consideration proper audio placement and the mood and pacing of a story. Successful completion of Advanced Post and Story Development will prepare the student for the Final Project Postproduction course.

Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography


Composition and Design for Digital Cinematography introduces students to the art and craft of designing powerful photographic imagery for effective digital storytelling. Students learn the basics of composition and framing, the elements and principles of design, and the impact of designing with light, movement and space for motion media. Additionally, they learn to recognize and engage the visual qualities of the lens through an understanding of depth of field, lens selection and exposure control. Photos are edited using Adobe applications. Emphasis is placed on integrating classical design fundamentals into student work. Students will create thumbnail storyboards, complete an exercise in reportage, and engage in visual journaling through a personal photo blog. A collaborative final project will challenge students to use their individual design strengths in bringing together a picture story by the end of the course.

Digital Cinematography I
The Digital Cinematography I Course introduces students to the art and operation of digital video cameras. The course provides in-depth and practical knowledge of the differences that digital cameras offer digital filmmakers by way of control over digital images during acquisition. Digital attributes such as RGB changes, scene profiling, gamma adjustment, and black pedestal control will be explored and evaluated.

Course Outline
Asset and Timeline Management Nesting Video Tracks and Compositing Applying Transitions Proper Audio Placement Creating the Mood and Pacing

Course Outline
Common Digital Formats and Terms Digital Compared to Film Scene Profiling and Image Control

Total credit hours FIL 2782

4.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DCN 3655

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Visual Design Fundamentals Designing Through Thumbnails Designing with Digital Video Learning to See Light and Shadow Reportage and the Visual Journal Color and Design Understanding Movement, Space and Depth Collaborative Visual Design

Digital Cinematography II
The Digital Cinematography II Course focuses on the digital video filmmaking techniques necessary for the creation of independent shorts. Students learn important concepts of cinematography, including how to operate cameras, direct, edit, record production sound, light, and fill all positions necessary to digital video production. In addition, students produce a short movie from concept to completion.

Art Design and Location Shooting


The Art Design and Location Shooting Course introduces students to artistic considerations of using location venues as scene backdrops for production. The focus of the course is to align scenic script and/or production requirements with the process of location scouting and art direction decisions. Art Design and Location Shooting challenges students to look at location options through a cameras view to serve as sets or production venues.

Total credit hours DCN 3333

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Portfolio Proposal Shoot 2: Digitally Adjusted Acquisitions Portfolio Assembly and Assessment

Course Outline
Design and Story Camera Considerations Scenic Stills Project

Digital Audio Production


In the Digital Audio Production Course, students analyze and implement audio acquisition in stage and field production. Consideration is given to ambient control as well as creating manufactured ambience for a scene. Students learn how to enhance a storys visual representation with audio support while paying particular attention to realistic and emotive representations of audio.

Shoot 1: Basic Camera and Lens Movement

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Sound Control and Manipulation Designing for Realism and Impact Audio Design Project Project Edit and Assessment

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

57

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DCN 4815 DCN 2444 DCN 3435

Digital Cinematography Final Project


The Digital Cinematography Final Project Course provides a practical implementation of the learning objectives of the degree program through the creation of a digital video project. The project will reflect students understanding of key principles such as project planning and management, digital video and audio acquisition, storytelling, and editing.

Digital Cinematography Lighting II


The Digital Cinematography Lighting II Course builds upon the topics introduced in Lighting I. It covers the visual and emotional qualities of light, and how to employ different strategies in lighting for character, commercial products, and narrative-style scenarios. Students are challenged to apply their lighting skills and sharpen their critical thinking in producing original images. Students learn to understand client requirements and how to apply them using professional production guidelines. Special emphasis is placed on image analysis, lighting to industry standards and developing practical techniques.

Electronic Field Production


The Electronic Field Production Course serves as an intensive study in the theory and practice of field and location shooting. Students are introduced to the challenges and uniqueness of field production as it relates to filmmaking, news media, documentaries, and commercial production. Using practices learned in Production Planning, students also research the processes required for pulling permits and securing insurance and waivers for field work.

Course Outline
Project Shoot Week 1 Project Shoot Week 2 Project Shoot Week 3 Project Shoot Week 4

Course Outline
Genre Differences Field Production: Environmental Challenges Legal Considerations

Course Outline
4 weeks
Learning to Compose with Light Lighting Strategies and Image Analysis Beauty Lighting and Lighting the Closeup Learning to Light for Emotion Product Lighting Daytime Exterior Lighting Lighting: The Bigger View

Total credit hours DCN 2441

4.00

Course length

Field Production: Technical Challenges

Total credit hours DCN 4110

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Cinematography Lighting I


The preliminary lighting and camera introductory course for the Digital Cinematography Program, the Digital Cinematography Lighting I Course emphasizes professional procedures and protocol relevant to lighting for digital production. Students learn the basics of industry lighting, are introduced to various controlling devices, and trained in the safe use of electricity. This course also covers the basics of color correction and camera filtration when using tungsten, fluorescent, and daylight sources. Emphasis is placed on creative lighting design and working within a budget.

Film Criticism
3.00 Course Length 4 weeks
Through an introduction to classical and contemporary film and media theory, the Film Criticism Course explores critical approaches to the study of film in order for students to gain an understanding of how filmmakers create meaningful experiences for their audiences. Issues relating to production, audience reaction, aesthetics, and ethics are explored, as well as an analysis of films that have contributed to critical debate and challenged the existing theoretical suppositions of their time. Focus is also given to the ways aesthetics of audiovisual images both draw context from and add context to the cultural, social, and political climate in which they are made.

Total credit hours FLM 367

Directing
The Directing Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce basic and advanced directing techniques that will prepare students for future project-oriented classes. Students will learn techniques for directing, acting, casting, and composition, and will work in every area of directing from preproduction, to post-production delivery, to critical evaluation.

Course Outline
Basic Electricity and Safety Camera and Lighting Fundamentals Exposure and Light Color Temperature Diversity of Lighting Source Introduction to Three-Point Lighting Interview Lighting Lighting Economics

Course Outline
Defining Good Filmmaking Characteristics of Successful Directors Marketablity vs. Art

Course Outline
Introductions and Overview of the Class Composition Casting Breaking the 180 Two-Minute Short Comedy/Drama

Total credit hours

3.50

Course Length

4 weeks

Social Media Directing the Interview Effective Direction Building Stronger Characters

Film as Commentary

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

58

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DCN 4915 ENTB 376 FLM 322

Final Project Postproduction


The Final Project Postproduction Course provides students with a greater understanding of the imaginative and technical side of editing. In this course, students demonstrate their knowledge of the editing process from Introduction to Editing, Visual Effects, and the Postproduction courses and create a final edit of their feature project. Students examine intermediate nonlinear online editing techniques, including engineering, media management, and digital video effects, and incorporate titles and music into their finished edit.

Intellectual Property
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.

Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects


Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects is the preliminary post-production course of the degree program. In this course, students are introduced to the concepts of aesthetic editing and the role of the editor as a storyteller. Students are also introduced to many post-production concepts, including dialogue editing, scene transitions, time and space perception, tempo, sound effects, visual effects, editing with music, and mood changes.

Course Outline
Intellectual Property Rights Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire

Course Outline
Introduction to Editing your Final Project Advanced Computerized Editing Techniques Alternative Editing Choices Production Project Completion

Course Outline
Introduction to Editing Systems The Editor as a Storyteller Tempo, Mood, and Transitions Dialogue, Sound Effects, and Music Visual Effects

Fair Use

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks DCN 1001

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DCN 4421

4.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours FIL 1035

Introduction to Digital Cinematography


The Introduction to Digital Cinematography Course examines the various sectors of the digital cinematography industry, providing students with a view of the industry from the perspective of a business professional. Students will be introduced to the industrys fundamental business terminology, prevalent business models, current trends, and variety of available career paths.

Mobility and Data Management


Mobility and Data Management is a data management course that provides students with a greater understanding of codecs involved in the video process, such as H.264 and Microsoft codecs, as well as the containers for these codecs such as QuickTime and MPEG files. Students learn how to configure their end product and how to transcode video formats for the web and mobile devices and demonstrate a practical knowledge of data management and output.

History of Motion Picture Arts


The History of Motion Picture Arts Course explores motion picture as an art form, as a business, and a representation of society. Students examine how film has become a dominant force in American culture through the study of subjects like the birth of film, the golden age of silent film, World War II, non- Hollywood films, the New Cinema of the 1960s era, and the Hollywood Renaissance.

Course Outline
Sectors of the Digital Cinematography Industry Digital Cinematography Terminology Business Models Prevalent in the Digital Cinematography Industry Current Trends in Digital Cinematography Careers in Digital Cinematography

Course Outline
The Birth of Movies The Golden Age of Silent Films Integration of Sound World War II: Decline of the Studio System The Documentary Foreign Films Close-Up: Master Filmmaker Alfred Hitchcock The New Cinema of the 1960s The Hollywood Renaissance Final Exam

Course Outline
Introduction to Data Management Understanding of Codecs Containing Codec Delivering End Product Transcoding for the Web and Mobile Devices

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

2.50

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

59

Course Descriptions
Program Core
OVA 1000 FLM 463 DCN 3111

Overview of the Visual Arts Industries


The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.

Producing Independent Film


The Producing Independent Film Course explores the world of line producing and the production infrastructure of independent film. Students learn all aspects of prepping for a shoot, scheduling and time management, budgeting, project pitching, script breakdowns, assembling crew positions, creating a professional brand, distribution options, and financing.

Project Planning and Development


The Project Planning and Development Course provides a guided experience for the development of students final project. In this course, students design, budget, and detail their digital cinematography production. Successful completion of the course requires students to create a preproduction manual that includes a project proposal, storyboards, artistic designs, and a detailed financial plan of their production.

Course Outline
The Role of the Producer Phases of Production & Pipeline Episodic & Reality Production Branding Commercial & Client Production Film Production Analysis

Course Outline
Project Proposal: Submission 1 Designs and Specifications Project Proposal: Submission 2 The Preproduction Manual

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries

Production Value Alternative Productions Music Video and Production

Total credit hours FLM 224

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DCN 4993

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DCB 101, 102, 203

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Storytelling
The Storytelling Course uncovers the secrets behind the art, craft, and business of writing for film and television production. Students will be encouraged to think and work as film authors, and to enhance their scripts through the use of specific storytelling techniques. Students will utilize examples from past and present movies to examine a multitude of structural and stylistic techniques, which can be applied to a variety of film or television projects.

Personal Creative Development


The Personal Creative Development Course is a final component of students final project that requires students to work independently on completing a creative project. The course is designed to help students address specific creative challenges they will face in all aspects of their career going forward. Through a series of presentations, students experiment with different types of creative approaches and learn which works best for them in specific business situations.

Project Management and Assessment I, II, III


The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Course Outline
Structure and Outline Character Development Rewriting: Second Draft Pitching an Idea: Final Draft

Course Outline
Defining You as a Storyteller Developing a Brand Portfolio Assembly Final Assessment of Personal Goals

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Script Formatting: First Draft

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

1.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

60

Course Descriptions
Program Core
WEB 4550

General Education
ART 2007 CRW 2000

Web Design
In the Web Design Course, students explore interactive website creation as a medium for communications and a form of art. While learning the fundamentals of web design, including a basic understanding of page construction and technical skills, students explore how to use the Internet as a medium for promotion, production, and distribution. Students create outcomes by producing interactive media narrative projects and social media artwork.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Creative Writing
The Creative Writing Course trains students to explore writing in a variety of genre forms. Building on the knowledge gained in English Composition, students in this course incorporate common literary devices and narrative structures into creative endeavors.

Course Outline
Brainstorming Literary Devices Criticism and the Editing Process Final Revisions

Course Outline
Web Design Aesthetics Web Functionality Media on the Web Web Design Project

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Form and Function of Genre Narrative Structure and Causality

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DGL 1012

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

61

Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Total credit hours PPE 2110

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Solids and Fluids

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Ethics and Psychology


This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

62

Entertainment Computer
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Artists, lmmakers, musicians they dont work alone. There are teams of talented people operating behind the scenes to help develop, market, and distribute the albums, lms, and games people enjoy every day. At Full Sail, we understand that there is a unique group of passionate people who want to take on those management roles in the entertainment world whether its at a recording studio, on a lm set, in a graphic design house, or even on the road with a band. Most of our students start as consumers of the media they love, and our goal with the Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree Program is to help them translate that love into the essential skills needed to begin a career in the business side of the

Animation Business
entertainment world. Whether you want to take a position in the marketing division of an entertainment company, become an agent or manager for up-and-coming talent, or any of a multitude of other career paths, this program offers a thorough business curriculum with a focus on how those concepts apply specically to the entertainment eld.

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus


Leadership & Management Fine Arts Marketing & Modeling Distribution Animation Communication Finance & Accounting Law & Effects Contracts Final Project/ Networking Demo Reel Creation Final Project

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

63

Areas of Focus
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS

teamBUILDING deals ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS


N E G O T I AT I N G

professional

CONTRACTS

IDENTITY

LEADERSHIP

skills

management

PLANNING

Communication distribute

MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS

PROMOTE

marketing
C A M PA I G N S

In the entertainment industry, being able to LEADERSHIP BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT FINAL PROJECTyour ideas effectivelyPROPOSALS communicate in person is ENTREPRENEURSHIP as vital as any business outline youll put down N E G O T I AT I N G on paper. Thats why the Entertainment Business CONTRACTS COMMUNICATIONS/ MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ program features specialized communication classes PROMOTE LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT & ACCOUNTING/ where youll learn the nuances FINANCE of communicating in LAW CONTACTS a professional environment.

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS COMMUNICATIONS/

N E G O T I AT I N G

management
EXPLORING

FINANCIAL

CONTRACTS

deals target

markets

teamBUILDING research
METHODS
C A M PA I G N S

intellectual
P ROP ERTY

professional

IDENTITY

LEADERSHIP

skills

deals

team-

distribute
BUSINESS

BUILDING

FINANCIAL marketing IDENTITY management

professional

LEADERSHIP

intellectual skills
PROPERTY

This practical training includes such essentials MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ as negotiating contracts and deals, pitching ideas, FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ FINAL PROJECT and working with talent. Other highlights include LAW CONTACTS the use of new communication technologies and learning how to create a professional identity that best reects the skills you have to offer.

distribute
BUSINESS

PROMOTE

marketing PROPOSALS

management C A M PA I G N S ENTREPRENEURSHIP

FINANCIAL

target markets

EXPLORING

intellectual research
PR O PERTY

T BUSINESS BS

Leadership & Management


ENTREPRENEURSHIP

METHODS

FINAL PROJECT

PROPOSALS A great business idea is nothing without a strong

target markets
professional

EXPLORING

research
METHODS
LEADERSHIP

N E G O T I AT I N G

CONTRACTS

GEMENT

deals

BUTION/ NG/

distribute

PROMOTE

personality guiding it from concept to completion. With that in mind, youll constantly be honing your leadership skills throughout the Entertainment Business program. Youll learn effective management approaches by examining real-world case studies. And, with management courses teaching the fundamental concepts of effective team building, ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS youll learn rsthand the different traits that inspire the best in fellow employees. Implementing all of these ideas, youll take the role of leader in various N E G O T I AT I N G learning the planning and CONTRACTS COMMUNICATIONS/ projects all while BUILDING LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT management skills that youll use throughout your career.

team-

BUILDING

IDENTITY

skills

deals marketing
C A M PA I G N S

professional teamIDENTITY FINANCIAL

management

intellectual
LEADERSHIP

skills

ma
64

PLA

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/

intellectual

P RO P ERTY

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS

Areas of Focus
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
N E G O T I AT I N G

CONTRACTS

deals

team-

professional

BUILDING

MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS

distribute
BUSINESS
PROPOSALS

PROMOTE

marketing
C A M PA I G N S

Business isnt just about great products and ideas: its also about getting those products and ideas into the hands FINAN C I A Land minds of consumers. In our specialized management PRO P ERTY marketing courses youll learn how to promote and distribute creations throughout the global entertainment marketplace.

LEADERSHIP Marketing & Distribution P L A N N I N G Law & Contracts IDENTITY management skills

intellectual

FINAL PROJECT

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

target markets

EXPLORING

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
N E G O T I AT I N G

METHODS Youll be responsible for creating a marketing campaign for a company based in the industry youre interested in entering. Youll choose your area of focus, and then follow through with the entire distribution and promotion plan for a project, following the industrys workow processes in a way designed to teach you how to identify and connect with your target market.

research

There are different legal concerns for each area of the entertainment industry, and our curriculum will prepare you with a wide breadth of legal topics that cover the variety of real-world scenarios that could arise in your career. Through different classroom exercises youll learn everything from large-scale concerns like how to protect your creative and business assets to specic topics like the liability issues involved with setting up a concert in a live venue. Specialized courses also cover the broad uses of recorded music in all aspects of entertainment, how to handle contract negotiations, and the legal aspects of managing intellectual property.

COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT

CONTRACTS

deals

team- & Accounting Finance IDENTITY


professional

LEADERSHIP

BUILDING

skills

management

PLANNING

INESS BS
N E G O T I AT I N G

MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS

CONTRACTS

dealsFINAL PROJECT

team-

distribute
PROPOSALS

PROMOTE

BUILDING BUSINESS

distribute
BUSINESS
PROPOSALS

PROMOTE

marketing
C A M PA I G N S

management

Budgeting is a critical component of any companys success, so its important that you get a well-rounded foundation in the intricacies of sound nancial FINANCIAL management. During the Entertainment Business management C A M PA I G N S program, youll gain the tools you need to keep a p r company ofessio nal LEADERSHIP protable. Youll study business accounting the essential money-management skills that include EXPLORING how to create and manage nances for any markets project ENTREPRENEURSHIP or company. In addition to these business basics, youll also explore the details of residual payments, royalties, and the break-evens on project proposals FINANCIAL via dedicated economics, accounting, and statistics P R O PERTY courses, as well as a blend of theoretical and applied nance exercises drawn from the entertainment eld.

marketing

intellectual
P ROP ERTY

IDENTITY

target

management skills research


METHODS

PLANNING

intellectual
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

target markets

EXPLORING

research
METHODS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

65

bute
Areas of Focus Areas Focus

ESS

OSALS

Networking
Entertainment Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future success. The sessions cover topics like goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

target markets

EXPLORING

research
METHODS

team-

professional

BUILDING

IDENTITY

LEADERSHIP

skills

management

PLANNING

Final Project
FINAN CIAL Your last months in the Entertainment Business management C A M PA I G N S you bringing together the many program will nd
aspects of your education to develop strategic plans for real-world business scenarios. Youll engage EXPLORING target in proper research methodologies to explore markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP your target market, differentiate yourself from competitors, and dene a unique niche within your chosen eld. The culmination of this research is a detailed activity that will cover the key elements of an entertainment business, giving you a practical representation of your skills to show to potential employers. In addition, if you choose to follow an entrepreneurial route after graduation, your background and training will equip you to develop and pursue a formal business plan.

marketing

intellectual
P ROP ERTY

research
METHODS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
N E G O T I AT I N G

COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT

CONTRACTS

deals

team-

professional

BUILDING

IDENTITY

MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS

distribute
BUSINESS

PROMOTE

marketing
C A M PA I G N S

management
EXPLORING

FINANCIAL

FINAL PROJECT

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S PROPOSALS

target Degree Program | Bachelor of Science markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP

66

Areas of Focus

Overview
In the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program, youll make your way through a challenging curriculum that combines essential business and management skills like strategic planning, event management, leadership, nance, and entrepreneurship with entertainment-specic courses like Artist Management, Intellectual Property, and Entertainment Business Models. Courses also focus on developing both your personal and professional skills, and the project-based environment recreates the same kinds of professional scenarios youll encounter in todays business world. At the end of the program, youll be tasked with leveraging your knowledge and experience to analyze a business scenario related to your career goals and interests and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. This unique marriage of business and entertainment topics is designed to give you the full range of knowledge youll need to begin a career within an existing entertainment company or to get your own entrepreneurial idea off the ground. In addition to business-specic skills, youll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we also have a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing your ability to succeed in entertainment business in a variety of elds including lm, music, digital media, broadcasting and gaming. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life-long learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

67

Entertainment Business
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code MUB 481 ENTB 4211 ACG 3223 ENTB 254 ENTB 251 MUM 4309 ENTB 4485 MMC 4258 ENTB 410 ENTB 2713 ENTB 376 ENTB 280 MAN 2020 MKT 210 BUL 4621 OBM 1000 ENTB 3013 MAR 3111 ENTB 3623 ENTB 4525 ENTB 4913 Totals: Course Artist Management Audience Metrics Business Accounting Business Ethics and Social Responsibility Business Law Business Technology and E-Commerce Entertainment Business Models Entertainment Media Distribution Event Management Excel and Data Reporting Intellectual Property International Business Introduction to Management Introduction to Marketing Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Principles of Business Finance Principles of Digital Marketing Principles of Entrepreneurship Professional Selling Strategic Business Management

GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.50 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 2.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 78.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Totals: 42.00 Code MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 ECO 2005 STA 2027 MAN 3152 HUM 1505 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Course College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
BUSINESS LAW DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

5
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA

English Composition II

Fundamentals of Physical Science Introduction to Economics Introduction to Statistics Leadership and Organizational Behavior Popular Culture in Media Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play

7
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

9
BUSINESS ETHICS & SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY EXCEL & DATA REPORTING

10

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

ENGLISH COMPOSITION II

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

11

12
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

13

14

15
PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION

PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MARKETING

BUSINESS ACCOUNTING

16

17
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

18

19

20
MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

120 100

PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MODELS

ARTIST MANAGEMENT

21

22

23

24

25
STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE

ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA DISTRIBUTION

AUDIENCE METRICS

EVENT MANAGEMENT

PROFESSIONAL SELLING

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

68

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUB 481 ACG 3223 ENTB 251

Artist Management
The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artists career, management contracts, development of an artists career path, and sustaining an artists career.

Business Accounting
The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned.

Business Law
The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects.

Course Outline
Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artists Career The Management Contract Planning the Artists Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control

Course Outline
The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning

Course Outline
Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law

Total credit hours MUM 4309

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ENTB 4211

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Business Technology and E-Commerce


The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry.

Audience Metrics
The Audience Metrics Course examines how companies in the entertainment industry use key measurements and data sources to make business decisions. Students assess how audience data is used for content development and media buying. Students also learn how companies collect, analyze, summarize, and interpret real-world data related to media.

ENTB 254

Business Ethics and Social Responsibility


The Business Ethics and Social Responsibility Course presents students with complex, real-world ethical problems associated with the management of a business. Through the study of historical and current case studies, students will debate the responsibilities of managers, broaden their awareness of personal, professional, and business ethics, and address the social responsibility of the entertainment industry.

Course Outline
Metrics in the Entertainment Industry Sources of Audience Metrics Audience Measurement Techniques Emerging Technologies in Audience Metrics Entertainment Industry DecisionMaking Based on Metrics

Course Outline
Ethics Historical and Current Event Case Studies Examination of Social Responsibility Business Issues

Course Outline
Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value

Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

69

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 4485 ENTB 410 ENTB 376

Entertainment Business Models


The Entertainment Business Models Course is a detailed study of the various ways that entertainment organizations operate and generate profit from operations. Students analyze traditional and emerging business models in various segments of the industry. Students explore career opportunities based on current and evolving models.

Event Management
The Event Management Course examines the business of event management, which has developed into a vital marketing tool for a variety of businesses. The many topics of study for event management include researching the product and company brand, identifying the target audience, creating an event concept, and developing a project management plan. This course covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management.

Intellectual Property
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.

Course Outline
Traditional Business Models Emerging Business Models The Role of Media Conglomerates Business Development Strategies Career Opportunities Based on Business Models

Course Outline
Overview of Event Management Event Concept Design Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Event Development

Course Outline
Intellectual Property Rights Fair Use Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire

Total credit hours MMC 4258

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Project Plan Management and Development

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks ENTB 280

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

Entertainment Media Distribution

The Entertainment Media Distribution Course explores various avenues of publishing, including publishing rights, international publishing issues, the role of publishing companies in the entertainment business industry, the mechanics of publishing companies, and their impact on the entertainment business professional. Forms of distribution are evaluated in relation to their effectiveness for various entertainment products. In addition, students are introduced to various royalty structures and methods of collection.

ENTB 2713

International Business
The International Business Course addresses the complexity and the diversity of business practices in the international business marketplace. A variety of related topics are addressed, including: consumer differences across key international markets; international marketing strategies; economic policies; political and cultural environments and their effect on international business; the impact of geography on business transactions and distribution; and laws, treaties and international labor issues that affect international business.

Excel and Data Reporting


The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages.

Course Outline
Publishing and Distribution Principles and Terminology Publishing Companies Forms of Distribution Principles of Pricing Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards Royalty Structures and Collection

Course Outline
Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting

Course Outline
International Business Consumer Marketing Strategies for International Business Geographical Issues

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

International Economics Political and Cultural International Environments

Legal Issues International Labor Issues

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

2.50

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

70

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 2020 BUL 4621 ENTB 3013

Introduction to Management
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.

Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations


Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed.

Principles of Business Finance


The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance.

Course Outline
Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance

Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws

Course Outline
Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents

Risk Management Business Management Case Studies

Budgeting and Forecasting

Total credit hours 4 weeks MAR 3111

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours OBM 1000

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours MKT 210

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Introduction to Marketing
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.

Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries


The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industrys various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industrys current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.

Principles of Digital Marketing


The Principles of Digital Marketing Course examines the role of marketing in the 21st century. Students explore digital and mobile marketing, discussing the most prevalent types of tools, their purposes and their effectiveness in relation to the entertainment industry. Comparison to traditional marketing tactics and examples of current marketing mixes are addressed. In addition, this course builds student understanding of search engine optimization and social media marketing tools.

Course Outline
Digital Marketing Trends Role of Mobile Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Optimization

Course Outline
Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding

Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

71

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 3623 ENTB 4913

General Education
MGF 1213

Principles of Entrepreneurship
The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path.

Strategic Business Management


The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate.

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career

Course Outline
Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions

Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ENTB 4525

4.00

Course length

Professional Selling
The Professional Selling Course teaches students the importance of the business development and client relationship management roles in both large and small companies, which are critical to the success of a business. Students learn best practices in a professional sales environment and develop methods to overcome common hurdles in meeting sales objectives. Course topics include building the customer relationship, distinguishing types of sales, the relationship and differences between sales and marketing, and methods of sales forecasting and reporting. Students also learn how to deliver an effective sales presentation and explore the multitude of related career opportunities within the industry.

Total credit hours DGL 1012

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Role of the Sales Department Customer Buying Process Sales Proposals Leveraging Social Media in Sales Ethics in Selling

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

72

Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030 STA 2027

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Introduction to Statistics
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics

Total credit hours ENC 1102

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Solids and Fluids

Total credit hours ECO 2005

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MAN 3152

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.

Introduction to Economics
The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry.

Leadership and Organizational Behavior


The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weaknesses through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process.

Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources

Course Outline
Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy

Course Outline
Leadership Building Effective Teams Group Dynamics Decision-making Motivating Conflict Resolution

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

73

Course Descriptions
General Education
HUM 1505 DEP 1013

Popular Culture in Media


The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and Media Technology Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours COM 3109

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Play and the Brain

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

74

Entertainment

Business
Master of Science Degree Program

Entertainment has a wider reach than ever before just check your pockets for your smartphone, MP3 player, or handheld game system. The delivery options available today have broadened the ways we can enjoy media both at home or on the go. And as technology continues to open new avenues for the way we consume music, movies, games, and the web, the entertainment industry has become one of the most exciting elds for creative professionals. This evolution has also brought the need for a specic kind of talent to lead the next wave, which is why Full Sails Entertainment Business Masters program is designed to

provide a higher level of real-world education to students who want to position themselves for leadership roles in the media landscape. As you cover advanced business courses related to media products and distribution, youll gain a focused understanding of the tools used by managers, leaders, organizers, and innovators who make the decisions that help drive the success of the industry.

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus


Advanced Business Fine Arts Training Modeling Entertainment Animation Focus Capstone Projects Effects

Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

75

Areas of Focus
ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING

BUSINESS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS

THEORY
BUSINESS

SKILL

development

NETWORKING

ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS

ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING

guest SPEAKERS

THEORY

entertainment SKILL

INDUSTRY careers development

EXECUTIVE NETWORKING

artist
PERSPECTIVE

LEA

CAPSTONE PROJECTS

ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS

professional

DEVELOPMENT

guest SPEAKERS

keynote presentations
MULTIMEDIA

MULTIMEDIA INDUSTRY careers

entertainment

artist PERSPECTIVE DIGITAL


EXECUTIVE

CAPSTONE PROJECTS

professional

DEVELOPMENT

keynote presentations

Advanced Business Training DIGITAL

storyboarding

SKILL

LEADERSHIP

development

NETWORKING

skills

N E G O T I AT I N G

storyboarding The Entertainment Business Masters program takes your education beyond the classroom by having you interact with the entertainment business and traditional business communities. You might meet with a commercial banker about getting business loans and other bank services, or talk with a private investor and nd out what they look for when investing in new companies. In addition to expanding your knowledge of business theory, these meetings allow you to hone the personal skills it takes to be an engaging leader and negotiator in the entertainment world.

mD

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

76

EORY

INESS

Areas of Focus

SKILL

LEADERSHIP

development

NETWORKING

skills

N E G O T I AT I N G

PEAKERS

est

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE

ional

LOPMENT Entertainment Focus presentations


With decades of experience preparing graduates for careers in the entertainment industry, we have a unique perspective on the specic skills youll need to excel in the entertainment world. That experience has enabled us to craft a curriculum that focuses on the business needs of the media world, bridging its creative, technical, and commercial aspects. During your coursework, youll spend time studying the companies that are relevant to your eld of interest both from an artists and executives perspective and the daily work processes that go into making them thrive. More than just a focused curriculum, the program also features guest speakers from successful companies who talk about their experiences and relate them to your career goals.

keynote

MULTIMEDIA

DIGITAL

storyboarding

marketing DISTRIBUTION

HEORY

SINESS

SKILL

LEADERSHIP

development

NETWORKING

skills
|
Master of Science Degree Program 77

N E G O T I AT I N G

uest PEAKERS

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

NT

Areas of Focus

guest

ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS S PEAKERS

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

guest S P E A K E R S artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

OJECTS

CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional

DEVELOPMENT

marketing DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT keynote keynote DISTRIBUTION storyboarding presentations presentations


MULTIMEDIA

professional

MULTIMEDIA

EORY
Capstone Project

INESS

SKILL

LEADERSHIP

development

NETWORKING

skills

N E G O T I AT I N G

est PEAKERS

ional

LOPMENT

Your Masters program is highlighted by a business plan capstone project designed to showcase the skills youve learned throughout the program. Adhering to a standard industry format, youll create a detailed proposal for your own entertainment or media company covering all the nancial aspects that an investor would want to see. Your business plan will demonstrate that you know how to and MULTIMEDIA plan think like a professional, including how to budget and control your nances, market and distribute your product, and plan for top organizational performance.

entertainment

INDUSTRY careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE

keynote presentations

DIGITAL

storyboarding

marketing DISTRIBUTION
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

78

Areas of Focus

Overview
Our Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program is an advanced exploration of the specic business and management skills you need to excel and lead in the entertainment world. This balanced and in-depth curriculum will take you through courses such as Executive Leadership, Advanced Entertainment Law, Entertainment Business Finance, Business Storytelling and Brand Development, and Negotiation and Deal Making as you expand your knowledge of the way the business world works. Through this specialized education, youll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those to exercises that develop your own leadership abilities. As a conclusion to the program, youll be responsible for a business plan which will require you to make practical use of important entertainment business concepts like project management, nancial planning, business plan development, contract negotiation, digital marketing, branding, and global business strategy. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in a variety of entertainment business industries such as recording arts, show production and touring, digital media and web, game design and development, computer animation, and lm & television. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, entertainment business nance, negotiation techniques, product and artist management, entertainment law, media publishing, media distribution, digital marketing, and business plan development. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the business side of the entertainment eld. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the entertainment and media industry.

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

79

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code BUL 5628 GEB 611 MAR 628 MAR 680 GEB 650 MMC 6256 MAN 629 EBM 691 MDL 501 MAN 6446 EBM 590 MAN 602 Totals: Course Advanced Entertainment Law Business Plan Development Business Storytelling and Brand Development Digital Marketing Entertainment Business Finance Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution Executive Leadership Final Project: Business Plan Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development Negotiation and Deal-Making Product and Artist Management Project and Team Management

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 41.50
BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN MASTERY: PERSONAL LEADERSHIP & DEVELOPMENT EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT

4
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE

8
ADVANCED ENTERTAINMENT LAW

9
ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION

10

NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING

PRODUCT & ARTIST MANAGEMENT

DIGITAL MARKETING

11

12

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

41.5 48

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

80

Course Descriptions
Program Core
BUL 5628 GEB 611 MAR 680

Advanced Entertainment Law


This course explores advanced topics related to entertainment law, with an emphasis on entertainment contracts and intellectual property protection. Students explore, through lectures and case studies, how the digital revolution has impacted the entertainment industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights within the digital domain, with a focus on the role that entertainment law has played in the industrys evolution. Students also have the opportunity to understand the impact of entertainment law on their specific entertainment field and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way contracts are structured within their respective industry sector.

Business Plan Development


The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry.

Digital Marketing
The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online.

Course Outline
Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Research Report on the Chosen Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan Management Plan

Course Outline
Overview of Intellectual Property Principles Evolution of Entertainment Law Protection of Rights In the Digital Domain Role of Changing Technology Trends Affecting Entertainment Contracts Case Studies in Entertainment Law

Course Outline
Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement

Total credit hours MAR 628

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Measurements and Analytics

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Business Storytelling and Brand Development


This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use.

Course Outline
Brand Development Overview Brand Development Principles and Techniques Brand Development Case Studies Construction of a Story Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Personal Brand Identity

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

81

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GEB 650 MMC 6256 EBM 691

Entertainment Business Finance


The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry professional. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students develop financial projections including startup funds and pro forma income statements for their chosen business. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, capital management, operations expense management and personal finance

Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution


The Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution Course focuses on issues currently affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study traditional as well as new digital publishing and distribution models. The course also addresses issues within the industry such as piracy, social media, digital rights management and legislation. Students will explore strategies for protecting and monetizing their creative content and will utilize traditional as well as new distribution models to develop a publishing and distribution plan for their chosen business.

Final Project: Business Plan


The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers. The completion of the Final Project Business Plan is a requirement of graduation for the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program.

Course Outline
Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Completion of Written Business Plan Business Plan Presentation

Course Outline
Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Funding Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Pro Forma Financial Projections Capital Funding and Management Operations Expense Management Personal Finance

Course Outline
Overview of Traditional Publishing and Distribution Methods Exploration of New Digital Publishing and Distribution Models Publishing and Distribution Case Studies Digital Rights Management Social Media and Piracy Issues Development of a Publishing/ Distribution Plan

Executive Summary Development

Total credit hours MDL 501

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership


4 weeks
At the level of a masters degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.

Total credit hours 4 weeks MAN 629

3.50

Course length

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

Executive Leadership
This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in todays entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industrys leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals.

Course Outline
Executive Leadership Qualities Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field Personal Assessments Power and Influence Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Leadership Case Studies

Course Outline
Mastery Concepts Case Studies In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Leadership Principles

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S Master of Science Degree Program

82

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 6446 EBM 590 MAN 602

Negotiation and Deal-making


Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios.

Product and Artist Management


The Product and Artist Management Course addresses management issues and scenarios that apply to artist management and gives students tools and strategies to help resolve these issues. Students in this course also address product management and its unique issues, the interconnectivity of artist and product management divisions. Finally, students have the opportunity to apply these advanced management techniques to their specific entertainment field and examine how these principles can be applied to their business projects.

Project and Team Management


Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a projects success, and providing mentorship to aid the teams success.

Course Outline
An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Role-playing Negotiation Deal Memos and Contracts Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies

Course Outline
Overview of Artist Management Strategic Artist Management Techniques Overview of Product Management The Integration of the Artists and the Media Product Current Issues Affecting Artist and Product Management Problem-solving Techniques for Artists Case Studies in Artist and Product Management

Course Outline
Section 1: Project Management: Creating a Project Plan Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Strategic Product Management

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Budget Management Section 2: Team Management: Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

83

Entertainment

Business
Sports Management Elective Track
Master of Science Degree Program

Teams and leagues on the amateur, collegiate, and professional level are supported by the organizations that operate their venues and facilities, the marketing and promotion groups that generate interest in the game and its athletes, the companies that sell the tickets, the broadcast outlets who bring the games to fans, and the executives who coordinate these multiple elements. Full Sail Universitys Entertainment Business Masters with a Sports Management Elective Track is designed to provide you with an advanced business education that addresses the specic needs of the sports industry, preparing you for a career in one of its many professional branches.

The Sports Management Elective Track is specically tailored to the needs of the sports industry, and youll explore concepts such as Sports Management and Operations, Legal Issues in Sports, and Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales, in addition to the advanced business concepts like Project and Team Management, Executive Leadership, Entertainment Business Finance, and Negotiation and Deal-Making that are a part of Full Sails Entertainment Business Masters Degree Program.

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus


Sports Management Fine Arts and Operations Modeling Legal Issues In Animation Sports Negotiation and Deal-Making Effects Sports Final Project/ Marketing and Demo Reel Creation Sponsorship

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

84

Areas of Focus AINMENT BUSINESS MS

Sports Management and Operations


BUSINESS

BUSINESS

THEORY

MENT

guest SPEAKERS
professional

In this course, youll explore the management practices of the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports management practices and operational scenarios that frequently occur in the industry. Youll learn about professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models as you work to formulate a sports management plan for INDUSTRY your Business Plan project.

SKILL

development

Negotiation and Deal-Making NETWORKING


Deal making is a vital part of the entertainment industry, and strong negotiating skills can help secure the best deals for you and your clients. This course explores the essential and practical skills that will help prepare you to have a strong business presence within the industry. EXECUTIVE

LEADERSHIP

skills

N E G O T I AT I N G

entertainment

careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE

PROJECTS

DEVELOPMENT

Legal Issues In Sports MULTIMEDIA

SKILL

development

NETWORKING

entertainment

The legal issues that impact the sports industry are a fundamental aspect of the business. From presentations ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS contracts and licensing to risk management, a strong awareness and understanding of these issues is important to ones success in the eld. Beyond the traditional legal aspects of B sports USINESS ADVANCED BUSINESS the digital revolution has also management, TRAININGimpacted the industry, so youll learn strategies The roles that sponsorships and the media play for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital in the sports management industry are huge. domain and analyze case studies to understand In this course, youll be placed in real-world how the sports industry has evolved in light of N E G O T I AT ING scenarios that will require you to apply problemchanging technologies and the law. Youll also ENTERTAINMENT SPEAKERS INDUSTRY careers solving techniques to resolve sports marketing FOCUS have the opportunity to focus on the impact of and sponsorship issues. Youll also examine the law on sports and examine how evolving sports organizations, advertisers, and the media, trends are affecting the way sports agreements learning how each MULTIMEDIA approaches concepts like are structured. CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. DEVELOPMENT

keynote

In this important course, youll learn how to structure common types of entertainment deals while practicing negotiation techniques during role-playing scenarios. Its your chance to explore deal-making case studies to learn which negotiation concepts actually work best within the industry.

DIGITAL

storyboarding

marketing DISTRIBUTION
NETWORKING

THEORY

Sports Marketing SKILL and Sponsorship development

LEADERSHIP

guest

skills

entertainment

artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE

INDUSTRY careers

artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE

keynote presentations

DIGITAL

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

storyboarding
85

Master of Science Degree Program

Overview
The Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree with a Sports Management Elective Track is an advanced exploration of the specic sports management and business skills you need to excel in the entertainment and sports business industry. This balanced and in-depth curriculum includes courses such as Executive Leadership, Sports Management and Operations, Project and Team Management, Legal Issues in Sports, Negotiation and Deal-making, Sports Marketing and Sponsorships, Entertainment Business Finance, and Business Plan Development. Throughout this specialized education, youll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those exercises to develop your own leadership abilities. Youll also complete two capstone projects a leadership portfolio and a business plan thesis which will require you to make practical use of important business concepts like project management, contract negotiation, sports marketing, nancial planning, and business plan development. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment and sports industry. To help you make that transition, Full Sail University has a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors are available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in the entertainment and sports industry. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the sports and entertainment business elds. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, sports management and operations, legal issues in sports, negotiation and deal-making, sports marketing, internet marketing, and business plan development. In addition to business prociency, your education will help you develop critical-thinking, problem-solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career.

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

86

Entertainment Business
PROGRAM CORE
Code GEB 611 MAR 628 MAR 680 GEB 650 MAN 629 EBM 691 BUL 5581 EDM 601 MAN 6446 MAN 602 MAN 6223 MAR 6111 Totals: Course Business Plan Development Business Storytelling and Brand Development Digital Marketing Entertainment Business Finance Executive Leadership Final Project: Business Plan Legal Issues in Sports Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Negotiation and Deal-Making Project and Team Management Sports Management and Operations Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales

Master of Science Degree Program with a Sports Management Elective Track


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 41.50
BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE

10

NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING

SPORTS MANAGEMENT & OPERATIONS

LEGAL ISSUES IN SPORTS

SPORTS MARKETING & SPONSORSHIP SALES

DIGITAL MARKETING

11

12

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

41.5 48

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

87

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GEB 611 MAR 628 MAR 680

Business Plan Development


The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry.

Business Storytelling and Brand Development


This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use.

Digital Marketing
The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online.

Course Outline
Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Relative Entertainment Portfolio Items Research Report on the Entertainment Economy of Chosen Entertainment Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan: Traditional, Internet and Mobile Management Plan

Course Outline
Brand Development Overview Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Construction of a Story Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand

Course Outline
Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Measurements and Analytics Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement Media Planning, Buying, and Campaign Management Storytelling and Brand

Website Plan

Creating a Mission Statement Brand Development Case Studies

Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Search Engine Marketing

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

88

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GEB 650 MAN 629 BUL 5581

Entertainment Business Finance


The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry entrepreneur. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students also explore financial contracts with a focus on how contracts can minimize risk for the entertainment business enterprise. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, leasing, acquisitions, capital management, and operations expense management.

Executive Leadership
This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in todays entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industrys leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals.

Legal Issues in Sports


This course provides an overview of the legal issues that impact the sports industry, with an emphasis on contracts, licensing, and risk management. Students in this course explore how the digital revolution has impacted the industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital domain. Students also analyze case studies to understand how the sports industry has evolved in light of changing technologies and the law. Finally, students in this course have the opportunity to focus on the impact of the law on sports and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way sports agreements are structured.

Course Outline
Executive Leadership Qualities Personal Assessments Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Leadership Case Studies Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field

Course Outline
Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Raising Finances to Fund Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Understanding Financial Contracts Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Leasing Acquisitions Capital Funding and Management Entertainment Leadership Portfolio

Course Outline
Overview of Intellectual Property and Licensing Risk Management in Sports Overview of Contract Law Role of Changing Technology Case Studies in Sports Law

The Examination of the Various Entertainment Industries Power and Influence

Total credit hours 4 weeks EDM 601

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours EBM 691

3.50

Course length

Media Literacy and Research Methodologies


In the Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Course, students will review media studies literature using various resources. Utilizing the skills that they acquire from this course, students will work throughout the program to develop their thesis and media project focusing their efforts on making changes to their personal practice or workplace. Students will start development of media research proposals, create a literature review based upon their research, examine the progress of research questions formation, and study various research methods, learning which are appropriate to various types of research questions.

Final Project: Business Plan


3.50 Course length 4 weeks
In the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone project is required for graduation. The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers.

Total credit hours

Course Outline
Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Executive Summary Development Completion of Written Business Plan Business Plan Presentation

Course Outline
Media Research, Sampling, and Validity Online Research Databases and Tools Literature Review Research Proposals Media Project Formation

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

APA Formatting and Citations

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

89

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 6446 MAN 602 MAN 6223

Negotiation and Deal-making


Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios.

Project and Team Management


Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a projects success, and providing mentorship to aid the teams success.

Sports Management and Operations


This course addresses management practices within the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports management practices and operational scenarios. Students in this course explore professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models. Students also formulate a sports management plan for their Business Plan Thesis project.

Course Outline
An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Tools and Concepts to Prepare for Negotiation Role-playing Negotiation Scenarios and Critiquing Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies

Course Outline
Overview of the Sports Industry Professional and Amateur Athletics Operational Issues: Athletes, Facilities, and the Media Ticketing, Facilities, and Event Logistics Sports Management Plan Case Studies in Sports Management

Course Outline
Section 1: Project Management Creating a Project Plan Understanding Project Planning Software Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team

Total credit hours MAR 6111

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management and Budget Management Section 2: Team Management Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent

Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales


This course explores topics and concepts pertaining to sports marketing and the role of sports sponsorships and the media. Student are placed in real-world scenarios requiring the application of problem-solving techniques to resolve sports marketing and sponsorship issues. Student also examine sports organizations, advertisers, and the media and each ones approach to marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. Students then apply their knowledge to develop a sports marketing plan for their Business Plan Thesis project.

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Overview of Sports Marketing and Promotion Sponsorship Sales and Media Customer Relationship Management Sports Marketing Case Studies Sports Marketing Plan

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S

Master of Science Degree Program

90

Game
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Todays video game graphics are more realistic and impactful than ever. If youve considered taking your artistic talents to the game industry, Full Sails Game Art bachelors degree program can help you learn the same production methods used to create 3D art for gaming projects. In this degree program, youll examine the fundamentals of interactive graphics development including character creation, environment and prop creation, the production pipeline, in-game effects, and animation and learn how these principles function within a game engine. Youll also learn how to take traditional art and animation principles and apply them to models that look and move realistically.

Art
The practical application of these combined skills happens in your nal portfolio courses, in which you will create content within a chosen discipline of study to showcase your artistic skills. Throughout the program, youll also develop the personal and professional skills that will help you be an effective member of a game development team.

Areas of Focus
Art Creation Collaborative Development Demo Reel Modeling
GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

91

artistic
F U N D AM E N TAL S

Areas of Focus

ANIMATION
c o n c e p ts

modeling
STRATEGIES

O PTIMIZATIO N

VISUAL

depth

LIGHTING
S H A D ING
texturing

objects CHARACTERS
TEXTURING

landscapes

Art Creation
After grasping the basics of computer art, its time STORYBOARD to add the visual depth that denes great animation. SCRIPTING BUILDING Youll learn how to use lighting, shading, and texturing to breathe realistic qualities into your characters and how to combine those elements to create industry-ready real-time graphics. Building on the essentials youve already learned, youll apply those skills on projects that will see you creating objects, characters, and landscapes for expansive and imaginative 3D game worlds.

team

special EF F ECTS

stic
AL

3D

E N TAL S

ANIMATION
co n c e p t s

modeling
STRATEGIES
GAME DEV

OP T IM I Z AT ION

CONTENT
artistic
FUNDAMENTALS

epth

LIGHTING
S H A D ING
texturing

objects CHARACTERS
ART CREATION

3D

ANIMATION FOUNDATION

ANIMATION
c o n c e p ts

modeling
STRATEGIES

O P T IM IZ AT IO N

CONTENT

landscapes

VISUAL

BOARD RIPTING

team

TEXTURING

BUILDING

special EFFEC TS
COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL

depth

LIGHTING
SH A D I N G
texturing

objects CHARACTERS
TEXTURING

landscapes

STORYBOARD SCRIPTING

team

BUILDING

special EF F EC TS

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

92

LIGHTING
SHA DING

depth Areas of Focus


SCRIPTING

S H A D IN G

texturing

CHARACTERS

STORYBOARD texturing

teamlandscapes
BUILDING
TEXTURING

objects CHARACTERS
special E F F E CT S

landscapes

TEXTURING Development

Collaborative

Demo Reel
By the end of the Game Art program you will have amassed a wealth of content that shows an employer the comprehensive skills and artistic techniques youve mastered. During your nal months, youll collect all of these assets and put them together for your personal demo reel.

team

BUILDING

After mastering the world of game art creation youll work together with students from Full Sails Game Development Degree Program to design and produce an original game project from start to nish. This collaborative environment will help you learn to deliver content on a deadline as well as how to GAME DEVguidelines set by a real-world work within production team.

special E FFE CT S

In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your instructors will re-evaluate what youve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry youre most Youll storyboard and script with a team of interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your programmers, and work with them to dene the ANIMATION FOUNDATION FUND A MENTA L S artistic strengths and technical prociency in such c o n c e p ts visual qualities and requirements for the game. areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, Then youll go to work using the skills and techniques and special effects, offering a well-rounded learned throughout the program to develop the demonstration of your talents to help launch graphics and environments for a fully playable game. your career. In addition to learning industry workow and how

artistic
VISUAL

3D

ANIMATION

modeling
STRATEGIES

ART CREATION

to operate in a team setting, this integrated project setting will allow you to see your graphics as part of a nal product and test how they hold up in a practical application. All of these factors give you the advantage of coming COLLABORATIVE DEV/ out of school as an artist who has already DEMO REEL worked on a fully functional game.

depth

LIGHTING
SHADI NG
texturing

objects CHARA
TEXTURING

lands

STORYBOARD SCRIPTING

team

BUILDING

specia EFFECT

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

93

GAME DEV of Focus Areas

GAME DEV

ANIMATION FOUNDATION

artistic
FUN D A ME NTA LS
ART CREATION

ANIMATION FOUNDATION

artistic 3D
ANIMATION
concepts
F U N D A ME N TA L S

3D ANIMATION modeling
STRATEGIES
concepts

modeling
STRATEGIES

OPTIMIZAT

CONTE

3DART CREATION
conce p ts

NIMATION

modeling
STRATEGIES

VISUAL

OPTIM IZATION
COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL

CONTENT depth

depth LIGHTING
SHADING
texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING

VISUAL

LIGHTING
SHADING
texturing

objects CHARACTERS
BUILDING

objects CHARACTERS
special EF F EC TS

landscapes

HA DING COLLABORATIVE DEV/

STORYBOARD texturing Game content follows fundamental artistic guidelines landscapes DEMO REEL SCRIPTING even when youre working within the expanse of 3D
BUILDING
digital graphics. The modeling foundations covered in the Game Art program will help you draw a parallel between TEXTURING traditional art and modeling techniques and todays leading digital art software the way characters, objects, E FFE CTS and environments look and act in real life, and how you can capture that same realism when recreating them in the digital world.

GHTING Modeling

objects CHARACTERS
special

team

landscapesTEXTURING

team

TEXTURING

BUILDING

special E FFE CT S

team

GAME DEV

To further introduce you to the world of game graphics, the program also emphasizes the core 3D animation concepts that are essential to the industry. As you explore the latest game platforms, youll learn the strategies of professional modelers and discover how to create great-looking content and optimize it to the standards of todays hardware.

ANIMATION FOUNDATION

artistic
F UN DAMEN TAL S

3D

ANIMATION
concepts

modeling
STRATEGIES

ART CREATION

VISUAL

depth

LIGHTING
S HADI NG
texturing
GAM E ART

objects CHARACTERS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program

landscapes
94

Overview
Full Sails Game Art Bachelors Degree Program is designed to develop artists well-versed in 3D asset creation for game development. With a focus on 3D content for consoles and computers, youll work your way through project-based classes that follow a clear progression from the basics of digital art creation up through the latest trends and tools. Along the way classes like Character Animation, Game Production, Production Modeling, Level Design, and Shading and Effects will help you gain the skills necessary to move and improve content through the production pipeline. Each of these specialized classes is based around the same workow processes found at professional gaming studios including such core concepts as animation, character modeling, lighting and shading, and texturing. Supporting these industry-specic foundations are classes focusing on the ne art aspects of game content development as well as courses focusing on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the gaming industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum, and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer environmental modeling, game textures, and character animation needed to qualify for entry-level positions in the game industry as game artists, scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, and animators. Besides the programs strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related elds. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

GAME ART

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

95

Game Art
PROGRAM CORE
Code CGA 221 CGA 121 CGG 443 CGG 351 CGA 321 CGA 342 CGA 451 CGA 453 CGA 241 CGA 131 CGA 101 CGA 102 CGG 333 CGG 391 CGG 401 CGG 381 CGG 452 CGA 112 DIG 1301 ODT 1000 CGA 482 CGA 352 CAB 101 CAB 302 CAB 403 GRA 1161 CGG 432 Totals: Course

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 4.00 3.00 93.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
LEVEL ASSEMBLY & LIGHTING CHARACTER RIGGING II CHARACTER ANIMATION I

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
11 12 13 14 15
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PHY 1000 MTG 1205 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:

Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physics Geometry and Measurement

3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES

2D Animation 3D Foundations Advanced Game Characters Art Creation for Games Character Animation I Character Design and Creation Character Rigging I Character Rigging II Compositing Fundamentals Fundamentals of Animation Fundamentals of Art I Fundamentals of Art II Game Animation Game Portfolio I Game Portfolio II Game Production Level Assembly and Lighting Methods of Design Model Creation Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Portfolio Assembly Production Modeling Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Shading and Lighting Texture Painting and Sculpting

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ART HISTORY

10

Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play

FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I

3D FOUNDATIONS

FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II

MODEL CREATION

SHADING & LIGHTING

30.00
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

123 128

16

17

18

19

20

PRODUCTION MODELING

2D ANIMATION

COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS

FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION

CHARACTER RIGGING I

21

22

23
ART CREATION FOR GAMES PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

24

25

GAME ANIMATION

TEXTURE PAINTING & SCULPTING

26

27
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

28

29

30

ADVANCED GAME CHARACTERS

GAME PRODUCTION

GAME PORTFOLIO I

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31

32

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

GAME PORTFOLIO II

PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

96

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 221 CGG 443 CGA 321

2D Animation
The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subjects volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability.

Advanced Game Characters


The Advanced Game Characters Course focuses extensively on the elements of accurate high resolution character sculpting. The course material is presented with an emphasis on proper anatomy, proportion, and fine details. Students will create assets implementing advanced techniques while maintaining realistic surface quality and likeness of reference. Students completing this course will possess a deeper understanding of digital sculpting, topology, texturing, and the use of generated maps.

Character Animation I
The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow.

Course Outline
Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality

Course Outline
Anatomy Sculpting Head Sculpting and Detailing Creating Clothing Building Game Topology Texturing

Course Outline
Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation Scene Composition and Staging Group Participation and Critique Scene Planning and Workflow

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks CGG 351

3.00 Course length

4 weeks

Entertainment Analysis

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGA 121

Art Creation for Games 3D Foundations


The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the fundamentals of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics using Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Students learn the interface and controls of both programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for the more advanced courses later in the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program. The Art Creation for Games Course provides students with a strong knowledge of the way real time 3D content is modeled and textured. Students develop game models of simple and complex props, foliage, and various game environments. In addition to modeling, students paint color, generate normal maps, and specular maps for created geometry. Special attention will be paid to the creation of clean and optimized models for use in games.

CGA 342

Character Design and Creation


The Character Design and Creation Course builds upon the skills learned in the Model Creation and Shading and Lighting courses by applying knowledge to 3D characters. Students begin with preproduction of a character, developing concept art and character sheets. Students complete a fully textured organic 3D model for possible use in film or high-resolution game technology.

Course Outline
Modular Modeling Digital Detail Sculpting Texture Creation Level Construction Real Time Lighting

Course Outline
Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components

Course Outline
Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering

Total credit hours

4.00 Course length

4 weeks

Surface Flow and Anatomy

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

97

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 451 CGA 241 CGA 101

Character Rigging I
The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig.

Compositing Fundamentals
The Compositing Fundamentals Course introduces students to beginning and intermediate compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals. The course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world live-action video footage. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer generated elements to properly match a high-definition film or video source while working in a node-based compositing environment.

Fundamentals of Art I
The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.

Course Outline
Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space

Course Outline
Matte Creation Techniques 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping Node-based Compositing

Course Outline
Joint Creation and Layout Control Building and Constraints Custom Attribute Creation Set Driven Keyframes Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques Python Fundamentals Python Tool Development

Photoshop Fundamentals

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGA 131

4.00 Course length

4 weeks

CGA 102

Fundamentals of Art II
The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.

Fundamentals of Animation
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them.

Total credit hours CGA 453

Course Outline
Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting

Character Rigging II
The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow.

Course Outline
Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Skin Deformation Muscle Systems Advanced Deformers Advanced Facial Setups Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur) Advance Mathematical Connections Scripted Controls

Total credit hours

3.00 Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

98

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGG 333 CGG 401 CGG 452

Game Animation
The Game Animation Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce animated sequences and cycles for game play. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the game industry with a focus on game engine constraints and requirements. Students in this course pay special attention to character anatomy, rigging constraints, and reusability within all aspects of a game.

Game Portfolio II
The Game Portfolio II Course, students develop their third portfolio piece showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I and II to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a third high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.

Level Assembly and Lighting


The Level Assembly and Lighting Course continues to expand students understanding of game requirements with a focus on constructing a playable level. Students design, build, texture, light, and add effects for a level. Successful completion of this course provides students with the necessary knowledge to develop content for game environments.

Course Outline
Character Anatomy Rigging Application of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development Reusability and Blending

Course Outline
Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation

Course Outline
Game Level Editor Asset Creation Advanced Assembly Advanced Real Time Lighting Particle Effects Game Play Interaction

Total credit hours 4 weeks CGG 381

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours CGG 391

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Game Production
The Game Production Course allows students to use the tools, techniques, workflow and artistic skill developed through the Game Art foundation courses and apply it to the creation of portfolio assets. Students develop skills in time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.

Game Portfolio I
The Game Portfolio I Course, students continue developing portfolio content showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a second high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.

CGA 112

Methods of Design
The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course.

Course Outline
Time Management Portfolio Presentation

Course Outline
Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation

Course Outline
Critical Thinking Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development

Portfolio Asset Creation

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

99

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DIG 1301 CGA 482 CAB 101, 302, 403

Model Creation
The Model Creation Course explores the beginning of the computer animation process by creating hard-surface models from concept art to final computergenerated imagery. During an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling tool set, comparisons of the relative differences between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision surface definitions are made. Students will develop techniques and strategies for creation of efficient virtual surfaces.

Portfolio Assembly
The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a students content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing his or her talent.

Project Management and Assessment I, II, III


The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Course Outline
Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization

Course Outline
Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks GRA 1161

1.00/2.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks CGA 352

Total credit hours

Shading and Lighting Production Modeling


The Production Modeling Course develops students understanding of model development as it applies to the animation production industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry production workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques. The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the mood and lighting, look and feel, shadows and shading, reflections and atmospheres that bring scenes and models to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects and scenes that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Object Perspective Course, including surface lighting and shadow observations and techniques.

ODT 1000

Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries


The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.

Course Outline
Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization

Course Outline
Advanced Modeling Techniques Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

100

Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGG 432

General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012

Texture Painting and Sculpting


The Texture Painting and Sculpting Course teaches students techniques for creating textures for video games by utilizing traditional art skills. Using digital sculpting, painting, and photo sourcing techniques, students create and applying textures and materials for use in current game engines.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Advanced Digital Sculpting Map Generation Texture Creation Materials

Course Outline
Ancient Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Medieval and Renaissance Art

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GAM E ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

101

Course Descriptions
General Education
PHY 1000 COM 3109

Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Course Outline
Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies

MTG 1205

Geometry and Measurement


The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry, and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations.

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks GAM E ART

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

102

Game
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Video games arent just great entertainment, theyre one of the most dynamic areas of the entertainment world, with successful games generating revenue that rivals some of the biggest lm and album releases. It takes the right kind of leaders to help manage the titles that innovate and inspire gamers, and keep the industry growing both creatively and nancially. Todays top game development houses thrive on the leadership of a great production staff to oversee their multimillion dollar titles, and Full Sails Game

Design
Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program will help you become one of these creative decision makers. With curriculum based on the processes used at the most respected studios in the world, this Bachelors program is designed to prepare you to meet the design, leadership, and management needs of this creative industry.

Areas of Focus
Team Leadership Fine Arts Project Modeling Management Animation Design Effects Capstone Game Project Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

103

GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS Areas of Focus GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS


TEAM LEADERSHIP TEAM LEADERSHIP

ASTERS BS

Team Leadership

PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Game development is an intensely collaborative process with designers, artists, animators, programmers, and audio specialists working together to produce high-quality assets based around a unied vision. As a game producer, being able to understand these different roles and help them work together DESIGN efciently is the key to developing a creative and DESIGN successful production environment.

Project Management
Video games are one of the most complex art forms in entertainment, bringing audio, visual, and tactile elements together in one interactive package. With so many different assets being created across multiple departments, effective organization and administration is essential to keeping a game on schedule and under budget.

for PLAYERS creating for PLAYERS


EXPERIENCES

EXPERIENCES

creating

NT

The Game Design Bachelors program puts you in a leadership role, as you learn to coordinate a large, diverse team and help them operate as an integrated unit. Dedicated classes help you develop strong leadership skills, teaching you to streamline a This Bachelors program covers the entire scope of GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT development process that supports the needs of a development cycle. After taking core classes in both your team and the studio. The end GAME result isCAPSTONE Asset Management, Production Methodologies, and PROJECT a leadership approach thats both inspirational Quality Assurance, youll collaborate with artists and and productive. programmers and work with that team throughout production to delegate tasks, problem-solve, and hit milestones. Youll also learn the best practices of industry-standard project management, scheduling, and bug-tracking software that will keep your game on schedule while maintaining the quality of the product.

for PLAYERS
GAM E DE S I GN

EXPERIENCES

creating

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

104

MENT

Areas of Focus

for PLAYERS

EXPERIENCES

creating

for PLAYERS

EXPERIENCES

creating

ROJECT

Design
The classic games you grew up with started as just simple concepts ideas that were later brought to life by a dedicated team of designers, artists, and producers. Supporting innovative new concepts is one of the responsibilities of a producer at a game studio, and to produce successful products, youll need to understand the precise balance of story and gameplay that makes for a well-designed game. Our specialized Bachelors curriculum teaches the elements of great design. Courses in Game Design and Design Mechanics stress the importance of developing a unied approach to gameplay in the initial design stage, and maintaining that standard throughout production. Theres a real craft to bringing all the components of a game together to develop a nely tuned experience these courses will show you how to implement design standards in a way that best serves the needs of the project.

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

105

Areas of Focus

MANAGEMENT DESIGN EXPERIENCES

creating

for PLAYERS

for PLAYERS
GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT

EXPERIENCES

creating

Game Capstone Project

The program culminates with the Game Capstone Project. Youll be joining a game production team PSTONE PROJECT as a leader, coordinating a group of artists and programmers as they design and code the graphics, gameplay, and audio for a fully playable game. This real-world studio scenario will require you to draw on every element of your design and production education as you guide and support the team through every stage of production. Youll develop game documents to guide the project, create a project plan, organize and gather assets, coordinate integration between departments, develop marketing strategies, and nally work to prepare the game for delivery.

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

106

Areas of Focus

Overview
The curriculum in the Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program is comprised of high-level game design and production courses that take you deep into the game development pipeline. Youll expand and advance your project and design skills through hands-on exercises in leadership, team management, game design, and marketing while you learn the skills youll need to advance your career in the game production industry. During the course of the program, you will be responsible for completing a design document, an academic capstone project, and a presentation. The Capstone Project is designed to help you develop the project and team management skills youll need to succeed in the game development eld. In this project you will be paired with a group of undergraduate programmers and game artists to plan the genre and scope of a fully playable game. You will be acting as a Producer on this project, helping guide the team through the gameplay design, determining technological issues, as well as managing assets and the production timeline. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership, design, and project management skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the game industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of game development necessary to be successful in qualifying for entry-level design and production positions. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to work in the fast-paced environment of a game studio in an entrylevel production role. The curriculum in this program develops your executive leadership skills, project and team management abilities, and teaches the production methodologies, as well as the marketing and media relations concepts used by major game studios. In addition to technical prociency, a Full Sail education is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the game and entertainment industries. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the game and entertainment industries.

GAME DESIGN

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

107

Game Design
PROGRAM CORE
Code GDN 4340 GDN 2130 GDN 3140 GDN 1150 GDN 1440 GDN 4630 GDN 4730 GDN 4840 GDN 1230 GDN 4240 GDN 3841 GDN 1130 GDN 3340 GDN 3100 GDN 3631 ODT 1000 GDN 3241 GDN 3242 GDN 111 GDN 112 GDN 223 GDN 4141 GDN 4540 GDN 1341 GDN 3230 GDN 2240 GDN 3741 Totals: Course

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 90.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
PROTOTYPING AESTHETICS & IMMERSION

GENERAL EDUCATION
Code DGL 1012 ENC 1101 MGF 1040 PHY 1000 HIS 2320 SPC 2140 DEP 1013 MGF 1340 Totals: Course Digital Literacy English Composition I Finite Math Fundamentals of Physics Historical Archetypes and Mythology Interpersonal Communications Psychology of Play Statistics

3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I

Aesthetics and Immersion Design and Development Analysis Design Project Design Tools Economics Game Design Final Project I Game Design Final Project II Game Design Final Project III Game Design I Game Design II Game Development Game History Game Mechanics Leadership Level Design Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Programming Foundations I Programming Foundations II Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Prototyping Research and Marketing Storytelling for Games Team Building Usability World Building

Credit Hours 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 30.00
11 12 6 7
DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

GAME HISTORY

9
HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY

10

DESIGN TOOLS

FINITE MATH

GAME DESIGN I

STORYTELLING FOR GAMES

13
DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT ANALYSIS

14

15

STATISTICS

ECONOMICS

INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS

USABILITY

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

120 128

16

17

18

19
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

20

LEADERSHIP

TEAM BUILDING

DESIGN PROJECT

GAME MECHANICS

21

22

23

24

25

PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS I

PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS II

LEVEL DESIGN

WORLD BUILDING

GAME DEVELOPMENT

26

27

28
GAME DESIGN II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

29

30

RESEARCH & MARKETING

GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT I

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31

32

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT II

GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT III

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

108

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 4340 GDN 3140 GDN 1440

Aesthetics and Immersion


The Aesthetics and Immersion Course focuses on artistry in games, and how to use visuals, sound, and knowledge of an audiences brain chemistry to design experiences which are more than just functional. Students will examine why people like and connect with games, how to create games that immerse players, and how to communicate with team members about aesthetic elements. Students will also examine how to evoke emotions like fun, excitement, and anticipation, and observe how the first few minutes of any designed experience are crucial to capturing an audiences attention.

Design Project
The Design Project Course challenges students to apply what they have learned in the first half of this program in design classes such as Game Design I and Storytelling, personal development courses like Team Building and Leadership, and critical and analytical classes such as Economics and Usability. In studentled teams, participants take on various design roles to generate ideas, design playable components around those ideas, and document their decisions through a collaborative analytical process. Focus is placed on the mechanics, flow, and fun factors of their analog game prototype. The goal of the project is for students to appreciate the complexity of collaborative game design, to fine-tune their technical design skills, and to ensure their design is well-suited to an intended market and meets specific milestones.

Economics
The Economics Course examines how people make choices and use resources. This course focuses specifically on game economics and will examine how markets are created and maintained in game worlds. Students will learn how players allocate their resources in a limited market, while trying to satisfy their wants and needs. This is maintained through economic balance and fluctuations that are controlled by the designer and must be maintained throughout the development process. Topics of study include basic economic theory, inflation, supply & demand, poverty & inequality, and market stability.

Course Outline
The Science of Addiction Communicating Visually Emergent vs. Intended Aesthetics Storyboarding Feedback Loops Creating the Critical First 5 minutes Communicating across Teams About Aesthetics

Course Outline
Real-World vs. Game Economics Supply & Demand MMO Economies Player Motives Inequality and Balance

Course Outline
Design Document Review Game Feature Breakdowns Design Mechanic Review Design Reviews & Feedback Independent Work

Market Equilibrium Market Creation & Maintenance

Total credit hours GDN 2130

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Refactoring Designs

Total credit hours 4 weeks GDN 4630

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours GDN 1150

4.00

Course length

Design and Development Analysis


The Design and Development Analysis Course teaches the student techniques used to deconstruct, reproduce, and improve existing games based on a thorough analytical process. The ability to critically analyze others work is essential to the design phase of any project, and the video game industry is no exception to this. By playing and deconstructing games, students will learn the complicated design systems running behind the scenes in games and will compose documents to support their findings.

Design Tools
In the Design Tools Course, students will gain exposure to the tools used by game designers in the industry, while becoming aware of the perils and shortfalls involved with those tools. Students will learn the structure of game industry teams, and how different tools are used in team environments. Students will also learn how to create game design documentation, simulate using spreadsheets, brainstorm effectively, and present ideas in a group setting. The intention of the course is to provide a solid foundation of basic tools that game designers use.

Game Design Final Project I


In the Game Design Final Project I Course, students will take the design concepts explored in Research and Marketing and start developing their game. Students will develop a project plan and begin its implementation towards a vertical slice a game prototype showcasing the games main mechanics and a subset of the experience that is expected of the final product. After the vertical slice, the team will continue to expand content in the game to prepare for the second major milestone: Final Project II: The Alpha Milestone.

Course Outline
Game Analysis Techniques Game Mechanics Analysis Reward Systems Analysis Interface/Input Analysis Advanced Game Systems (Combat, etc.) Document Recreation

Course Outline
Production Plan Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting

Course Outline
Overview of the Game Industry and Software Projects Written Communication and GDDs Brainstorming in Teams Presentation of Ideas in a Group Setting

Develop Style Sheet Feature Implementation

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Probability, Game Theory, and Monte Carlo Simulation

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

109

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 4730 GDN 1230 GDN 3841

Game Design Final Project II


In the Game Design Final Project II Course, the team of students continues developing their product concept. Final Project II introduces the second major milestone for students: the Alpha Milestone. Alpha is typically defined as feature complete in the industry. Early in the course, students will identify what remaining features need to be implemented in their game in order to plan and prepare for this milestone. Once past Alpha, the team will begin adding any remaining content in the game to prepare for the third major milestone: Final Project III: The Beta Milestone.

Game Design I
The Game Design I Course examines the active role of a game designer by breaking down game ideas into discrete, functional, and logical systems. Since designers are responsible for all features of any given game such as player goals, choices, and game rules students will observe and analyze different game designs to understand how these elements interact. They will further hone their design and technical writing skills by creating game prototypes, as well as revising and editing flowcharts, outlines, and research data through multiple iterations of analog games.

Game Development
The Game Development Course provides a practical approach to design and implementation across multiple phases of development. Simplified versions of video games, referred to as prototypes, will be developed as students become experts at game scripting. Upon successful completion of this course, students will possess the abilities, tools, and research methods necessary to deliver a game from concept to completion.

Course Outline
Feature Implementation Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting

Course Outline
Flowcharting & Outlining Prototyping & Research Design Vocabulary Documentation Format & Requirements Quick Iteration Method & Evaluative Frameworks

Course Outline
Entry-Level Understanding of Game Scripting Goal-Based Research Abilities Developed Ability to Meet Deadlines with Direct Assistance

Total credit hours GDN 4840

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks GDN 1130

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Game Design Final Project III


The Game Design Final Project III Course serves as the culmination of skills developed during the Game Design program. Teams will continue working on Final Project II prototypes as they test and polish their game designs. Upon completion of this course, teams will have concrete examples of their designs that are polished and professionally formatted ready to be presented and shared with prospective employers or investors.

Total credit hours GDN 4240

Game History Game Design II


The Game Design II Course gives students multiple vectors for further maturing their game design skills. Students will read some of the top writing in game studies, on topics related to both theory and practice. Students will also play games that illustrate various design principles and prepare them for final project tasks. Ultimately, students will be tasked to create their own games, playtest them, and analyze their own work as well as the work of other students. The Game History Course examines the history of game development, the changes in game systems, and the evolution of genres and interactivity elements. The course explores why people play games and which games revolutionized the various game genres. Important milestones in the industrys history have resulted in changes to the way people create and play games, and designers need to understand these. Students will learn about influential and innovative titles and what impact they had or continue to have on the games of today.

Course Outline
Quality Assurance Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting Final Presentation

Course Outline
Industry Milestones Gaming Systems Genre and Interactivity Development

Course Outline
4 weeks
Mechanics, Dynamics, and Aesthetics Flow and Game balance Toys, Puzzles, and Games Playtesting Implementation of Scope

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Influential Games Innovative Games

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

110

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 3340 GDN 3631 GDN 3241

Game Mechanics
The Game Mechanics Course explores the theories and principles employed in game rule-based systems. Students will learn how pacing and thematic structures incorporate conflict resolution and generate a plausible challenge and reward system. Students will understand the use of feedback mechanisms by employing a heuristic testing process to determine which of the design elements may or may not be fun or unbalanced during actual play. Students leaving this course will have a better idea about how to better sync gameplay decisions to a specified target audience.

Level Design
The Level Design Course teaches students how to analyze game levels and break them down into their basic components. Students will learn to ask the right questions when designing a level. What purpose does a particular object in a level serve? Is it functional, or is it there for purely aesthetic reasons? What sort of guidance (if any) should a player receive? Does this level have any ties to previous or future levels? Students will also learn about such concepts as level pacing and flow, setting clear goals for a player, and the importance of visuals. The ever-elusive fun factor will also be covered, as a way of tying the individual components together.

Programming Foundations I
The Programming Foundations Course teaches the JavaScript programming language using the Perlenspiel engine as a foundation for creating games through script. Students will learn basic JavaScript coding syntax and grammar, as well as the fundamental skills needed for designing and building programs. These skills will help a designer to breakdown the aspects of a game into their core components, and give a better understanding of how data and interaction mesh together to create a game.

Course Outline
Concept Presentations Game Design Documentation Game Genres and Classifications Game Design Theories Conflict Resolution Conventions Pacing and Thematic Constructs Heuristic Testing Process

Course Outline
Introduction to JavaScript and the Perlenspiel engine Basic Programming Concepts Input and Output Control Flow Functions Data Storage and Processing

Course Outline
Level Purpose and Theme Level Goals and Objectives Pacing and Flow Player Navigation and Rewards Aesthetics and Visuals

Total credit hours GDN 3100

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ODT 1000

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours GDN 3242

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Leadership
The Leadership Course is designed to facilitate students discovery, direction, and development, as well as demonstration of their leadership skills. Students will construct a personal leadership development plan for professional application as they learn how to translate leadership theory into real-world practice. The leadership principles and knowledge that will be acquired can be applicable to any industry.

Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries


The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.

Programming Foundations II
The Programming Foundations Course takes a further look at programming, focusing on architecture and problem-solving that is useful during the process of crafting a game. Students will learn how to decide which programming components to use, and how to arrange them in useful ways. Along with this, students will learn additional advanced programming techniques in JavaScript, including object prototyping, algorithms, and simple finite-state machines.

Course Outline
Leadership Theories and Models Leadership Challenges and Solutions Leadership Types and Traits Mission, Vision, Values, and Purpose Leading Change in the Game Industry Roles and Responsibilities Team Leadership

Course Outline
Organizing Game Features Program Architecture and Planning Object Prototyping Managing Game States using Finite State Machines Update Loops and Real-time Games Basic User Interfaces

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries

Debugging Techniques Encapsulation and Code Reuse

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

111

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 111, 112, 223 GDN 4540 GDN 3230

Project Management and Assessment I, II, III


The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Research and Marketing


The Research and Marketing Course examines the research and documentation process, and helps students develop the skills required to gather information, organize data, and deliver a concise and credible product. Topics of study will include technical and player documentation, consumer research, product planning, culture and language, and media relationships. The materials and process in this course apply directly to final project development in this program.

Team Building
The Team Building Course investigates the collaborative techniques and communication skills critical to todays design teams. The course is designed to allow students to survey, develop, and employ unique, team-specific communication, decision-making, problem-solving, and conflict resolution techniques as they collaborate on team assignments including a course-long, competitive team project. Because team building has application beyond the game industry, the objective of this course is to expose teams to the foundational basics needed to be an effective team builder and team member in any environment.

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Course Outline
High Concept Documentation Game Design Documentation Market Research Prototyping Intellectual Property and Copyright

Course Outline
Stages of Team Development Team Formation and Structure Team Communication and Feedback Team Process Development Team Assessment and Peer Evaluation

Total credit hours GDN 4141

1.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

Prototyping
In the Prototyping Course, students will create their first team-based digital game prototype. Each student will apply what he or she has learned individually in order to create a small prototype of a game mechanic. They will then team up to create a prototype of a much larger scope, using disciplines learned throughout the program to come up with a unique concept design and prototyping this concept over the course of two milestones. Throughout this project, students will refine the skills learned in previous classes while working in a team environment during the development process.

Total credit hours GDN 1341

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Personalities and Team Interaction

Total credit hours GDN 2240

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Storytelling for Games


The Storytelling for Games Course introduces students to the challenges and opportunities of writing stories for the game industry, from character and world development to industry conventions and documentation. Students will examine storytelling as a practical tool for communicating information and ideas, and explore storyboarding techniques. Particular attention is paid to how video games can use storytelling to build narrative depth, emotional impact, and theme, which all work toward greater player immersion.

Usability
The Usability Course explores the theoretical and practical methods used to improve game interfaces. Usability inspection is aimed at finding usability problems and providing design relevant information to designers and engineers in the effort of making products easier to interact with and more efficient to use. In this course, students will understand usability and its considerations, defining the usability trade-offs involved in the game design world. Topics will include an overview of generations of user interfaces, the usability engineering lifecycle, the design process, usability heuristics, usability testing methodologies, the four fun keys, and the design of a game controller.

Course Outline
Creating a prototype concept Project meeting Milestone 1 Project meeting Milestone 2

Course Outline
Narrative Patterns Storytelling Techniques World Building and Development Game Narrative Documentation

Course Outline
What is Usability? Heuristics Usability Testing Methodologies Four Fun Keys Design of a Game Controller

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Dramatization & Character Relationships

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Usability Principles Engineering Lifecycles Design Process

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

112

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 3741

General Education
DGL 1012 MGF 1040

World Building
The World Building Course teaches students how to create a level based on game interactions and features. Designing a level by interaction allows the game designer to map out the perfect game scenarios to give to the player. Since games allow a degree of free will, it is the designers responsibility to present the player with optimal situations to utilize and master game features. This is achieved by linking well thought out interactive scenarios. Using the tools learned in Level Design, students follow simple steps to creating an interaction-driven level. Advanced concepts such as modularity and combat scenarios are also covered in this class.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Finite Math
The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students will explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored will provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students will use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments.

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Course Outline
Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets

Course Outline
Defining Game Interactions Facilitating Scenarios Mapping Interactions Creating Modularity Level Creation with Interactions

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Matrices & Determinants

Total credit hours Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

PHY 1000

Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena.

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Nomenclature Newtonian Physics Basic Collision Reaction Application of Physics

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Basic Collision Detection

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

113

Course Descriptions
General Education
HIS 2320 DEP 1013

Historical Archetypes & Mythology


The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Introduction to Archetypes, Culture, and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes

Total credit hours MGF 1340

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours SPC 2140

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Statistics
The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data.

Interpersonal Communications
The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information.

Course Outline
Descriptive Statistics & Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Central Limit Theorem Mean & Variance Statistical Analysis & Application

Course Outline
Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Rsums and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing

Probability & Distribution

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GAM E DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

114

Graphic
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Graphic design is everywhere. In almost every aspect of our lives, art is used to convey a message, and everything that we buy has some amount of design that goes into it. Whether its a t-shirt, magazine, billboard, website, or a company logo, we are constantly surrounded by visuals that tell a story or express an idea. The vision driving these images is one that shapes the world and the way that we see it. When you enter Full Sails Graphic Design program, you join the ranks of those who choose to spread their vision on a wider

Design
scale. Its about combining the beauty and wonder of art with the mechanics of design to deliver a clients message in a compelling way. Its about communicating a story through visual means. And regardless of how you choose to tell that story, youll be immersed in a world of creativity, where the only limitation is your own imagination.

Areas of Focus
Digital Storytelling Fine Arts Design Modeling Fundamentals Animation Branding/ Identity Effects Personal Final Project/ Identity Project Demo Reel Creation

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

115

DESIGN Areas of Focus architecture


DESIGN

delivering
MESSAGE

YOUR
DIGITAL STORYTELLING

DIGITAL CONTENT
DIGITAL STORYTELLING

architecture
IMAGES

MESSAGE

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

COLOR

typography

elements
design
IMAGES

CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY

design THEORY

perspective

TITY

brand ELE MENTS


IMAGES

perspective SUPPORT brand CAREER BRAND a d va n c e m e n t ELEMENTS elements ELEMENTS E LE MENTS Digital Storytelling Fundamentals O B JS EI CG TDesign I VES DESIGN of D E N COLOR software design typography F O U N D perspective AT I O N elements THEORY SUPPORT CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY
CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
Art is about self-expression and aesthetic satisfaction. Design incorporates those elements, but its purpose is more direct to convey a clients message. To be able to do this effectively, youll need to have SUPPORT a rm grasp on how a story or message can be conveyed by images and design, a concept that has existed since arts beginnings. Having a healthy design vocabulary helps ensure that there are no barriers to your ability to take on projects and assignments. why the Graphic CREATING Thats A PERSONAL IDENTITY adv ancem ent Design program starts with key concepts that will inform all of your design work. Youll study the psychological impact and importance of color and OBJECTIVES learn to use typography as an effective design CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY element. Youll also study the best logos and By studying arts historical context through selected symbols in the eld of graphic design and explore monuments of design and architecture in the their meaning and technique, all in preparation for Western tradition and the effect they had on the creating a personalized logo that works. a d v ancem ent them, youll develop a civilizations that produced Msoftware ESSAGE better understanding of how to apply similar theories Youll also work to develop your skills with to aid you in delivering your message, whatever applications that are used every day in the design it may be. Youll combine this understanding with world, such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and the software tools that allow you to easily produce After Effects. The combination of design theory and personal digital content that communicates a story knowledge of powerful software will give you the or theme whether its your own, a clients, or that foundation you need to start creating great design. of the entire world.

DESIGN DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS architecture

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS delivering

elements

perspective F O U N D AT I O N SUPPORT

software

design

IMAGES elements

DESIGN

design

design DESIGN DESIGN THEORY architecture


architecture
D ESIGN BRAND

delivering
MESSAGE

F O U N D AT I O N YOUR

software delivering

YOUR
MESSAGE

YOUR COLOR
MESSAGE

COLOR ELEMENTS
typography

typography

OBJECTIVES elements DIGITAL D E S I G N CONTENT

elements elements
ELEMENTS

design THEORY
BRAND

design THEORY

OBJECTIVES

elements

elements perspective of DESIGN ELEMENTS

elements CAREER

ELEMENTS brand

BRAND CAREER
advancement

BRAND elements OBJECTIVES of DESIGN


elements of DESIGN

TITY

design

CAREER

DESIGN brand E LE ME NTS architecture


DESIGN

delivering elements YOUR of DESIGN

brand ELEMENTS
DIGITAL CONTENT

IGN

COLOR

typography

elements

design THEORY
DIGITAL CONTENT

software
F O U N D AT I O N
GRAP HI C DE S I GN

LING

SUPPORT

design

IMAGES

DESIGN architecture perspective

delivering
MESSAGE

YOUR

BRAND

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

116

THEORY

Areas of Focus

NDING/IDENTITY PORT

ents

perspective elements

SUPPORT

ELEMENTS

ELEMENTS BRAND
OBJECTIVES

perspective

BRAND

CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY

OBJECTIVES

advancement

CAREER

elements CAREER REER ONAL IDENTITY A brand is more than just a logo; advancem ent its a set of values

Branding/ Identity

brand ELEM ENTS

eme n t

design

COLOR

typography

that the public can believe in and associate with a name or company. From a designers perspective, it involves sitting down with a client and being able to IMAGES offer up insight for every piece of collateral, package design, sponsorship, and event that youre involved in, explaining how each element supports the companys brand objectives. In the eyes of the client, youre no longer just doing contract work youre now a partner in their endeavors.

brand E L E M E NTS

of DESIGN

brand ELEMENTS
delivering
MESSAGE

elements of DESIGN

ele of D

DESIGN architecture
DESIGN

YOUR Personal Identity Project

DIGITAL CONTENT

elements

elements

Of course, aside from any design work, there are other important skills you need to learn to be able to relate to and communicate with a client, and we SUPPORT cover those topics, too, as you gain experience with all aspects of the corporate branding process.

perspective

Just as a companys brand is an essential component of its success, your own personal brand is just as crucial to the advancement of your career. The nal portion of the Graphic Design program will task you F O U N D AT I O N THEORY to complete a Personal Identity Project that will bring together all the disparate elements of design that form your personal brand.

design

software

ELEMENTS

a dva ncement

CAREER

brand E L E M E NT S

By creating a portfolio, youll collect your existing O into B J Ea Cprofessional, TIVES pieces of work impressive cache that can turn an average job interview into a great one. And throughout the portfolio process, youll be exposed to a series of innovative personal brands in the industry, studying everything from the design of successful logos to the type of letterhead used in documents. In the end, youll use all this knowledge to pull together a powerful and unique expression of your identity.

BRAND

elements of DESIGN

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

117

Areas of Focus

Overview
Our Graphic Design curriculum gives you hands-on experience that will prepare you for a career in the eld of design. Youll create projects for assignments where no two submissions are alike from print publishing, to package design, to interface design, and more. Along the way, your projects will be documented in a design diary, logging both instructor feedback on various assignments and your own notes indicating what was done to improve the work. This will become a valuable reference tool for the programs nal project, when youll assemble all youve learned along the way to put together a piece of work that will be the highlight of a diverse and stylized portfolio. In addition to art and design skills, youll also have courses in real-world topics like corporate branding and identity, client relations, and how to give and receive work critique, as well as courses focusing on communication skills, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the design industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of graphic arts production needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as graphic designers, media designers, web designers, digital image processors, art directors, and various other positions in graphic arts production. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industries.

GRAPHIC DESIGN

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

118

Graphic Design
PROGRAM CORE
Code DGT 241 DGT 441 GRD 273 GRD 124 GRD 354 ART 1201 DGT 112 DGT 345 GRD 244 DGT 117 DGT 361 DGT 353 DGT 362 DGT 375 DGT 491 DGT 373 PLA 2412 DGT 372 GRD 356 DGT 341 ODT 1000 DIG 4950 DGT 351 GRB 101 GRB 202 GRB 303 DGT 232 Totals: Course

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PSC 1030 VIC 2003 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physical Science History of Visual Communication Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES

Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.00 92.00

Advanced Computer Graphics Advanced Motion Graphics Client Relations Color Theory Corporate Branding Design and Art Theory Designing Computer Graphics Digital Audio Design Digital Publishing Digital Storytelling Digital Studio Digital Video Editing Digital Video Flash Media Graphic Personal Identity Project Graphic Web Design Intellectual Property and Law Interactive Media Design and Usability Logos and Symbols Motion Graphics Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Portfolio Creation Production Management Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Typography and Page Layout

Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 30.00
11 12 6 7
DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ART HISTORY

10

DESIGNING COMPUTER GRAPHICS

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

DESIGN & ART THEORY

13

14
TYPOGRAPHY & PAGE LAYOUT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I

15

COLOR THEORY

DIGITAL STORYTELLING

HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION

DIGITAL PUBLISHING

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

122 128

16
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION

17
LOGOS & SYMBOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

18

19

20
DIGITAL VIDEO

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW

DIGITAL AUDIO DESIGN

PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

21

22

23

24

25

EDITING DIGITAL VIDEO

MOTION GRAPHICS

ADVANCED MOTION GRAPHICS

CLIENT RELATIONS

CORPORATE BRANDING

26

27

28

29

30

INTERACTIVE MEDIA DESIGN & USABILITY

GRAPHIC WEB DESIGN

FLASH MEDIA

DIGITAL STUDIO

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT

Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31

32

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

PORTFOLIO CREATION

GRAPHIC PERSONAL IDENTITY PROJECT

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

119

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 241 GRD 273 GRD 354

Advanced Computer Graphics


The Advanced Computer Graphics Course trains students in advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and introduces the production timeline and graphical requirements for the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment.

Client Relations
The Client Relations Course introduces students to normal business practices and how to navigate them, providing an understanding of how the complex client/ designer relationship is critical for success. Students are exposed to many techniques for gaining and keeping the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation and how to use it effectively in business are explored. Students participate in groups simulating real-world client/designer business scenarios.

Corporate Branding
The Corporate Branding Course builds upon the concepts learned in prior courses and focuses on what makes an effective brand. Students will explore concepts of branding and how it is used effectively in the corporate market. They will also be exposed to many of the best-known brands and their impact on our world, and will create their own corporate brand portfolio.

Course Outline
Advanced Graphics Tools Advanced Design and Color Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation Special Effects

Course Outline
The Business Process The Client Relationship Gaining the Clients Trust Client Relationship Workshop

Course Outline
Understanding Corporate Branding Great Branding Campaigns The Branding Process Corporate Branding Project

Total credit hours DGT 441

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours GRD 124

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ART 1201

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Advanced Motion Graphics


The Advanced Motion Graphics Course teaches students advanced techniques of motion graphics creation by building on concepts learned in the Motion Graphics course. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. Students receive a thorough understanding of advanced techniques in continuing exploration of special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics.

Color Theory
The Color Theory Course exposes students to the theories and application of color, as they relate to both print and screen. Historical and geographical perspectives are discussed as well as methods and techniques of the use of color to create impact, combined with the necessary color correction for many delivery options. In this course, students also explore color calibration, both with software and hardware tools.

Design and Art Theory


The Design and Art Theory Course provides an understanding of composition, design, art, basic color, and graphics through a study of varied artistic styles and their sociological and psychological effects throughout history. This course is essential in the multimedia world where traditional art forms are often blended with current imagery to create a new and significant artistic genre.

Course Outline
Introduction to Visual Thinking Elements and Composition of Art and Graphics Cartooning, Animation, and Storyboarding

Course Outline
Color Theory in Principle Psychology of Color Color Calibration

Course Outline
Advanced Motion Graphics Tools Design and Critique Advanced Movement and Composition Advanced Special Effects

Applied Color Theory

Drawing Workshop, Color and Value, Perspective

Total credit hours 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

120

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 112 GRD 244 DGT 361

Designing Computer Graphics


The Designing Computer Graphics Course trains students in basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, as students receive instruction in color theory and correction, input/output techniques, and tools for graphic design and image compositing.

Digital Publishing
The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work in teams with a lead designer, designers, production artists, an illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling through the responsibilities for each project. For the duration of the course, each student gains team-publishing experience using Adobe Acrobat in a document review cycle with a client. Students have the opportunity to produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, a magazine cover and 16-page signature, a brochure, and an e-book.

Digital Studio
While creating digital content throughout the program, students get an opportunity for a one-on-one portfolio review. The Digital Studio Course introduces students to the process of being art directed as they receive feedback and suggestions for improvement of their work. Students work on their pieces after their critique and have a final review in preparation for the creation of their final portfolio.

Course Outline
Computer Graphics Tools Design and Color Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation

Course Outline
Individual content review Studio time II Final content review

Course Outline
Digital Publishing Cycle Digital Pre-press Concepts and Techniques Design and Production of Online Documents Interactive Online Documents

Studio time I

Total credit hours DGT 345

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DGT 353

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Audio Design


In the Digital Audio Design Course, students explore the creation of audio elements for multimedia, with an emphasis on the design and production of a quality audio product. Students go through the process of producing audio that is compatible with various forms of delivery, from DVD to the Internet. Students gain the skills required to produce quality audio elements and also learn to master those elements to CD-ROM or another comparable format.

Total credit hours DGT 117

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Video
The Digital Video Course is a preliminary production course for the Graphic Design and Digital Arts & Design programs. In this course, students will be introduced to the primary concepts of storytelling, sound design, imaging, and editing. The course also introduces students to the production model, media types (text, image, and sound), and the technologies of multimedia architectures.

Digital Storytelling
The Digital Storytelling Course leads students through the methods and techniques of creating personal digital content using various applications, including social networking tools. In this course, students are asked to explore a powerful suite of tools to create many pieces of personal expression, including podcasts, movies, and informative blogs. The design concepts reinforced in this course show that they could be used across all types of media.

Course Outline
Audio Basics Audio Design and Structure Assembly and Testing with Authoring Programs Mastering to CD/DVD Format

Course Outline
Storytelling Media Types Design and Production

Course Outline
4 weeks
Concepts of Digital Storytelling Learning Social Networking Tools Learning Presentation Techniques Storytelling Project

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

121

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 362 DGT 491 PL A 2412

Editing Digital Video


The Editing Digital Video Course covers the art and science of non-linear editing. In this course, students will learn how editing choices impact how a project will be perceived and ultimately affect its success. Students will be introduced to the advanced concepts of imaging and editing, as well as the production model of editing video in the industry. Students will also participate in group discussions about editing choices and audience.

Graphic Personal Identity Project


The Graphic Personal Identity Project Course gives students the opportunity to create their own personal brand across multiple types of media. This skill is a critical part of personal marketing to a client or employer, and encompasses all of the concepts and techniques learned in prior courses. Students will be exposed to many of the most innovative and effective personal brands and will explore concepts of creating a powerful personal identity that transcends multiple media types. Students will fully integrate 2D, 3D, and motion graphics pieces into a personal brand portfolio that includes examples of personal logos, marketing material, multimedia, and a web presence.

Intellectual Property and Law


The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law as it pertains to digital content. Case studies will be used to examine the impact of these laws on our industry.

Course Outline
Editing Techniques Production Workflow Editing with Final Cut Pro

Course Outline
Overview of the Industries Business Practices Contracts Business Law

Course Outline
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
Concept of Personal Branding Psychological Implications of the Personal Identity Applied Personal Branding Branding for Multimedia Preproduction Personal Branding Project

Total credit hours DGT 375

Intellectual Property

Total credit hours DGT 372 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Flash Media
The Flash Media Course focuses on the creation of engaging interactive content for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an industry-standard web authoring software package. In addition to learning the key elements of the Flash interface, students will explore how to create and edit rich media for deployment on the web. Optimization and publishing techniques for audio, video, and animation will be addressed to ensure smooth performance within the online environment.

Total credit hours DGT 373

5.00

Course length

Interactive Media Design and Usability


The Interactive Media Design and Usability Course introduces students to the tools and concepts of user interface (UI) design, combined with a method of project development utilizing an industry-proven production process. The course explores both behavioral and structural patterns of UI design along with information architecture (IA) for interactive deployment, user navigation techniques, and page layout for the interactive medium. Students will gain an extensive knowledge of usability patterns as well as production methodologies as they implement project documentation for the milestones of a user interface design.

Graphic Web Design


The Graphic Web Design Course examines the process of creating exciting, functional content for the web. Students will expand on the design skills that they have learned throughout the degree program, and receive an understanding of HTML and web standards as they learn how to create, edit, manage, and design a professional website within a web authoring tool and complementary software applications.

Course Outline
Flash Authoring Environment Drawing Tools Flash Animation Techniques Optimizing and Publishing

Course Outline
Production Process UI Design and Usability Patterns Project Documentation Methodologies

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Graphic Optimization HTML Dreamweaver Content Integration

User Patterns

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

122

Course Descriptions
Program Core
GRD 356 ODT 1000 DGT 351

Logos and Symbols


The Logos and Symbols Course builds upon the concepts learned in both the Designing and Advanced Computer Graphics courses. Students will be exposed to the work of notable graphic designers and will learn the advanced techniques used in creating these pieces of visual poetry. Students will also explore what makes a logo or symbol effective and instantly recognizable. The design concepts reinforced in this course can be used across all types of media.

Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries


The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.

Production Management
The Production Management Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work to define the scope of their final project, the range of assets needed to complete it, the technology required to assemble the final project into an executable format, and the time required to get all the work done. By the end of the course, students develop an intimate knowledge of standard industry project management practices.

Course Outline
The Graphic Display of Information Exploration of Symbols and their Meaning Creating a Logo that Works Logos and Symbols Project

Course Outline
Fundamentals of Project Management Learning MS Project Creating a Plan for Success Asset Management

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries

Total credit hours GRB 101, 202, 303

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DGT 341

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology

Motion Graphics
The Motion Graphics Course trains students in basic techniques of motion graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of input/output techniques, special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics.

Project Management and Assessment I, II, III


4 weeks
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Total credit hours DGT 4950

3.00

Course length

Portfolio Creation
The Portfolio Creation Course prepares students for presenting their work to the professional graphic arts industry. Students work with existing assets they have created during the Graphic Design program as they develop a professional portfolio. Students will have the opportunity to create signature pieces to help them represent their skill level to the industry. For the duration of the course, students will individually polish both their graphics and the look of their portfolio in order to succeed when being interviewed for a position in the industry.

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Course Outline
Motion Graphics Tools Design and Color Movement and Composition Special Effects

Total credit hours

1.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
4 weeks
Portfolio Design Fundamentals Asset Creation Portfolio Assembly Portfolio Review

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

123

Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 232

General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012

Typography and Page Layout


The Typography and Page Layout Course introduces students to the world of professional fonts. Students learn how to use typography as a critical part of page layout, as they continue to build upon the concept of design introduced in previous courses. This course also trains students to define how the printed or viewed page looks as an integrated graphic element. Students participate in group discussions and critiques as they work through the projects using the latest publishing software.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected monuments of art and architecture in the Western traditionfrom the prehistoric era to post-modernism studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums assist in propagating discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, and artistic contexts.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Fundamentals of Typography Typography and the Page The Page as Design Press Considerations

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

GRAP HI C DE S I GN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

124

Course Descriptions
General Education
PSC 1030 COM 3109

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image

Total credit hours VIC 2003

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

History of Visual Communication


The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanitys communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future.

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks GRAP HI C DE S I GN

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

125

Innovation Entrepreneurship Computer


If you have a concept for a tech-based business that you think would thrive in the digital realm or a relentless creative drive Bachelor of Science Degree Program you want to bring to the business world the online Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program can introduce you to planning tools and forward-thinking strategies to help you build out your dream venture. Since successful ventures are born from creative ideas, this 12-month masters program will show you how to develop a process for recognizing and building upon those breakthrough moments as they happen. The program leads students from the initial conceptual stage of a tech or creative product or service, all the way to a full-edged business plan that can be pitched to potential investors. The difference between having a great idea and a successful business in todays economy is a comprehensive strategy fueled by the creative process that considers factors such

&

Animation
Master of Science Degree Program

as protability, sustainability, and the needs of the target market. Youll learn how to identify, research, and evaluate potential opportunities, while referencing case studies of innovative tech businesses in recent history. As collaboration is key to any innovative enterprise, youll learn what goes into designing a creative work environment, and how to establish workow processes that are suited for the unique needs of your business. Youll also explore the legal issues involved in innovative entrepreneurship, including those related to product design, intellectual property, patents, trade secrets, copyright law, and more.

Areas of Focus
Ideation & the Creative Process Research & Development Digital Marketing Strategies Business Planning in an Evolving Market Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

126

Entrepenuership

Areas of Focus
IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS

ideation

generating
E VA L U AT I N G

C R E AT I V I T Y

exploring
I N N O V AT I O N

COMPETITIVE

new ideas

advantage
prototyping DEVELOPMENT

STUDIES

feasibility

BUILDING

breakthrough

ideas

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

understanding C U S T O M E R needs

development
LEVERAGING

product

competitive PRODUCT
POSITIONING

DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES

integrated MARKETING strategies


adaptable BUSINESS plan
profitability
VIABILITY

MEDIA
RESEARCH

new

F U N D A M E N TA L S

marketing

REVIEW Ideation & analyze DATA

the Creative Process


collaborative team of generating, exploring, Ideation the process SUPPORT and evaluating new ideas is key to understanding a business ventures competitive advantage. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship exit masters degree program, you will explore the STRATEGIES role of ideation and creativity in the development of business ideas, learn how research benets innovation, and understand how the rapidly evolving technological landscape demands exibility in successful organizations.
In courses such as Theories on Innovation and Creativity and Ideation and Feasibility Studies, youll learn the ideation process, explore case studies of innovative businesses, and develop their own methodologies for nding opportunities and building out their own breakthrough ideas.

collect

BUSINESS PLANNING IN AN EVOLVING MARKET

POSITIONING

analysis

business

design

ENVIRONMENT

FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES

ownership
STRUCTURES

funding

valuation

BUSINESS

Innovation & Entrepenuership

COMPETITIVE

STUDIES new competitive I N N O V AT I O N prototyping ideas prototyping generating product understanding RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT PRODUCT IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS C O M P E TITIVE DEVELOPMENT C U S T O M E R needs ideation exploring DEVELOPMENT POSITIONING development competitive | advantage E V A L U A T I N G new C R E AT I V I T Y I N N O V AT I O N prototyping rstanding product ideas
AT I V I T Y
E VA L U AT I N G
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

tion

Innovation & generating advantage Entrepenuership S T U D I E S

IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS

exploring

feasibility ideation breakthrough C R E AT I V I T Y


BUILDING

generating
E VA L U AT I N G

ideas advantage
COMPETITIVE

exploring

new ideas

advantage feasibility

COMPETITIVE

STUDIE breakthrough
BUILDING

feasibi

Master of Science Degree Program

STUDIES

PRODUC feasibility POSITIONIN


127

ideas competiti

Innovation & C R E A T I V I T Y Areas ofCREATIVE Focus Entrepenuership IDEATION & THE PROCESS
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

E VA L U AT I N G

ENTREPRENEURIAL generating VENTURES BUILDING integrated marketing strategies that consider the nature market they are breaking into. Your courses instruct you Cwill OM PETIT IBUILDING V on E breakthrough of todays consumer and fully leverage the capabilities of MPETITIVE BUSINESS breakthrough methods for assessing consumer needs and estimating market EVA LUA T I N G new RESEARCH new media. FINANCING BUSINESS PLANNING IN STRATEGIES demand, while exploring trends, competitive product VIABILITY ideaspricing STRUCTURES ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES AN EVOLVING MARKET IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS positioning, and branding. POSITIONING In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship masters degree program,
youll learn how to effectively brand your product or service, so that its unique story can resonate with consumers and POSITIONING potential investors. Youll explore marketing fundamentals FINANCING such as product positioning, pricing strategy, advertising and VIABILITY RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT STRUCTURES VENTURES promotion, ENTREPRENEURIAL sales, and the importance of digital marketing. CUSTOMER BUILDING

feasibility exploring feasibility profitability S T U D I E S funding advantage ownership vantage STUDIES ideas
competitive PRODUCT
POSITIONING

ideas PRODUCT BUILDING DEVELOPMENT C O M P E T I T I VPOSITIONING development E feasibility ideation exploring breakthr competitive Innovation & I N N O V AT I O N advantage C R E AT I V I T Y prototyping S T U D I E S Research & Development understanding new product RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ide Entrepenuership PRODUCT ideas collect CUSTO M E R needs integrated DEVELOPMENT new marketing LEVERAGING development POSITIONING DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES Understanding customer needs, market conditions, nancial MARKETING REVIEW F U N D A M E N TA L S competitive considerations, and product usability are strategies all elemental to a I N N O V AT I O N MEDIA prototypinganalyze DATA understanding generating product RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT new venture. The Innovation & Entrepreneurship masters collect PRODUCT C O M P E T I T I V E & THE CREATIVE PROCESS integrated new marketing C U S T O M ELEVERAGING R needsIDEATION DEVELOPMENT ideation exploring DIGITAL MARKETINGthe STRATEGIES program emphasizes value of research and how it relates to development MARKETING POSITIONING advantage REVIEW FUNDAMENT A L S C R E AT I V I T Y new RESEARCH business innovation and product development.strategies MEDIA analyze collaborative team DATA ideas BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable ENVIRONMENT analysis AN EVOLVING MARKET collect SUPPORT integrated As you esh out your business idea, youll be taught the design BUSINESS plan P O S I T I O N I N G LEVERAGING new marketing DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES MARKETING I N N O V AT I O N REVIEW F U N D A M E N T A L S importance of user-friendly design, product development, and RESEARCH business understanding collaborativeproduct strategies teamanalyze DATA prototyping RESEARCH & MEDIA DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS PLANNING IN new products adaptable what goes into introducing and services within ENVIRONMENT analysis C U S T O M E R needs DEVELOPMENT AN EVOLVING MARKET development SUPPORT a changing economy. Youll then explore how customer needs design BUSINESS plan funding POS ITIONING BUSINESS exit profitability and feedback are incorporated into design, how to integrate ownership FINANCING valuation business STRATEGIES collaborative team RESEARCHStrategies VIABILITY Digital Marketing STRUCTURES manufacturing, marketing, and distribution, as well ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES BUSINESS PLANNING IN as what adaptable integratedENVIRONMENT analysis marketing LEVERAGING new DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES EVOLVING MARKET goes into prototyping and AN development. funding MARKETING exit SUPPORT Innovative business ventures those in the design plan F U N D A M E N TA L S P O S especially I T I O N I N BUSINESS G profitability BUSINESS Innovation & strategies ownership MEDIA FINANCING STRATEGIES technological and creative industriesvaluation need adaptable, VIABILITY Any entrepreneur needs to have a deep understanding of the Entrepenuership
understanding C U S T O M E R needs IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS
C R E AT I V I T Y
N OT VIAT E VI A LN UA N GI O N

ideation

generating ideas

new

advantage
COMPETITIVE

exploring

new product ideas

generating
E VA L U AT I N G

advantage prototyping

S competitive TUDIES

feasibility

STUDIES

BUILDING

ideas

breakthrough

E VA L U AT I N G

STRUCTURES

I N N O V AT I O N ng productcompetitive prototyping otyping ds PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT ELOPMENT development

ideas valuation adaptable BUSINESS plan


profitability

analysis
ideation

exit

business

C R E AT I V I T Y

design exploring
E VA L U AT I N G

generating ENVIRONMENT

generating collect dCESS marketing C O M P E TREVIEW LEVERAGING new collect ITIVE feasibility ETING ideation exploring breakthrough marketing F U N D A M E N TA L S Youll also cover principles of market research, and be REVIEW advantage A M E N TA CL RS E MEDIA AT I V I T Y S T U D I E S new analyze DATA ideas integrated introduced to tools and techniques to collect, review, and analyze DATA ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES analyze data with the end goal of learning how to create plans MARKETING competitive and forecasts that consider trends that relate to your business. strategies I N N O V AT I O N RESEARCH business collaborative team nessunderstanding productENVIRONMENT prototyping collaborative team PRODUCT analysis ENVIRONMENT C U S T O M E R needs DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT development design an POSITIONING POSITIONIN G SUPPORT
E VA L U AT I N G

ownership understanding needs

funding

new ideas

I N N O V AT I O N valuation product developmen

BUSINESS

LEVERAGING

MEDIA
RESEARCH

new
128

gn

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

BUSINESS PLANNING IN

adaptable

Master of Science Degree Program

DEVELOPMENT plan development BUSINESS


Areas of Focus
LEVERAGING

P O S I T I O POSITIONING NING

design

ntegrated MARKETING ategies

FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES

MEDIA
RESEARCH

new

marketing profitability F U N D A M E N TA L S
VIABILITY

funding collect REVIEW ownership analyze DATA STRUCTURES

valuation

BUSINESS

exit

STRATEGIES

aptable INESS plan

POSITIONING

analysis

business Innovation & Entrepreneurial Ventures collaborative team ENVIRONMENT Entrepenuership SUPPORT

Financing

design To ensure that your concept can evolve into a

COMPETITIVE xploring Todays innovative entrepreneurs need to be advantage new as exible as they are creative, as the global

funding rofitability ownership Business Planning in an ABILITY STRUCTURES neratingEvolving Market


ideas economy ebbs and ows and consumer habits
change at a lightning pace. In this degree program, youll develop an adaptable plan that serves as a foundation for your business.

successful business venture, you need to assess its ability to generate revenue. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship masters degree IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS BUSINESS program, students are taught to consider protability C R E AT I V I T Y and viability at every stage of the development process. BUILDING

valuation

exit ideation

STRATEGIES
breakthrough

exploring
E VA L U AT I N G

generating

COMPETITIVE

L U AT I N G

V AT I O N

velopment

product

prototyping DEVELOPMENT

MEDIA

SEARCH

In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship program, youll lay the groundwork for your idea and consider RAGING factors such as research, analysis, and positioning for FU NDA M E N T conditions ALS competitive advantage. Since changing require constant adaptation in the business world, youll learn how to reevaluate your business model as it evolves into your nal business plan.

You will be taught not only what goes into nancing RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT and investing in a start-up, but also how to evolve CUSTOMER funding and ownership structures as a company grows and matures. In the Entrepreneurial Finance course, you will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates,STRATEGIES and create nancial projections. DIGITAL MARKETING MARKETING POSITIONING Youll also explore sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors, and venture capitalists.

feasibility
STUDIES

new ideas

advantage
prototyping DEVELOPMENT

fea

STU

understanding ideas needs

I N N O V AT I O N

competitive PRODUCT

development
LEVERAGING

product

comp PRO

POSIT

integrated strategies

new

marketing

O S I T I O N Iyour N G business and encourages collaboration is vital

ENVIRONMENT Having a work environment that suits the needs of analysis

business

Creating a viable nancial plan is essential to an innovative business plan, so youll examine concepts BUSINESS PLANNING IN such as short-term and long-term nancial planning, AN EVOLVING MARKET business valuation, and exit strategies as they relate to your enterprise.

REVIEW analyze DATA

collect

MEDIA
RESEARCH

new

F U N D A M E N TA L S

marketing

REVIE analyz

adaptable BUSINESS plan


profitability
VIABILITY

POSITIONING

analysis

business

design

ENVIRONMENT

collabo

SUPP

collaborative team

design

wnership

unding

to the tech and creative industries. Youll learn how to design a business environment that communicates the entrepreneurial vision, supports collaborative BUSINESS teams, is open to intra-organizational critique, and UCTURES sustains a culture of creativity and innovation.

FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES

SUPPORT

ownership
STRUCTURES

funding

valuation

BUSINESS

exit

STRA

valuation

exit

STRATEGIES
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

129

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program will provide students with a solid foundation in the concepts and disciplines essential for the creation of innovative ideas, products, services, and businesses that respond to the needs of a rapidly changing global marketplace. Whether launching a new creative or technologybased venture or using entrepreneurial talent within a successful business, this online masters program is designed for students with a passion for innovation and entrepreneurship who seek to use their creativity and vision to contribute to the success of the organization.

Objective
The Innovation and Entrepreneurship master of science degree program is designed for students interested in creating technology-based entrepreneurial projects and companies, as well as those who seek leadership roles in established companies with a goal of creating new visionary opportunities within those organizations. The program supports the goals and aspirations of traditional entrepreneurs, as well as intrapreneurs who will promote innovation and change within companies (or even inventrepreneurs who create new products for handoff to others). Whether innovating within companies or creating new business ventures powered by unique ideas, entrepreneurs understand that the only true constant is change and that creativity and innovation are the key to sustainable and successful businesses.

INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

130

Innovation and Entrepreneurship


Master of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code IEN 640 IEN 650 IEN 610 IEN 630 IEN 520 IEN 530 IEN 699 IEN 560 IEN 550 IEN 620 IEN 540 IEN 510 Totals: Course Business Model Innovation Business Model Research and Development Designing the Creative Work Environment Entrepreneurial Finance High Tech Entrepreneurship Ideation and Feasibility Studies Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Model and Thesis Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Market Research for Entrepreneurs Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Product Design and Development Theories on Innovation and Creativity Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 36.0
11
BUSINESS MODEL RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT THEORIES ON INNOVATION & CREATIVITY HIGH TECH ENTREPRENEURSHIP IDEATION & FEASIBILITY STUDIES PRODUCT DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT MARKET RESEARCH FOR ENTREPRENEURS

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3 4 5

7
DESIGNING THE CREATIVE WORK ENVIRONMENT

8
MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR ENTREPRENEURS

10

LEGAL ISSUES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP

ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE

BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION

12
INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP FINAL BUSINESS MODEL & THESIS

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

36 48

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

131

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 640 IEN 650 IEN 610

Business Model Innovation


A business model outlines how a company generates sales and achieves profitability. In the Business Model Innovation Course, students examine how the development of an innovative business model helps entrepreneurs create a sustainable competitive advantage. The course will explore the range and diversity of successful business models for technology and creative companies, with a focus on the key elements that contribute most to the success of the business. This course exposes students to the wide array of skills, perspectives, tools and concepts necessary to identify and create new revenue streams. Since sustainable and profitable businesses require constant adaptation, change and growth, students will learn how to reevaluate the model in the context of the overall business strategy. Topics include the elements of strategic research, analysis and positioning for competitive advantage. Development of a viable and sustainable model will form the basis for the students final business model presentation and thesis.

Business Model Research and Development


In the Business Model Research and Development Course, students learn the value of creating a comprehensive business model for a creative or technologybased company. Students review the structure of a traditional business plan, which includes sections on market research, industry analysis and trends, competitive analysis, strategic positioning, and demonstration of financial viability. Drawing from prior courses in research, marketing and finance, students complete their research and analysis and develop an outline for a detailed business model for a new venture. In addition to creating an optimal organization structure and management team, students create and assemble their business model with consideration for technological change, flexibility to respond to customer and market demands, social responsibility and sustainability, suitability for external funding, potential for future growth and expansion, and consideration of possible exit strategies. Students review the benefits and drawbacks associated with each type of business formation structure, including sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations and non-profits.

Designing the Creative Work Environment


Innovative companies foster an environment where creativity, unconventional thinking, and collaboration are nurtured and rewarded. Successful technologydriven organizations create a workplace that supports continuous innovation through creative teams that challenge the status quo and actively debate and examine future trends. The Designing the Creative Work Environment Course focuses on establishing a creative environment that supports constant innovation by communicating the entrepreneurial vision, developing collaborative teams, supporting active debate and intra-organizational critique, and creating a culture of creativity and innovation. During the course, students learn strategies for managing innovation, design, concept creation, and workflow in a collaborative context. Students will explore how workplace design supports creativity, innovation, and communication and fosters the development of new products, services, and revenue streams. Students will explore the challenges and opportunities created through collaboration in virtual organizations and across diverse groups, especially in technology-based and creative organizations.

Course Outline
Overview of Business Models for Technology and Creative Companies Key Elements for Developing and Reevaluating the Business Model Business Model Case Studies Development of Business Model for Final Presentation

Course Outline
The Purpose and Function of a Business Plan Business Plan vs. Business Model Conducting Business Plan Research Development of Business Model Outline Business Formation Structures Legal and Financial Implications of Various Business Structures

Course Outline
Establishing a Work Environment that Inspires Creativity and Innovation Designing Workplaces for Creativity and Effective Workflow Creativity in the Virtual Work Environment Fostering Teamwork and Collaboration in the Creative Environment

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

132

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 630 IEN 520 IEN 530

Entrepreneurial Finance
The Entrepreneurial Finance Course reviews the unique financial issues facing technology based and creative entrepreneurial enterprises. Entrepreneurial finance concerns not only the processes of financing and investing in start-up companies, but also reviews the changes to the initial funding and ownership structure that may be required as start-up companies grow and mature. Topics include debt versus equity financing, how businesses are valued, the decision to go public or remain private, methods for alternative financing, and personal financial issues facing entrepreneurs. During the course, students will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates and create pro forma financial projections. Related topics include the different types of business organizations, sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors and venture capitalists. Students will also examine short-term and longterm financial planning, business valuation, exit strategies, and other issues relating to the creation of a viable financial plan as part of a comprehensive business model.

High Tech Entrepreneurship


Creating a new technology-based business venture presents several special challenges. The rapid pace of technological change requires innovative entrepreneurs to look well into the future and ensure that the organization can react quickly to the ever-changing market demands. The High Tech Entrepreneurship Course is designed to help students develop their skills to understand the unique aspects of technology-based ventures and provide the tools to research and evaluate the viability of high tech products and services. The course is designed to help students understand how to use their creative energies to facilitate the entrepreneurial process. In the course, students examine a variety of innovation strategies and models, review opportunities for monetizing technological innovation through the introduction of innovative products and technologies, and discuss issues relative to intellectual property and licensing. Students review case studies of high tech companies that successfully managed innovation and shorter product life cycles, as well as those who failed to respond quickly enough and lost market share or discontinued operation as a result.

Ideation and Feasibility Studies


Ideation is the process of forming and relating ideas. For a business, ideation means conceiving and generating an idea and successfully implementing it with the goal of satisfying an unmet need in the marketplace. The Ideation and Feasibility Studies Course focuses on how to identify, research, and evaluate opportunities for potential new business ventures. Students will learn to assess the viability of these opportunities by understanding key industry factors, market and competitive factors, and customer needs. In the course, students evaluate new technology-based ideas associated with the application of technology to commercial enterprises and explore related case studies. Students develop an understanding of how to assess the feasibility of applying new technologies to address current or future market needs.

Course Outline
Overview of Ideation The Role of Research in Ideation Feasibility Studies in Entrepreneurship Identifying and Evaluating New Opportunities

Course Outline
Overview of Entrepreneurial Finance Principles Business Formation and Ownership Structures Financing Options for Entrepreneurial Ventures Formulating Revenue and Expense Projections Development of Financial Plan for a Comprehensive Business Model

Course Outline
Introduction to High Tech Entrepreneurship The Process of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Research Skills for High Tech Entrepreneurs Case Studies of Innovative High Tech Companies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

133

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 699 IEN 560 IEN 550

Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Model and Thesis


In the Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone course is required for graduation. The Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Model and Thesis Course requires students to complete the business plan that was researched and developed during the program. Since the ability to clearly communicate an innovative vision is the key to gaining access to capital markets and project funding, the course requires students to tell the story of their proposed plan through a series of concise pitches, written proposals, and formal presentations. In the course, students consider sources and uses of funds, working capital requirements, and the launch timetable. Students also prepare their plan for presentation and execution. During the course, students consider the various audiences to which they will present the details regarding their company and its products and services. The presentation and information for each will differ, and audiences may include potential investors, lenders, current or prospective employees, advisory or other boards, industry groups, the press and other media representatives, and current or prospective clients.

Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship


Entrepreneurs face a myriad of legal issues, including those associated with business formation, contract negotiation, intellectual property protection, employment law, and many others. The Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Course provides an overview of the legal aspects of product design, intellectual propertyincluding patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and copyright, and issues related to licensing and royalties. The course also examines the numerous legal challenges organizations face as they commercialize technology in a global environment. In addition to studying the basic regulatory requirements for intellectual property and patent protection, students gain an understanding of the process of technology and product licensing, royalties, and methods for protection and valuation of intellectual property. Students develop strategies and plans through which they will prepare to form, staff, launch, manage, and protect the intellectual assets of a technology venture.

Market Research for Entrepreneurs


By their very nature, innovative entrepreneurs develop and implement creative solutions in response to the needs of the marketplace. The Market Research for Entrepreneurs Course focuses on the challenges of conducting research in a rapidly changing environment, including analyzing emerging technologies and considering social, economic, market, and consumer trends to forecast the future performance of specific technologies and industries. Topics covered include methods for assessing consumer needs, estimating market demand, trends relative to product and service pricing, competitive positioning, and branding. Students will explore the variety of available research resources, tools, and techniques for the analysis of the research data. Students will also provide methods and processes for interpreting the information for the purposes of creating effective plans and forecasts that consider the identified trends and evolving markets. The course also surveys the ethical problems faced by researchers and business entrepreneurs in dealing with each other, with the organizations for which they may be developing products, and with competitors and other industries. Topics covered include issues involving plagiarism, trade secret protection, and intellectual property infringement.

Course Outline
Overview of Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Intellectual Property Protection Contracts and Negotiation Techniques Managing Intellectual Property Assets in the Global Environment

Course Outline
Finalizing a Business Plan Creating an Executive Summary Formulating a Company Storyline Developing Presentation Materials Business Model Presentation

Course Outline
Introduction to Market Research Analyzing Emerging Technologies and Opportunities Estimating Market Demand and Consumer Trends Strategies for Competitive Positioning and Branding Ethical Issues in Market Research

Product Licensing and Royalties

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

134

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 620 IEN 540 IEN 510

Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs


The Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Course addresses the marketing challenges facing todays entrepreneur, including the introduction and marketing of new products and services without the benefit of an established reputation, distribution channel, or customer base. In this course, students explore the development of marketing strategies, product and service positioning, distribution channels, competitive pricing strategies, advertising and promotion, and sales strategies and techniquesincluding the importance of digital marketing. Students learn business development and client management methods for technology and creative ventures, including principles and concepts dealing with client acquisition, client management, and retention. The course stresses the importance of differentiation and brand development in presenting and communicating the story of a companys products and services.

Product Design and Development


The Product Design and Development Course focuses on the design, development, and introduction of new products and services within a rapidly changing technological and economic environment. The course will address the process of new product and service development, examining the entrepreneurs role in coordinating and managing functional areas such as marketing, research and development, finance, and manufacturing to develop products and services that customers need and want. Topics include how customer needs and feedback are incorporated into product and service design; the integration of manufacturing, marketing, and distribution functions; rapid prototyping and development; and developing methods to capture customer feedback. During the course, students will analyze actual case studies and create plans to launch new products or services for their new or existing business.

Theories on Innovation and Creativity


Incorporating creativity and innovation in the creation of new business ventures or new products and services in existing companies requires that entrepreneurs consider the challenges that creative and innovative people face in entrepreneurial endeavors. The Theories on Innovation and Creativity Course examines various innovation and creativity theories as they relate to the development of new products, services, and business methodologies. The course provides a framework for understanding principles of theory and research through a variety of historical and contemporary examples. The importance of innovation on economic growth and development among businesses and other organizations is also explored. During the course, students will develop an understanding of the process through which innovation benefits from research. Students will also be encouraged to see how creativity and innovation create opportunities as well as challenges. The course will also address how rapid technological change demands constant innovation, change, and flexibility in order for organizations to survive and prosper over time.

Course Outline
Overview of Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Business Development and Client Management Product Differentiation and Brand Development Strategies for Presenting and Communicating the Brand Story

Course Outline
The Process of New Product Design and Development The Role of Research and Customer Feedback Manufacturing, Marketing, and Distribution Considerations Case Studies in Product Design and Development Development of New Product and Service Plans

Course Outline
Principles of Creativity Methods for Creating Breakthrough Ideas Technological Change and Disruptive Innovations Case Studies in Creativity and Innovation

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Innovation Theories

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P

Master of Science Degree Program

135

Instructional
Design &
Technology
the digital worlds vast media resources with modern teaching methods to create innovative learning experiences that engage and inspire your audiences. Through projects that involve real-time experiences with media creation software, this program will show you how to implement new media literacy and facilitate bold new ideas with time-tested instructional tools, creating emergent 21st century instruction for 21st century learners.

Master of Science Degree Program

Whether its in a corporate training facility or high school classroom, the instructors role is one of the most important in our society. And while many core educational concepts havent changed over the years, our ability to communicate information to each other is continuously growing and changing. The challenge is to take advantage of those changes in todays learning environments. With more than 30 years of experience incorporating innovative learning methods into our curriculum, Full Sail University is uniquely qualied to help educators and trainers meet the challenges of connecting with todays learners. The Instructional Design & Technology program will show you how to combine

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus


Understanding and Motivating Your Audience Fine Arts Creating Modeling Media-Rich Interactive Animation Lessons Building Inspirational & Engaging Effects Learning Environments Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

136

UCATION MEDIA Areas of Focus SIGN & TECHNOLOGY communication

TIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER/ Understanding and entertainment PIRE USING TECHNOLOGIES Motivating Your Audience ERACTIVE MEDIA

STRATEGIES multimedia

organizational

todays
INTERACTIVE

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY ENGAGING


MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER THE LEARNER/

EDUCATION MEDIA

gaming INSPIRE USING


INTERACTIVE MEDIA

multimedia
entertainment

models

musical TECHNOLOGIES

gaming
models
METHODS

music communication

communication

There are many different ways to instruct and inspire, and effective instructors are able to impart their ideas to media various types of learners. By studying the variety of ways people process information, and integrating appropriate Understanding your audience O is one part of becoming a Njust LINE CORPORATE CREATE DYNAMIC TRAINING types of interactive media into your lessons, youll be able LEARNING more effective and inspirational instructor. By implementing LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS THEORIES to reach a wide range of audiences, whether youre in an multimedia technology into your instructional toolbox, academic or professional environment. youll be able to redene the traditional instructor-focused ONLINE LEARNING role by getting learners involved in the process. When ATE DYNAMIC management TRAINING Because keeping your learners motivated and involved is RNING ENVIRONMENTS you incorporate lm, music, games, and digital media THEORIES fundamental to making sure your information is received components into your content delivery, you will engage and properly, its important to understand the needs and involve your learners. learning styles of who you are trying to reach. An animated game may be a great way to teach students geography, In the Instructional Design & Technology program, youll but probably isnt going to excite your sales force. learn how podcasts, videos, online modules, and games can Likewise, an idea-driven podcast may be just the trick for be invaluable additions to your lessons. More importantly, a corporate orientation, but might not be the best tool for youll learn how to create and use interactive media and getting across math concepts... but then again, maybe ATION MEDIA technology to connect with learners. Whether its making it is. By studying traditional and innovative instructional N & TECHNOLOGY interactive visual media using professional industry tools, systems and learning how to create media-rich content, shooting and editing your own lms with your camera youll be able to develop focused, audience-specic and MacBook Pro, recording and distributing a podcast, TE BY UNDERSTANDING lessons that help you achieve your instructional goals by communication or using any of the other hardware and software youll be EDUCATION MEDIA RNER/ inspiring you and your audience. working with during your studies, the tools and techniques models entertainment DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY USING TECHNOLOGIES presented in this program will open an innovative and METHODS CTIVE MEDIA interactive world of instructional possibilities.

VISUAL Creating Media-Rich


TOOLS Interactive Lessons
CORPORATE

METHODS

THEORY

STRATEGIES
LEARNING management

organizational THEORY

STRATEGIES todays
LEARNER
INTERACTIVE

ENGAGING organizational

to

EN

LEA

INTER

modules

SYSTEMS

VISUAL media

VI me

TOOLS

LEARNING

modules

SYSTEMS

multimedia

gaming

music

THEORY

STRATEGIES

organizational

todays
LEARNER
INTERACTIVE

ENGAGING

MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA

multimedia
entertainment

gaming
models
METHODS

music

communication

TECHNOLOGIES

THEORY
LEARNING management

STRATEGIES

organizational

todays
LEARNER
INTERACTIVE

ENGAGING

VISUAL media
|

TOOLS
137

DYNAMIC

ONLINE

CORPORATE
TRAINING

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

VISUAL media

TOOLS

Master of Science Degree Program

Areas of Focus

C RONMENTS

LEARNING
THEORIES

ONLINE

CORPORATE
TRAINING

modules

LEARNING management

SYSTEMS
Building Inspirational & Engaging Learning Environments ENGAGING music gaming

OGY

EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

NDING

multimedia
entertainment

gaming
models
METHODS

MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING music THE LEARNER/

TECHNOLOGIES

THEORY
INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA

communication multimedia organizational


entertainment

STRATEGIES
TECHNOLOGIES

LEARNING
THEORIES

ONLINE

CORPORATE
TRAINING

CREATE DYNAMIC LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS LEARNING

LEARNING
THEORIES

ONLINE

modules

SYSTEMS

management

In themodels nal phase of the program, youll put together the fundamental theories and multimedia tools youve learned METHODS LEARNER to create your own inspirational and engaging learning environment. Whether you decide to develop an online INTERACTIVE lesson or a corporate training module, the focus will be on creating an interactive atmosphere for learners thats as media motivating and experiential for them as it is engaging and exciting for you. LEARNING CORPORATE management TRAINING After choosing and developing a system that works best

todays

com

THEORY

STR

or

VISUAL

TOOLS

for your specic environment, youll present your nal instructional project, which will be assessed by a group of your peers, faculty members, and instructional technology specialists. This project could be the very thing you use to transform your next class or training workshop into a rewarding learning experience.

modules

SYSTEMS

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

138

Overview
The curriculum for the Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program is based on a simple concept: providing new tools and methods to improve instruction. Many of todays learners have embraced technologys role in their day-to-day lives, but few conventional instructional practices have taken advantage of this reality. The innovative approach of the Instructional Design & Technology program is designed to give you hands-on experience with the type of dynamic media that can transform a traditional instructional setting into an inspirational and interactive atmosphere. Its about crafting an environment where media skills and technology form the language of the learning environment. Throughout the program, youll discover how to incorporate interactive instructional tools to enrich the learning experience. Some of these methods include the use of tools like Apples professional media creation applications and other digital media concepts, and even techniques like storytelling methods and game strategies. Youll also explore different theories about how people learn, discover how to take advantage of different motivational techniques, and learn how to create compelling and inspirational content for online curricula. This well-rounded education will help you enhance your content creation skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the career elds of corporate training, instructional design, education, and online learning. To help you make a desired transition or further develop your current career, our experienced team of Career Development professionals will help you strengthen your interviewing skills and rsum. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with focused knowledge and understanding of learning and instructional design theories, curriculum development, media design elements, and technology applications, allowing you to be successful in the corporate training, instructional design, and education elds. Upon completion of this masters degree program, you will have an enhanced ability to create, develop, design, and produce instructional content using a variety of technology applications for corporate or academic environments. This program will also help develop your writing, time-management, and team building skills to assist you in the development and dissemination of engaging instructional content, innovative media design, and technology projects that captivate and inspire todays learner.

INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

139

Instructional Design & Technology


Master of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code IDT 552 IDT 574 EDM 531 IDT 610 EME 6227 IDT 562 IDT 690 EME 6629 MDL 501 IDT 680 MUS 6018 IDT 520 Totals: Course Digital Media and Learning Applications Emergent Technologies In A Collaborative Culture Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design Game Strategies and Motivation Instructional Design and Evaluation Instructional Design and Technology Final Project Learning Management Systems and Organization Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Media Asset Creation Music and Audio for Instructional Design Strategies for Learner Engagement Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 36.00
MEDIA ASSET CREATION

Chronological Schedule by Months


1
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP

3
EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE

4
CORPORATE TRAINING & MOTIVATIONAL DEVELOPMENT

Corporate Training and Motivational Development

STRATEGIES FOR LEARNER ENGAGEMENT

INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & EVALUATION

8
FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN

10
LEARNING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS & ORGANIZATION

DIGITAL MEDIA & LEARNING APPLICATIONS

MUSIC & AUDIO FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN

GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION

11

12
INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY FINAL PROJECT

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

36 48

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

140

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 552 IDT 574 EDM 531

Corporate Training and Motivational Development


The Corporate Training and Motivational Development Course examines instruction methodologies and media design techniques used in training environments. In this course, students will learn to create and evaluate their presentation style and content in order to motivate learners and staff. Students will also learn how to evaluate return on investment for training and how to develop and use assessments and surveys.

Digital Media and Learning Applications


The Digital Media and Learning Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in learning applications. The curriculum provides learners with a microcosm of the instructional design process and software that explores digital media techniques. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students will learn how to support their design approaches with established learning theories. They will also explore how to engage todays digitally savvy learner within an online learning community.

Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture


In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation, plus social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships and examines the role of personal learning networks in enhancing skills and organization. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content, and forming learning networks.

Course Outline
The Components of Staff Training The Individual and the Training Environment Design Principles in Training Materials Training Approaches and Evaluation Integrating Filmmaking, Music, and Gaming in Training Research and Project Development

Course Outline
Learning Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Learning Principles Digital Media and Learning Applications Integration of Digital Media into Instructional Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Research and Project Development

Course Outline
Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Utilizing Personal Learning Networks Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Research and Project Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

141

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 610 EME 6227 IDT 562

Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design


This course explores the components of filmmaking, video creation, and the concept of visual literacy. Students will learn a variety of video techniques that can enhance their instructional modules. Along with understanding how video is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling learning or training product.

Game Strategies and Motivation


The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game design techniques and strategies that will motivate learners to engage in an instructional activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students will then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complex topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals.

Instructional Design and Evaluation


In the Instructional Design and Evaluation Course, students will explore various design strategies to effectively communicate learning objectives within instructional settings. In addition to learning a variety of instructional design approaches, students will learn how to evaluate a design strategy and examine which approach is best for their academic or staff training environments. Along with traditional learning theories, the multiple learning theory and emotional intelligence theory will be examined and evaluated for design and implementation in various learning environments. Students will also learn how to manage an education or a training project utilizing media through the entire process.

Course Outline
Video Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Instructional Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Instructional Design Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development Videos in Online Curriculum Development Instructional Design with Storytelling Research and Project Development

Course Outline
Overview of Gaming Strategies Examination of Game Structures Learning Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Research and Project Development

Course Outline
Examination of Instructional Design Creating Lessons that Engage the Digital Native Learning and Psychology Theories: Established and Revolutionary Assessment Principles and Instructional Design Quantifying Assessment Evaluation of Design Standards Creating a Project Plan Research and Project Development

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

142

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 690 EME 6629 MDL 501

Instructional Design and Technology Final Project


In the final course in the Instructional Design & Technology degree program, students will reflect on their personal and professional evolution throughout their program and create a final instructional project based on their current or future career paths. In addition to the project, students will develop a research component that describes the methodologies that were required to complete the project. Students will draw from previous assignments and projects to create a media-rich final project that will be evaluated by both peers and faculty.

Learning Management Systems and Organization


In the Learning Management Systems and Organization Course, students explore how to present and deliver instructional content through a variety of content delivery methodologies. Students will examine the tools that enable synchronous and asynchronous learning, and explore which curriculum is more suitable for each delivery method.

Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership


At the level of a masters degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.

Course Outline
Introduction and Conceptual Overview of Learning Management Systems Understanding the Learning Management Systems (LMS) and Learning Content Management Systems (LCMS) Assessment and Learning Management Systems Learning Organization Skills and Content Management Development

Course Outline
Learner Evaluation Report Project Research Component Media Design Approach Technology Support and Evaluation Peer Review of Project Faculty Review of Project Final Project Presentation

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Evaluation of Learning Management Systems for the Learning Environment The Learner and Virtual Learning Environments

Research and Project Development

Course Outline
Mastery Concepts In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Case Studies Leadership Principles

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

143

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 680 IDT 520

Media Asset Creation


The Media Asset Creation Course explores the power of a variety of media assets that are available to instructors and corporate trainers in developing online learning products, in-class presentations, and corporate learning modules. Students will examine specific techniques regarding how to create the best media for a project, while also taking into account the limitations of delivery methods and the learners technical ability.

Strategies for Learner Engagement


In this course, students explore cognitive, learning, and motivation theories as a first step toward understanding how to create engaging curriculum for a variety of learning styles and settings. Students explore design strategies that enhance learner engagement, including the use of media, games, interactive technologies, and collaboration. Students are introduced to and begin to explore ideas for their capstone research project.

Course Outline
Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Digital Audio Concepts and Techniques Digital Photography Understanding Software Limitations and Computer Bandwidth Integration of Media Assets into Computer Software Research and Project Development

Course Outline
Overview of Cognitive, Learning and Motivation Theories Strategies for Creating Innovative and Engaging Learning Environments Applying Cognitive and Social Learning Theories to Instructional Design Social Learning and Collaboration Research and Project Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

MUS 6018

Music and Audio for Instructional Design


The Music and Audio for Instructional Design Course teaches students how to produce media with proper auditory stimulation for various learning environments. Areas of emphasis include music for personal branding, recording professional-quality voiceovers, the connections among music, language, and memory in a learning environment, producing original music for various learning applications, music and audio in video, and reaching aural and kinesthetic learning styles through music.

Course Outline
Musical Intelligence Examined Music, Language and Memory The Role of Music in Learning Producing Original Music for Learning Professional Music and Audio for Video Music and Kinesthetic Learning Styles Research and Project Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Master of Science Degree Program

144

Internet
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Organizations are increasingly reliant on the Internet and other digital media to connect with and engage potential customers, reecting the fact that we, as consumers, are living our lives online more and more each day. With the growth of the Internet, the way experiences and products come to our attention has also become more dynamic and complex. Long gone are the days when a marketing campaign was designed around three television stations, a handful of radio spots, and an ad in the local newspaper. Full Sail Universitys Internet Marketing Bachelors Degree is designed to show you how to take advantage of all the marketing options available in the evolving world of

Marketing
media and entertainment, allowing you to design and execute plans that successfully merge marketing fundamentals with the next big trends in consumer behavior. As the world of marketing becomes more integrated, the future leaders in the eld are the professionals that will take advantage of every marketing channel at their disposal. This program can start you on the path to becoming that leader.

Areas of Focus
Global Internet Marketing Fine Arts Traditional Marketing Modeling Foundations Animation Multi-Channel Marketing Effects Building an Online Final Project/ Consumer Demo Reel CreExperience ation

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

145

Areas of Focus

TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING

RELATIONS
FUNDAMENTALS
of WEB

public

WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY

design

TERNET MARKETING BS

MANAGEMENT
INTERNET MARKETING BS
FUNDAMENTALS

intellectual
PROPERTY
STATISTICS

MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING

PAY PER CLICK

campaign

ADITIONAL MARKETING D INTERNET MARKETING

RELATIONS

public

business ETHICS

development

MANAGEMENT

intellectu

PROPER

Global Internet Marketing

BSITE DESIGN D TECHNOLOGY

TRADITIONAL of MARKETING WEB AND INTERNET MARKETING

INTERFACES

design web

p uscripting blic LANGUAGES RELATIONS


FUNDAMENTALSsearch
of WEB

IT STATISTICS communications

LTI-CHANNEL RKETING

WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY development MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING

campaign

PAY-PER -CLICK

ENGINE design optimization ENGINE

search scripting web IT AFFILIATE SOCIAL From the fundamentals of web design, to online ENGINE INTERFACE LANGUAGES communications communications andmarketing the usability of Web interfaces, marketing media

When creating multi-channel marketing campaigns, youll be working with a team of diverse design and technical professionals. Its important that youre able INTERFACES to speak the same language when implementing BUILDING AN ONLINE Web site concepts, viral marketing campaigns, and CONSUMER EXPERIENCE the many other creative options made possible by the Internet.

business web ETHICS

MANAGEM DIGITAL

storytelling

PAY PER CLICK

search

marketing

AFFILIATE

campaign optimization &

marketing development SOCIAL

search search ENGINE

this curriculum teaches the technical aspects of web development that will ensure you know how to utilize a range of current and upcoming Internet technologies.

media

+ optimization ENGINE marketing optimization

ENGINE marketing

search

marketin
146

AFFILIA

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T Isearch NG | Bachelor of Science Degree Program search

RNET MARKETING BS

Areas of Focus

TRADITIONAL MARKETING TIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING

NTERNET MARKETING

RELATIONS RELATIONS
design

public

public

business STATISTICS STATISTICS ETHICS

business ETHICS MANAGEMENT


web IT communications

MANAGEMENT intellectual
PROPERTY

Traditional Marketing Foundations scripting publi c scripting FUNDAMENTALS business FUNDAMENTALS MANAGEMENT STATISTICS ETHICS of TE DESIGN of WEB LANGUAGES WEB WEBSITE DESIGN ELATIONS

Although social networks and video-sharing sites ECHNOLOGY AND TECHNOLOGY may be recent additions to the marketing landscape, the foundation of branding and messaging remain the same. Thats why Full Sails Internet Marketing FUNDAMENTALS CHANNEL PAY-PER -CLICK bachelors program begins by teaching you the basic of ETING MULTI-CHANNEL components that are the core of any successful MARKETING marketing plan.

design

LANGUAGES

intellectual IT PROPERTY communications

INTERFACES

INTERFACES

web

scripting INTERNET MARKETING BS WEB LANGUAGES communicationssearch PAY PER CLICK design campaign
development

IT

campaign

ENGINE

search web INTERFACES

PAY PER CLICK TRADITIONAL MARKETING search concepts such as public relations, statistics, business

In this phase of the degree program, youll study

campaign

AND INTERNET MARKETING ethics, management, and intellectualENGINE property optimization development efforts that have always driven successful marketing

RELATIONS ENGINE
search

pub lic development

optimization

ENGINE SOCIAL ENGINE marketing marketing search optimization + media optimization &
+

marketing business marketing intellec optimization MANAGEMENT STATISTICS search ETHICS search PROPE AFFILIATE

ENGINE

ENGINE search marketing

ENGINE
search

search

marketing

AFFILIATE

SOCIAL

media AFFILIATE

NG AN ONLINE UMER EXPERIENCE

campaigns. But youll also learn how to integrate newer Internet marketing concepts into your FUNDAMENTALS campaigns to create a plan that takes advantage WEBSITE DESIGN optimization optimization of everything todays media has to offer. AND TECHNOLOGY

DIGITAL

MULTI-CHANNEL BUILDING AN ONLINE MARKETING

marketing storytelling

ENGINE of WEB & design

search

ENGINE

search

marketing engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS

LANGUAGES

marketing ENGINE marketingENGINE optimization + scripting optimization & IT


social

web marketing marketing INTERFACES communications

CONSUMER EXPERIENCE storytelling

DIGITAL

DIGITAL campaign social engrossing storytelling development media ENVIRONMENTS outreach

PAY-PER -CLICK

ENGINE CONSUMER ENGINE engrossing behavior optimization STUDIES marketing ENVIRONMENTS


ENGINE

search

outreach search

media

behaviorSTUDIES

CONSUMER
AFFILIATE

social

search

optimization

marketing

&

ENGINE

search

outreach

media

marketing

media behav

CO SOCIA

optimization

marketing

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

147

scripting AND TECHNOLOGY LANGUAGES


Areas of Focus WEBSITE DESIGN WEBSITE DESIGN
AND TECHNOLOGY MULTI-CHANNEL

FUNDAMENTALS FUNDAMENTALS of WEB of WEB


PAY PER CLICK

IT communications
design design
PAY PER CLICK campaign development

scripting scripting web IT INTERFACES LANGUAGES LANGUAGEScommunications communications


INTERFACES
ENGINE

web

IT

INTERFACES

web

MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING KETING BS MARKETING

campaign
search

search

ETING KETING

RELATIONS ENGINE
optimization
Multi-Channel Marketing
BUILDING AN ONLINE FUNDAMENTALS
Successful marketing campaigns use outlets such of EXPERIENCE CONSUMER as websites, applications, and email, but they also BUILDING ONLINE nd ways to make AN those channels as effective as CONSUMER EXPERIENCE possible. Internet-speci c marketing models such as pay-per-click campaign development, search engine optimization (SEO), search engine marketing, afliate marketing, and social media are constantly coming into play in this new media landscape, and youll need to understand how to recognize these opportunities and use them to your advantage.

public search

development INTERNET MARKETING BS

optimization ENGINE

search ENGINE
search

search

marketing ENGINE

search

TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING

STATISTICS ENGINE marketing RELATIONS

business ENGINE search ENGINE search AFFILIATE + optimization MANAGEMENT & optimization ETHICS p umarketing b lENGINE i c marketing ENGINE marketing STATISTICS optimization + optimization &
marketing

search

optimization

marketing

marketing

AFFILIATE

marketing

AFFILIATE media

SOCIAL

ETHICS media marketing

intellectual SOCIAL business PROPERTY

MA

ENGINE

search WEB

design

optimization

PAY PER CLICK

campaign

marketing
development

&

scripting DIGITAL engrossing FUNDAMENTALS storytelling LANGUAGES communications Building WEBSITE DESIGNan Online ENVIRONMENTS of WEB AND TECHNOLOGY DIGITAL Consumer Experience design engrossing

ENGINE

search

IT

storytelling optimization

By understanding the fundamentals of a multi-channel marketing strategy, youll be able to utilize the outlets at your disposal as you strive to reach your audience in the most effective way.

Marketing has always been about knowing your search MULTI-CHANNEL PAYPER -CLICK audience. The Internet Marketing programs curriculum MARKETING expands on that core idea and focuses on enhancing the consumers online experience. By devoting time and optimization attention to digital storytelling, youll be able to create a captivating environment that supports your message while keeping your audience engaged.

marketing search
ENGINE ENGINE social &

social web scripting media INTERFACES LANGUAGES outreach social


AFFILIATE

ENVIRONMENTS

ENGINE campaign marketing development


ENGINE

ENGINE marketing optimization


optimization & CONSUMER marketing

search

outreach

media

behaviorSTUDIES communications CONSU

CONSUMER

IT

behavior

ENGINE SOCIAL marketing media


ENGINE

search

search

search

ENGINE

search

search

engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS

In this part of the degree program, youll learn how to optimization optimization improve the way you communicate your brands story, explore ways of reaching your audience through social media, and study consumer behavior so that you know youre reaching the right audience with the right message. BUILDING AN ONLINE

outreach

marketing media

marketing
social

optimization

behaviorSTUDIES
engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS

marketing
social

E NCE

DIGITAL

CONSUMER EXPERIENCE

DIGITAL

storytelling

engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS

storytelling

outreach

media

behaviorSTUDIES
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

CONSUMER
|

outreach
148

media

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree addresses the complex worlds of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, web design, and consumer psychology, giving you the skills you need to meet the challenges of an industry affected by rapid advances and changes in technology. In this program, youll learn how to create a viable marketing and strategic plan for selling products, develop and cultivate a brand, and protect that entity within the Internet community. During the course of this program, youll study a full range of Internet marketing subjects, including search engine optimization, interactive advertising design, Internet law, web design, web metrics, and public relations. The programs curriculum culminates in the nal capstone project, where youll be tasked with developing and implementing a complete Internet marketing campaign. In addition to courses developing your marketingspecic skills, youll also have courses focused on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The goal of the Internet Marketing bachelors degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding needed to pursue entry-level positions in contemporary marketing organizations. This program is designed to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet, and who understand how the uid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. Upon completion of the Internet Marketing bachelor of science degree, students will have the ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy. In addition to technical prociency and theoretical knowledge, the program helps students to develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to a lifetime of learning, providing them with tools needed to sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing.

INTERNET MARKETING

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG | Bachelor of Science Degree Program OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE

149

Internet Marketing
PROGRAM CORE
Code IMK 444 IMK 321 IMK 127 IMK 464 IMK 452 IMK 341 IMK 241 IMK 411 IMK 214 IMK 334 IMK 497 IMK 323 IMK 112 IMK 272 IMK 254 IMK 222 IMK 132 OBM 1000 IMK 263 IMK 484 IMK 372 IMK 481 IMK 432 IMK 473 Totals: Course Affiliate Marketing

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 95.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
26
INTERNET LAW & LEGAL ISSUES CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
11 12 13
NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS

Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 IMK 302 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PSC 1030 STA 2027 MAN 3152 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:

Course Art History College Mathematics Cultural Studies and the Web Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physical Science Introduction to Statistics Leadership and Organizational Behavior

3
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES

5
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET MARKETING

Content Strategy, Development and Marketing Digital Storytelling & Branding Display Advertising Email Marketing Principles Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship Fundamentals of Web Design Global Internet Marketing Strategies Internet Business Models Internet Law and Legal Issues Internet Marketing Final Project Internet Marketing Research Strategies Introduction to Internet Marketing Introduction to Mobile Advertising Introduction to Web Interface and Usability New Media Distribution Channels Online Communications Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Principles of Interactive Media Principles of Online Campaign Development Public Relations Search Engine Optimization Social Media Optimization Web Analytics and Reporting

DIGITAL LITERACY

PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION

7
DIGITAL STORYTELLING & BRANDING FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

10
INTRODUCTION TO WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY

INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB DESIGN

Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play

14
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE ADVERTISING INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

15

38.00

ONLINE COMMUNICATIONS ART HISTORY

PRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE MEDIA

INTERNET MARKETING RESEARCH STRATEGIES

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

133 112

16
CONTENT STRATEGY, DEVELOPMENT & MARKETING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION

17
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

18

19

20
PRINCIPLES OF ONLINE CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT

AFFILIATE MARKETING

SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION

21

22
EMAIL MARKETING PRINCIPLES

23

24

25

DISPLAY ADVERTISING

WEB ANALYTICS & REPORTING

PUBLIC RELATIONS

SOCIAL MEDIA OPTIMIZATION

27
GLOBAL INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES

28
INTERNET MARKETING FINAL PROJECT

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

150

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 444 IMK 321 IMK 464

Afliate Marketing
Affiliate marketing is a powerful and longstanding marketing method for the Internet. This type of marketing promotes Internet businesses in which affiliates are rewarded for every visitor, subscriber, customer, and/or sale provided by their efforts. Methodologies that assist the affiliate marketing structure are: search engine optimization, paid search engine marketing, email marketing, and displayed advertising. The goal of the Affiliate Marketing Course is to teach students to evaluate whether affiliate marketing is the appropriate type of marketing for their product/service. Students will also evaluate and create financial overviews for an affiliate marketing campaign.

Content Strategy, Development and Marketing


The Content Strategy, Development and Marketing Course examines the complete lifecycle of content creation and delivery, from developing strategies and processes to evaluating results. Students learn how to create and distribute relevant and valuable content to defined targeted audiences in order to achieve specific marketing goals. Students examine a variety of content marketing techniques, learn how to create editorial calendars, assess which distribution channels can best help them to reach their audiences and evaluate the success of their content marketing strategy.

Display Advertising
The Display Advertising Course explores the influence of the Internet and websearch optimization on the entertainment business industry, and how understanding and exploiting these strategies can help an entertainment business become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on his or her entertainment business, while also learning the best strategic methods for positioning a product for success on the Internet.

Course Outline
The History of Affiliate Marketing Compensation Methods Affiliate Management Strategic Analysis Current Issues with Affiliate Marketing Case Studies Final Project Development

Course Outline
Defining Marketing Goals and Creating a Strategic Content Plan Identifying Target Audiences Assessing Current Content for Effectiveness and Re-Purposing Producing Content in a Variety of Formats Creating a Publishing Schedule and Editorial Calendar Determining Which Channels to use to Distribute the Content Analyzing and Evaluating Results

Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Internet Marketing Strategy Web Search Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Entertainment Leadership Portfolio

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Understanding the Various Types of Content and the Importance of Content Mix

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours IMK 127

Digital Storytelling and Branding


The Digital Storytelling and Branding Course introduces the concept of branding and examines the keys to creating a sustainable and effective brand utilizing digital storytelling concepts. Students analyze well-known brands to evaluate what makes them successful. Storytelling that enhances and reinforces the brand image is then examined with an emphasis on creating consistent messaging.

Course Outline
The Importance of Branding Developing and Maintaining Keys to a Successful Brand Storytelling in Digital Media Archetypes and Story Structure Brand Stories Bringing Storytelling to the Internet

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

151

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 452 IMK 241 IMK 214

Email Marketing Principles


Email marketing is a form of direct marketing that uses electronic mail as a means to communicate a message. The goal of the Email Marketing Principles Course is to teach students how to determine if an email marketing campaign is correct for their audience and products/services, and how to produce and create an effective email campaign. Additional topics that will be covered include developing emails with a creative purpose that facilitate sales and develop customer loyalty; creating emails that attract new customers and encourage timely sales; and developing email campaigns that perpetuate and strengthen a companys brand.

Fundamentals of Web Design


The Fundamentals of Web Design Course examines the process of website creation and its importance within Internet marketing. Information architecture, HTML and CSS are introduced. The course explains the process used to create a website that embodies best practices in design principles to enhance the marketing message and promote consumer sales. The course covers advertising principles, website design and functionality, consumer experience, and branding.

Internet Business Models


When examining the Internet, a prospective entrepreneur must understand a variety of business models that apply to the Internet and e-commerce. The Internet Business Models Course covers both traditional and unique Internet business models that can facilitate the growth of a companys product and/or services. This knowledge assists students in evaluating the model that works best for their product/ services, and will encourage consumers to buy and become loyal customers.

Course Outline
Information Architecture Advertising and Website Design Principles Consumer Experience

Course Outline
Historical Perspective of Business Models Business Models Specific to the Internet Evaluation of Internet Business Models Product/Services Pricing and Strategies Integration of Internet Business Models and the Internet Marketing Campaign Development Final Project Development

Course Outline
Overview of Email Marketing Advantages of Email Marketing Disadvantages of Email Marketing Proper Email Writing Etiquette (Writing Composition) CAN-spam Compliance Opt-in Email Advertising Legal and Ethical Issues Final Project Development

HTML, CSS and How the Web Works Web Standards and the Future of Web Design

Total credit hours 4 weeks IMK 411

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours IMK 341

Global Internet Marketing Strategies Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship


The Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship Course examines the behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs. Students learn the steps required to start a business, including types of business entities, tax implications and business licenses. The course also considers key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs and the importance of entrepreneurialism in the economy. One of the most powerful components of the Internet is its ability to connect products and services to the global consumer. In the Global Internet Marketing Strategies Course, students learn how to evaluate the global Internet market through a variety of methodologies and incorporate them into a cohesive Internet marketing plan that will reach the global consumer. Course topics include: global Internet marketing concepts, campaign development, cultural assessments, global consumer behavior, marketing research methodologies, and ethical and legal issues.

IMK 334

Internet Law and Legal Issues


The Internet is a complicated world when it comes to law and legal issues. In the Internet Law and Legal Issues Course, students examine a variety of course topics covering all of the subject areas related to this complex digital medium. It is vital that students understand how to protect their company and how to respect their consumer. A large portion of this course consists of examining case studies and analyzing controversial legal decisions regarding the Internet.

Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur Case Studies in Entrepreneurship The Entrepreneurial Mindset Building Effective Teams

Course Outline
Global Internet Marketing Concepts Campaign Development Marketing Research Methodologies Ethical Issues Legal Issues Final Project Development

Course Outline
Overview of Internet Law Current Internet Legal Issues Jurisdiction and Sovereignty Issues Freedom of Speech Issues Governance Global Internet Issues Case Studies Final Project Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Cultural Assessments Global Consumer Behavior

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Intellectual Property Issues

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

152

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 497 IMK 112 IMK 254

Internet Marketing Final Project


The Internet Marketing Final Project Course teaches students how to assimilate skills, knowledge and expertise gained throughout the program to conceptualize, build a business prototype, and launch and evaluate the performance of a micro-business. Students work in groups to develop a visual business strategy, to develop a product or service to be offered, to generate and convert leads and to deliver real-world value to clients/customers. The final project entails a comprehensive review of students entire academic experience, including the application of previously learned concepts and demonstration of technical skills.

Introduction to Internet Marketing


The Introduction to Internet Marketing Course presents an overview of the exciting and effective world of marketing of products/services over the Internet. This course addresses all of the creative and technical aspects of maintaining a marketing website, including the importance of web design, web development, advertising, public relations, and sales. This course also defines key terms, such as: search engine marketing, display advertising, email marketing, affiliate marketing, interactive advertising, new media distribution, blog and viral marketing, and search engine optimization.

Introduction to Web Interface and Usability


The Introduction to Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs.

Course Outline
Interface Usability Concepts Interface Visualization Elements Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility

Course Outline
Visualizing Your Micro-Business Strategy Building Your Micro-Business Prototype Launching Your Micro-Business Measuring & Communicating Your Micro-Business Performance Final Project Development

Course Outline
Traditional Marketing Components Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Terminology Elements of Internet Marketing Final Project Development

Total credit hours IMK 222

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 272

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

New Media Distribution Channels


The New Media Distribution Channels Course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products/services over a multitude of platforms. Students examine a variety of advanced media components; assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course will take students over the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, Web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, interactive TV, and podcasting.

Total credit hours IMK 323

Introduction to Mobile Advertising


The Introduction to Mobile Advertising Course covers creating mobile advertisements, as well as evaluating this type of advertising for an Internet product/service. In addition to understanding this business model, students must learn how to integrate and strategically develop their products/services for the mobile market. The main goal of this course is to address the specific topics related to advertising for mobile phones and other mobile products. Other topics covered include privacy issues and legal issues.

Internet Marketing Research Strategies


In the Internet marketing field, its vital to know how to extract from business resources data that will provide information about your product/service, as well as your consumers behavior. The Internet Marketing Research Strategies Course focuses on accomplishing these goals through research and understanding research methodologies that are specific to the Internet. Internet marketers must be able to conduct research that constructs a marketing vision substantiated by data and facts, ultimately validating the financial investment of the company. Topics that will be covered in this course include: researching competitors, consumer behaviors, proper messaging, correct pricing, market behavior, and exit strategies.

Course Outline
New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Strategic Development New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation

Course Outline
Evaluation of the Types of Mobile Advertising Advertising and Mobile Games Mobile Phone Rings and Advertising Click-to-Call Functionality Sending Marketing Information via Test (SMS), Picture, Audio or Video Message (MMS) Introduction to Mobile TV Advertising Mobile Advertising Metrics Final Project Development

Course Outline
Internet Research Strategies Understanding Primary Online Marketing Objectives Through Proper Market Research Identifying Primary and Secondary Target Markets Through Research Final Project Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Validation of Financial Investment

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

153

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 132 IMK 263 IMK 372

Online Communications
In the Online Communications Course, students learn how to properly communicate with the information technology (IT) team. Students in this course gain foundational knowledge that will assist them in considering the technological limitations of their company. This course also addresses technical topics that must be considered when creating a marketing website and user interface.

Principles of Interactive Media


The Principles of Interactive Media Course explores various interactive technologies used in online, mobile, and digital television environments and how to best leverage interactive media for marketing campaigns. Students will learn how to determine the appropriate technologies and channels to use when creating interactive media campaigns, and will practice using tools to create interactive media.

Public Relations
The Public Relations Course examines the topic of public relations (PR) and how this marketing component is valuable within the Internet community. Students develop a listening process to understand how the public perceives brands in the online community. Students also evaluate PR challenges and strategize how to enhance PR opportunities for an Internet marketing campaign. In this course, students are responsible for creating a variety of PR tools such as media releases, while developing a strategy for distribution and measurement.

Course Outline
IT Structural Overviews IT Terminology and Concepts IT and Website Design Limitations Internet Security Issues Final Project Development

Course Outline
Explore Online Interactive Media Campaign Environments Tools for Interactive Media Campaigns Marketing Channels Multimedia Marketing Deployments

Course Outline
Overview of Public Relations Public Relations and Internet Marketing Ethics and Objectivity Press Releases and Social Media Tactics Online Communication Tactics

Total credit hours OBM 1000

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours IMK 484

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Public Relations Writing and SEO

Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries


The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industrys various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industrys current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.

Principles of Online Campaign Development


Pay per click is an online advertising model in which advertisers bid against one another for ad space and positioning, and only pay when their ad is clicked. Google AdWords is the dominant platform in the pay per click space, and students work towards becoming an AdWords Certified Partner throughout the course. Significant focus is placed on crucial elements of pay per click advertising including; Quality Score, ad copy writing, keyword relevance, and bid amounts across both the search and content networks. Students will also be exposed to relevant industry software to build expertise that will help in their career.

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Pay Per Click Advertising Model Overview Keyword Research and Development Search vs. Content Networks Quality Score Pay Per Click Metrics Pay Per Click Campaign Training

Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

154

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 481 IMK 432 IMK 473

Search Engine Optimization


The Search Engine Optimization Course introduces students to the complex topic of search engine optimization (SEO), the process of improving the volume and quality of consumer traffic to a website from search engines through search results. This course addresses topics such as link building, site structure improvements, conversion tracking, strategic keyword development and understanding barriers to SEO. The main goal of the course is to examine Search Engine Optimization strategies and to develop methodologies to increase quality website traffic.

Social Media Optimization


Social Media Optimization (SMO) is a set of methods for generating publicity through social media, online communities, and community websites. The course topics for Social Media Optimization include adding RSS feeds, adding blogging opportunities, and incorporating third-party community functionalities such as photo slides, galleries, and video sharing. Social media optimization is an integral part of a successful Internet marketing campaign. A progressive aim of any social media effort is to add value to the web community experience and to strengthen the brands presence within these communities. Evaluating the consumers mindset and altering the Internet marketing efforts to match these demands completes this complicated task. The goal in this course is to teach students how to incorporate these methodologies into their Internet marketing campaign to create a strong presence in online communities.

Web Analytics and Reporting


The Web Analytics and Reporting Course shows students how to evaluate whether a website is accomplishing its marketing objectives, and how to report the productivity of the website to the company/client. This data is critical to financial investment in a website, and to forecasting where future monetary investments should go towards strengthening the websites marketing presence online. This course shows students to correct problems that will in turn strengthen the websites Internet marketing presence and productivity.

Course Outline
Introduction to Search Engines and Search Engine Optimization Keyword Research and Selection On-Site and Off-Site Optimization Factors Link Building SEOs Interrelationships With Other Internet Marketing Tactics

Course Outline
Web Analytics Overview and Technologies Web Server Logfile Analysis Advantages Direct Mail Campaign Data Analysis Sales and Lead Information Analysis User Performance Data Web Analytics and Financial Reporting Final Project Development

Course Outline
Social Media Optimization Overview Social Media Optimization Techniques Legal Issues Linkability - Increasing Inbound Links Final Project Development

Page Tagging Advantages Website Traffic Reporting and Data Analysis Email Response Rates Data Analysis

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

RSS Feeds, Blogging, ThirdParty Communities, Social Media Optimization, and Viral Marketing Strategic Implementation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

155

Course Descriptions
General Education
ART 2007 IMK 302 ENC 1101

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Cultural Studies and the Web


The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice.

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours DGL 1012

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours PSC 1030

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Digital Communication Tools Evaluation of Resources Social Bookmarking Importance of Copyright laws and Other Protections Protection of Privacy Online Interpersonal Communication Skills Institutional Protocols

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

156

Course Descriptions
General Education
STA 2027 COM 3109

Introduction to Statistics
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image

Total credit hours MAN 3152

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Leadership and Organizational Behavior


The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weaknesses through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process.

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Leadership Building Effective Teams Group Dynamics Decision-making Motivating Conflict Resolution

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

157

Internet
Master of Science Degree Program
The Internets role in the new world of marketing means that online strategy has become more than just an optional enhancement to existing plans. Internet marketing has become its own entity, rebuilding traditional marketing concepts to t an interactive context. As successful companies and businesses look to thrive in this constantly evolving landscape, the ability to think strategically about the Internet has become an essential skill for professional marketers.

Marketing
Full Sails Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree program is specically designed to provide you with skills to help you take advantage of the multi-channel opportunities of the Internet. Our curriculum delves into the details of Internet marketing with in-depth research and advanced academic studies that will provide you with the ability to develop and implement your own effective and cohesive Internet marketing campaign.

Areas of Focus
Fine Arts SEO Advanced Modeling Strategic Analysis Animation Effects Advanced Internet Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel CreStrategies ation

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

158

Areas of Focus

INTERNET MARKETING MS

ADVANCED SEO

Advanced SEO
One of the most important aspects of marketing is INTERNET MARKETING MS making sure that your product, service, or brand

WEB METRICS message is easy for the public to nd. The best

way to achieve that on the web is through effective search engine optimization (SEO), a tool that can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Its not only about maximizing the power of organic search methods, directory listings, and ADVANCED SEO paid placement tactics, but also having a website thats both user-friendly and search-engine friendly. Through the study of advanced strategic methods, benecial web design fundamentals, new trends in search engine marketing, and case studies, youll be able to strategically position your company for maximum exposure.

INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT

WEB METRICS

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

159

Areas of Focus
INTERNET MARKETING MS

ADVANCED SEO

WEB METRICS

Strategic Analysis
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
The data-driven nature of the Internet can instantly link a company with millions of potential consumers, and it can also provide you with an invaluable amount of information about the strength and success of your websites and marketing campaigns. But in order to be able to draw such conclusions, you need to have a rm understanding of how to interpret and respond to the results. By utilizing web metrics, you will be able to measure trends and behaviors within a companys Internet marketing structure. The Internet Marketing masters program delves deeply into this facet of the industry, teaching you the skills needed to translate your ndings into a plan of action to increase the effectiveness of your organizations web, advertising, and marketing strategies.

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

160

MS

Areas of Focus

INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT

Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies


Todays marketing professionals have boundless opportunities to spread a companys message. Whether its email campaigns, pay-per-click advertising, or social media, todays businesses can utilize a wide array of outlets in their marketing campaigns. What sets successful marketers apart is the ability to create a cohesive and complementary strategy that utilizes this variety of elements effectively. In this segment of the degree program, youll study mobile technology, interactive television, social media networks, and more, addressing the concepts of developing a campaign through numerous case studies. Youll use this research, as well as your experience throughout the degree program, to select a subject and construct a complete marketing campaign that makes use of the variety and scope of marketing possibilities.

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

161

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree addresses the concepts of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, new media distribution channels, branding, technology, and psychology. The demands on the Internet marketing professional are more intense than ever due to rapid advances in technology, the complexities of web design, Internet marketing campaign development, social media networks, Internet public relations, advertising, and sales. This program addresses advanced marketing topics that will help give you the tools to create powerful marketing and strategic plans for selling products, developing and cultivating a brand, and protecting a companys reputation within the Internet community. The programs curriculum focuses on a variety of advanced principles, including Internet marketing theories, search engine optimization, interactive advertising design principles, Internet law, web design, web metrics, public relations, and global and cultural Internet issues. Your education culminates in the nal capstone project, where youll be tasked with creating and producing a complete integrated Internet marketing campaign. This well-rounded education will help you advance your marketing and strategic skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the Internet marketing industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The goal of the Internet Marketing master of science degree program is to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet and who understand how the uid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. The programs advanced academic phases provide students with a focused knowledge and understanding of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, e-commerce, and the psychology of the online consumer. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy and campaign. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the eld of Internet marketing. The instruction received in this program provides students with the tools to help sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing.

INTERNET MARKETING

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

162

Internet Marketing
PROGRAM CORE
Code IMK 511 IMK 621 MAR 629 IMK 671 IMK 591 IMK 691 MAR 510 MDL 501 IMK 521 IMK 641 IMK 661 IMK 541 Totals: Course

Master of Science Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 37.00
INTERNET & THE LAW MASTERY: PERSONAL LEADERSHIP & DEVELOPMENT INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS

3
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT

4
INTERNET CONSUMER BEHAVIOR & ANALYSIS

Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Advanced Search Engine Optimization Business Storytelling and Brand Development Internet and the Law Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis Internet Marketing Campaign Development Internet Marketing Fundamentals Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development New Media Marketing Strategic Internet Public Relations Web Analytics and Optimization Web Design and Usability

WEB DESIGN & USABILITY

7
ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES

8
ADVANCED SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION

10
WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION

NEW MEDIA MARKETING

STRATEGIC INTERNET PUBLIC RELATIONS

11

12
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

37 48

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

163

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 511 IMK 621 MAR 629

Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies


The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these components unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, email marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content.

Advanced Search Engine Optimization


The Advanced Search Engine Optimization Course builds on previous course content and expands into strategic approaches for search engine optimization (SEO). Organic search methods, directory listings, and paid placement tactics are analyzed for their effectiveness in attaining search-marketing goals. New trends in search engine marketing and search engine optimization are explored through course curriculum and case studies. Additional inherent complexities of the Internet are examined that impact the development of effective search engine optimization practices, for example, websites with abundant content, advanced technology, and more personalization capabilities.

Business Storytelling and Brand Development


The Business Storytelling and Brand Development Course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market. In this course, students learn how to implement brand-development strategies that help companies emerge as icons within their industries. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identities and create tools for real-world business use.

Course Outline
Brand Development Overview Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth, and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Final Project Application

Course Outline
Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Email Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application

Course Outline
Advanced SEO Techniques Organic Search Methods Directory Listings Paid Placements New Trends Case Studies Final Project Development

Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Creating a Mission Statement

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Brand Development Case Studies Construction of a Story

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

164

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 671 IMK 591 IMK 691

Internet and the Law


The Internet and the Law Course addresses emerging topics relating to the legal aspects of the Internet. Topics covered include intellectual property, copyright, domain names, trademark issues, and the First Amendment. From a marketing approach, legal considerations are presented that can potentially affect the development of an Internet marketing campaign. Students explore, through the course content and case studies, the Internets impact on the legal arena. The course traces regulatory issues concerning the Federal Trade Commission and the Federal Communications Commission, among others.

Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis


The Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis Course explores consumer behavior that is specific to the Internet and analyzes methods that motivate consumers to purchase products and/or services. The emphasis of this course is to identify specific Internet marketing campaigns and gauge their success and/or failure in inspiring the consumer to purchase the product or service. One approach studied is personalized marketinga valuable tactic which allows an Internet marketer to track specific consumer interests and make suggestions on future purchases. This course examines how to develop Internet marketing plans that incorporate a consumer behavioral analysis.

Internet Marketing Campaign Development


The Internet Marketing Campaign Development Course addresses how to analyze the best campaign strategies and how to create these campaigns. The goals of this course are to understand the strategic value of all types of Internet marketing campaigns and to be able to create a successful campaign. Along with understanding the various campaign models, the psychology of the consumer is analyzed to determine if a campaign will be effective with its target market. A variety of Internet marketing campaign case studies also correspond to reinforce the concepts of the course.

Course Outline
Overview of Internet Law Issues Domain Names The Role of the First Amendment Federal Trade Commission, Federal Communications Commission, and Other Regulatory Agencies Privacy Issues Case Studies Final Project Application and Development

Course Outline
Examination of the Internet Consumer Consumer Behavior and Design Principles Personalized Marketing and its Interactive Components Analysis Methodologies Internet Consumer Behavior Case Studies Final Project Application

Course Outline
Internet Campaign Overview An Examination of the Various Campaign Strategies Viral Marketing Pay-Per-Click Marketing Email Marketing Banner Marketing Affiliate Marketing Final Project Application

Intellectual Property Website Linking Legal Issues Online Communication Copyrights

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Social Media Marketing

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

165

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAR 510 MDL 501 IMK 521

Internet Marketing Fundamentals


The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry.

Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership


At the level of a masters degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.

New Media Marketing


The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals and further the companys success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, social media networks, interactive television, viral marketing, online video, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to identify and engage influencers to reach a companys target market.

Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application

Course Outline
Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Companys New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
3.50 Course length 4 weeks
Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

166

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 641 IMK 661 IMK 541

Strategic Internet Public Relations


When a bad product review arises on a bloggers website, how can a company reach out to this consumer and correct the problem? How do you combat this potentially harmful issue in a proactive way that will strengthen your brand and protect your company? Internet public relations requires an individual who understands the open community of the Internet and how to initiate positive public relations strategies. The Strategic Internet Public Relations Course examines proactive public relations methods that are unique to the Internet. In addition, the course addresses how a publicist can become an integral part of protecting the image of a company and how relationship management must be aggressive in this highly accessible medium.

Web Analytics and Optimization


The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a companys Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the companys marketing goals.

Web Design and Usability


The goals of any website are to provide a user-friendly experience for the consumer and a search engine-friendly experience for the site. The way a company designs its website and how the text is developed within a website directly impact the websites search engine optimization (SEO) capabilities. It is important for an Internet marketing specialist to understand the web design principles used to enhance search engines to find a website and to accomplish marketing goals. The following topics are addressed in the Web Design and Usability Course : an overview of web standards, web design fundamentals, web interface and usability, search engines overviews, understanding a companys SEO marketing plans, and web design issues. Lastly, case studies are analyzed for web design and search engine optimization effectiveness.

Course Outline
Interactive Public Relations Defined Online Media Relations Proactive Internet Public Relations Strategies Internet Public Relations Writing Case Studies Final Project Application

Course Outline
Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development

Course Outline
Overview of Web Design Principles Web Design and SEO An Overview of Web Standards Proactive SEO Web Design Principles Case Studies SEO Ethics Final Project Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Examination of Search Engines

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Master of Science Degree Program

167

Media Computer Communications


Animation
Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Skilled communicators are needed within every industry and especially within the world of entertainment and media. Communications professionals can wear many hats from reporting the news, to writing marketing plans, to managing creative projects but their common thread is a deep understanding of how to interpret, craft, and relay messages for different audiences. In the online Media Communications bachelors degree program, youll build your skills in written and verbal communication, while also understanding the principles of graphic design, web design, digital video, and sound. Youll also explore the theories and psychology behind communication and its impact on society, and familiarize yourself with new media technology.

At the heart of good media communications is good storytelling, and this program will introduce you to the narratives found throughout many forms of entertainment media, including animation and games. Using digital media creation tools, youll develop projects throughout the program that will reside in your online portfolio. Youll also maintain a blog and build your own personal brand so that you can market yourself to prospective employers.

Areas of Focus
Written & Visual Communications Fine Arts Digital Audio & Modeling Video Production Animation New Media Tools Effects Transmedia Storytelling Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

168

Communications
Areas of Focus
WRITTEN & VISUAL TECHNIQUES editing COMMUNICATIONS

adaptable

STYLES

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

psychology, anthropology,

MEDIA

Written & Visual Communications


Being able to effectively communicate is a skill that is valued throughout the business world. Throughout all of your coursework in the Media Communications degree program, youll build an understanding of what goes into being a concise, clear communicator. Youll rene your writing skills and learn how to adapt your communication style for different audiences. Most communication-oriented paths in todays market use media beyond the written word, and thats why the Media Communications program includes courses in graphic design, web design, video editing, and the theories behind aesthetics as they relate to communication. Youll also learn the impact of media and communications on society through courses that focus on media psychology, media anthropology, and media law.

LAW

traditional

DIGITAL AUDIO & WEB-BASED

m e d i aVIDEO CHANNELS PRODUCTION

message crafting

producing,

recording, EDITING

editingTECHNIQUES

NEW MEDIA TOOLS

MESSAGE

distribution

Media Communications
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING

Media consumerCommunications GENERATED

WEB-BASED

traditional

media

m e d i a CHANNELS

supporting

Digital WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS

adaptable Audio & Video Production


C O M M U N I C AT I O N

MEDIA

narrative

media CHANNELS

supporting

ions

a N A R R AT I V E
adaptable

WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO &

message S T Y L E S c r aft in g Your digital audio course will introduce you to the technology VIDEO PRODUCTION
MESSAGE

S bachelors T Y L E S program, youll In the Media Communications learn how to craft messages across many media types, and use creative tools to develop multimedia projects that are adaptable enhanced by video and audio.
C O M M U N I C AT I O N

psychology, anthropology,
MEDIA

LAW

psychology, recording, anthropology, producing,


EDITING LAW

and techniques involved in recording, producing, and editing digital sound, which can be used in a variety of projects from enhancing audio on a digital video, to producing news stories.

M E D I A DIGITAL AUDIO &

NEW MEDIA TOOLS

UAL ONS

STYLES

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

VIDEO PRODUCTION psychology, anthropology,

ds is tg r ie bu t i o video n into a me s a Theres an art and science behind turning source cohesive communication piece, and through your digital video craf tin g
class, youll learn how editing techniques can help your video projects tell an effective story.
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

GENERATED media producing,

consumerrecording,
EDITING

LAW

TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING

s u p p o r t i n g|

MESSAGE

anarrative

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

media CHANNELS

169

AW

VIDEO PRODUCTION

Areas of Focus
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
MESSAGE

EDITING

ducing,

cording,

editingTECHNIQUES

distribution

GENERATED

consumermedia

EDITING

ERATED

onsumermedia

Media TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING Communications m e d i a CHANNELS


WEB-BASED
adaptable

traditional

supporting

anarrative
supporting
C O M M U N I C AT I O N

media CHANNELS
MEDIA

media New Media Tools ANNELS


With the emergence of the Internet and social media, communication professionals can distribute messages and reach audiences on a faster and more personal level. Understanding and embracing these innovations is central to your curriculum in the Media Communications bachelors program. Youll receive an introduction to online-based and consumer-generated media such as social networks, blogs, consumer review sites, microblogging services, and mobile applications and learn how to navigate the rapidly changing nature of todays media environment. Through courses such as new media journalism and public relations, youll learn how journalists and PR pros use new media to connect with audiences, and the differences in messaging between traditional and web-based media channels.

WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS

a N A R R AT I V E

STYLES

psychology, anthropology,

LAW

DIGITAL AUDIO & VIDEO PRODUCTION

message crafting

producing,

recording, EDITING

editin

NEW MEDIA TOOLS

MESSAGE

distribution

GENERATED

consumermedia

trad

WEB

me

TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING

supporting

anarrative

media CHANNELS M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program

170

dia Areas of Focus mmunications

TELLING

supporting
adaptable
C O M M U N I C AT I O N

TEN & VISUAL MUNICATIONS

Transmedia Storytelling STYLES

anarrative
supporting

MEDIA

psychology, anthropology,

media CHANNELS

Thanks to the new ways entertainment media is integrated, a brand, organization, or products story can live and develop across multiple channels. In the Media Communications program, youll be AL AUDIO & introduced to the concept of transmedia storytelling O PRODUCTION and how different types of media have unique ways of supporting a narrative.

LAW

m e sA sT ag e NcA R R I VE rafting

producing,

recording, EDITING

editingTECHNIQUES

Through courses on the gaming industry and animation, you will explore the creative process MESSAGE MEDIA behind TOOLS these types of visually captivating entertainment media and how they tell their stories. Youll learn how a single project idea can thrive across many different media channels, such as movies, music, video games, and the web.

distribution

GENERATED

consumermedia

WEB-BASED

traditional

m e d i a CHANNELS

NSMEDIA STORYTELLING

supporting

anarrative
supporting

media CHANNELS

a N A R R AT I V E
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

171

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program at Full Sail University prepares graduates with the knowledge to understand the eld of media communications and to use new media communication technologies. Students of the program survey critical approaches to contemporary media-related issues and communication theory, while working within a project-based learning curriculum. They will be immersed in a supportive environment that fosters development of the strategies and skills necessary to succeed in todays dynamic media industries. The courses in the Media Communications bachelor of science degree program are designed to prepare students for a wide variety of careers in media and associated elds where media knowledge and skills are an integral part of their operations.

Objective
Dramatic changes in communication and technology have inuenced every aspect of human culture, including family life, politics, business, international relations, religion, education, entertainment, and recreation. The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program prepares students to recognize, embrace, and manage the inevitable changes in the media. Students acquire the skills they need to best use todays media and share knowledge and information. Along the way, students practice proper research methods and articulate abstract concepts, expressing their media communication skills via progressive projects in a variety of courses. Changes in the media industry are contemplated and reected throughout the degrees curriculum.

MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

172

Media Communications
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code MCM 1401 MCM 4911 MCM 3231 MCM 3011 MCM 3333 MCM 2855 MCM 1001 MCM 4821 MCM 4231 MCM 2099 MCM 3089 MCM 3099 MCM 4099 MCM 4199 MCM 2313 MCM 4441 MCM 4353 MCM 4111 MCM 4613 MCM 3823 MCM 1203 OVA 1000 MCM 2651 MCM 3415 Course Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Digital Audio Applications Digital Video and Editing Principles Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling Graphic Design and Communications Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Media Anthropology Media Communications and Public Relations Media Communications Portfolio Project I Media Communications Portfolio Project II Media Communications Portfolio Project III Media Communications Portfolio Project IV Media Communications Portfolio Project V Media Communications Project Management Media Entrepreneurship Media Law and Telecommunications Policy Media Psychology Media Publishing and Distribution New Media Journalism and Communications New Media Tools Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Research in Media Communications Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 86.00
26 27 28
CAREER DEVELOPMENT SKILLS: MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT V NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM & COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA PSYCHOLOGY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & PUBLIC RELATIONS

GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 COM 3109 DEP 1013 ENC 2110 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I English Composition II Fundamentals of Physical Science Professional Communications and Presentation Psychology of Play Technical Writing Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 34.00

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3
OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES

5
INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGIES

Career Development Skills: Media Communications 4.00

DIGITAL LITERACY

PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

7
AESTHETICS & THEORY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT I

10

NEW MEDIA TOOLS

ENGLISH COMPOSITION II

TECHNICAL WRITING

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

11
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT

12

13
RESEARCH IN MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT II

14

15

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

DIGITAL VIDEO & EDITING PRINCIPLES

DIGITAL AUDIO APPLICATIONS

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

120 112

16

17

18
WEB DESIGN & COMMUNICATION THEORY AND PRINCIPLES MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT III

19
GAMING & TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING

20
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS & PRESENTATION

GRAPHIC DESIGN & COMMUNICATIONS

ART HISTORY

21

22

23

24
MEDIA LAW & TELECOMMUNICATIONS POLICY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT IV

25

MEDIA ENTREPRENEURSHIP

MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION

MEDIA ANTHROPOLOGY

Totals:

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

173

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 1401 MCM 4911 MCM 3011

Aesthetics and Theory of Communications


In the Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Course, students will consider the important role aesthetics play in engaging and appealing to an audience. The course will examine the theories of sight, sound, and motion as applied to the design of communication products for different media formats. Students will learn strategies for creative composition and consider the psychological and physiological implications of images. Lastly, the course will examine differences in aesthetics across cultures and how these differences impact their professional media projects.

Career Development Skills: Media Communications


The Career Development Skills: Media Communications Course will assist the student in understanding all of the various career fields available to todays media communications professional. The course will review career sources and various types of employment information that students can use to research their desired career field. Along with this course, the student will begin to work with Full Sails Career Development Department. The Career Development Department specializes in providing specific career support skills and assists the student with the job-seeking process.

Digital Video and Editing Principles


The Digital Video and Editing Principles Course covers the fundamental techniques and concepts of digital video, editing principles, and visual storytelling. The concept of visual storytelling will be explored and analyzed within various media applications to demonstrate the importance of constructing a fully developed idea using images. The course will review the process of video editing throughout the entire development of a media project. There is an emphasis on image sequencing and story continuity, the use of visual effects, color correction, media management, narration, and industry terminology. Students will apply these concepts to a digital video project that showcases effective storytelling through the use of technology.

Course Outline
Communication Theories and Aesthetics Media Aesthetic Strategies An Overview of Human Interaction Design Media Aesthetics Across Cultures Effective Media Design Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Organizational Aesthetics

Course Outline
An Overview of Media Communications Professions Media Professional Communities and Organizations Introduction to Media Communications Career Internet Sources and Job Data Sources Independent Contract Employment vs. Full-Time Employment Career Trends in Media Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Course Outline
Traditional Editing Concepts and Theories The Discipline of the Frame Video Aesthetics as a Communication Tool Visual Storytelling Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MCM 3231

4.00

Digital Audio Applications


In the Digital Audio Applications Course, students will explore technologies and techniques for producing and manipulating digital audio for a variety of media communications applications. Topics include digital representation of sound, audio recording and production, real-time performance issues, and the application of digital audio to multimedia, streaming media, video games, and other forms of interactive content.

Course Outline
Basics of Sound Introduction to Digital Audio Production Digital Audio Application Principles Digital Editing Digital Audio The Power of Sound Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

174

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 3333 MCM 2855 MCM 1001

Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling


The Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling Course explores transmedias impact on audience behavior, media culture, and its relevance as a media communication tool as well as the influence of the gaming industry on transmedia. Students will survey the history of transmedia, theories set forth by industry pioneers, and the trends created by current leaders in field. Students will also examine how gaming influences transmedia marketing and audience engagement, and will learn how to measure transmedias impact with a variety of media metrics. Additionally, students will analyze the difference between transmedia and crossmedia, as well as passive narrative and collaborative storytelling.

Graphic Design and Communications


In the Graphic Design and Communications Course, students examine principles, concepts, and applications that will strengthen communication efforts with graphic design projects. The course instructs students through the process of creating, producing, and distributing graphic material. Students explore the historical development of graphic design, from the advent of printing to the emergence of web design. Students review how words and images are coupled to convey data, concepts, and emotions. In addition, students explore the development phases of the graphic communications process from the origination of the idea to the reproduction, finishing, and distribution of multimedia products.

Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies


The Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Course provides students with a brief history and an overview of contemporary forms of media communication. It surveys the main topics in the field and enables students to examine a variety of analytical and strategic perspectives, while being introduced to industry production tools and techniques. Areas of study highlight the many roles of media professionals, the media campaign creation process, and the impact of new media technologies. Students will learn how to make sense of the dynamic field of media communications through a critical analysis of real-world media campaigns, serving as a foundation to build their own media strategies.

Course Outline
History of Transmedia Transmedia Pioneers to Current Industry Leaders Audience Behavior and Media Culture Role of Gaming in Transmedia Marketing and Audience Engagement Measuring the Transmedia Impact Crossmedia vs Transmedia Passive Narrative vs. Collaborative Storytelling

Course Outline
An Introduction to Graphic Design Graphic Design and Communication Principles History of Design Communications Basic Graphic Design Tools The Design Process Critical Observation of Graphics Within a Variety of Media Communications

Course Outline
History of Media Communication Roles of Media Professionals Media Analysis and Strategy Introduction Production Tools and Techniques Media Campaign Creation Process

Total credit hours Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MCM 4821

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Media Anthropology
The Media Anthropology Course uses an anthropological approach to examine the role of media technologies in contemporary cultural and global transformations. Students will focus on how social worlds are formed and inhabited through the production, circulation, and consumption of media technologies. Drawing on case studies from around the world, students will explore the politics of media representation, how visual media reconfigures modern experiences of social interaction, and the social and virtual worlds created through diverse kinds of contemporary media.

Course Outline
An Exploration of Anthropology and Media Brief History of Cultures through a Media Viewpoint Cultural Sensitivities and Media Representations Modern Anthropology and Cultural Viewpoints Media Anthropology Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program

175

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 4231 MCM 2099, MCM 3089, MCM 3099, MCM 4099, MCM 4199 MCM 2313

Media Communications and Public Relations


The Media Communications and Public Relations Course field of public relations and its connection to media communications. Students will explore the arranging, handling, and evaluating of public relations and media communications programs. The course will convey to students how the effective use of media can strengthen a public relations strategy. Students will work with relevant case histories and deal with contemporary topics using media in public relations.

Media Communications Portfolio Project I, II, III, IV, & V


Students in the Media Communications Bachelor of Science degree program will complete a four-part Media Communications Portfolio Project Course as part of their degree requirements. Portfolio projects will apply the knowledge learned in the program. The portfolio process enables faculty to assist the student in areas of weakness, support areas of strength, and provide additional support throughout the students academic and creative development. Faculty members will be able to talk with students about their progress and provide mentoring regarding their program, career, and life goals. A portfolio project will be judged on both the quality and presentation of the material. Students will display accuracy, creativity, and technical expertise in the work presented, along with enthusiasm and professionalism of delivery.

Media Communications Project Management


A project is an independent mission that has many developmental components beyond just a beginning and an end. It is imperative that todays media professional understands the processes involved in executing comprehensive media projects. In the Media Communications Project Management Course, students learn to create and manage project plans from the concept, to the script, and through production. Project-management specifics that will be examined include team leadership, creating templates, budgets, invoicing, treatments, presentations, and considerations related to specific delivery platforms. Students will also learn how to evaluate their project design through reflective research methods.

Course Outline
Ethics and Responsibility Public Relations and Propaganda Press Releases and Public Relations Campaigns Media Case Studies in Public Relations Global Media and Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Course Outline
Overview of Media Project Management Spreadsheet Basics Online Collaboration Techniques Media Project Management Case Studies Roles in Project Management Project Team Leadership Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Course Outline
4 weeks
New vs. Traditional Media Impact and Application of New Media Designing a Portfolio Portfolio Analysis and Comparisons Completion of Portfolio Design Refining and Uploading Portfolio Samples Establishing a Portfolio Design and Concept Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours MCM 4441

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

2.00/3.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

Media Entrepreneurship
The Media Entrepreneurship Course introduces students to the basics of entrepreneurship and the evolving business models for media. The course investigates general concepts of entrepreneurship and how digital technologies and the Internet are transforming media economics. Students will use recent news and communication start-ups as case studies for applying entrepreneurial principles.

Course Outline
Changing Media Economics Overview of Media Business Models Media Business Ideas and Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

176

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 4353 MCM 4613 MCM 1203

Media Law and Telecommunications Policies


The Media Law and Telecommunications Policies Course explores legal topics that communication professionals need to understand in order to do their job effectively. Students will learn how to evaluate slander, libel, and defamation issues. Copyright, trademark, and privacy laws will be addressed, including the fair use doctrine that may allow the use of excerpt materials on and off the Internet under certain circumstances. First Amendment issues will also be covered, including the government regulation of advertising and speech in the media.

Media Publishing and Distribution


The goal of the Media Publishing and Distribution Course is to introduce students to the complex world of media publishing and new media distribution methodologies. With the advent of digital information systems and the Internet, the scope of publishing has expanded to include a variety of electronic resources, such as the electronic versions of books and periodicals, micropublishing, websites, blogs, and video games. This course focuses on contemporary issues affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study new digital publishing and distribution models, as well as traditional models.

New Media Tools


In the New Media Tools Course, students will examine and evaluate new media tools along with past methods and reflect upon the various ways each has been effectively used. Students will explore a variety of media that are used in digital and online environments to accomplish course projects and further their understanding of new media tools, including images, text, and streaming video and audio. Students will gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and challenges of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. Through studying examples of existing interactive programs, students will develop strategies to solve real-world problems, which will assist them in their future media careers.

Course Outline
Introduction to Media Law Overview of Telecommunication Policies First Amendment Issues Slander, Libel, and Defamation Issues Copyright, Trademark, and Privacy Laws Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Course Outline
History of Publishing and Distribution Exploration of New Media Publishing and Distribution Models Digital Rights Management Legal Issues and Distribution Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Course Outline
An Examination of Traditional Media Tools vs. New Media Tools An Overview of Digital Video Multimedia Storytelling and New Media Tools Applications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Total credit hours MCM 4111

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MCM 3823

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Audio Applications

Media Psychology
The Media Psychology Course teaches the students how to evaluate the psychological aspects of media. A fundamental understanding of media psychology is necessary to comprehend the psychological impacts of media technologies on the individual viewer and on society. This field of psychology encompasses the full range of human experiences of media, including affect, cognition, and behavior. Students will study multiple forms of mediated communication, such as pictures, sound, graphics, content, and emerging technologies. Students will also use their research skills to investigate examples of contemporary media communication from a variety of media.

New Media Journalism and Communications


The New Media Journalism and Communications Course explores new media journalism and the role of journalism in todays digital landscape. Students will examine the latest media content creation technologies and techniques, as well as review how todays journalist uses these tools to effectively communicate to different media communities. Journalism will be studied in terms of its influence and cultural significance among communities. A variety of writing, reporting, and editing techniques used in new media communications will be reviewed.

Total credit hours OVA 1000

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Overview of the Visual Arts Industries


The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.

Course Outline
An Overview of New Media Journalism Styles of Great Journalists, Past and Present Voice Legal Issues in Journalism Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Course Outline
Overview of Media Psychology Media and Perception Media and Thinking Media and Emotion Applications of Media Psychology Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Traditional Journalism vs. New Media Journalism Ethics and New Journalism Journalism as a Cultural Influence

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

177

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 2651 MCM 3415

General Education
ART 2007

Research in Media Communications


The Research in Media Communications Course covers how to conduct academic and professional research that will assist students with their academic coursework. Students will design basic data-gathering instruments, collect data, and assimilate information from various sources to substantiate and support their media communications projects. Students will be introduced to the major research methodologies, communication theories, and topics of study within media research. These theories, models, and methods will then be applied toward the development of students research projects in order to stress the importance of research. Students will discuss and examine qualitative and quantitative methods of media research employed within the industry. Along with specific media communication research, students will also review and utilize academic research strategies to support their findings.

Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles


The Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles Course serves as a general introduction to web design for the communications student. Students explore various web design theories through multiple activities, which require the students to evaluate form versus function as the concept relates to website design and communications strategies. Topics include embedded media; page, site, and content design; usability; and emerging technologies. Students investigate how to develop a content strategy and learn the importance of adhering to web standards.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Course Outline
Art History Medieval and Renaissance Art Post-Modern Art Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Introduction to Web Design Principles Web Design and Communications Case Studies Web Design and Communications Strategies Evolution of Web Design and Future Trends Multimedia Asset Production and Content Management Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Principles of Effective Web Design

Course Outline
Sources of Media and Communication Research Qualitative Research Methods Quantitative Research Methods Descriptive Statistics Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development

Modern Art

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra and applied mathematics that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses mathematics in practical situations.

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

178

Course Descriptions
General Education
DGL 1012 ENC 1102 COM 3109

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies

Total credit hours 4 weeks PHY 1030

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

Fundamentals of Physical Science English Composition I

The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula.

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

179

Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 2110

Technical Writing
The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.

Course Outline
Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

180

Media Design
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
As more and more companies depend on design and branding strategies for success, those plans require more integrated and sophisticated solutions. Utilizing multiple forms of visual media print, web, television means that ideas must be conceived and implemented by creative professionals who understand the big picture and can meet the demands of both the boardroom and the design studio. Before a designer ever picks up a pencil (or mouse), an entire strategic process takes place, as creative directors bridge the gap between inspiration and effective messaging, looking for ways to maximize the impact that a single picture or just a few well-placed words can have on an audience. Bridging that gap means taking your design skills and creative intuition and channeling them into a plan that is strategically effective. The Media Design Master of Fine Arts program at Full Sail is designed to equip you with the branding and strategy tools creative professionals need to handle those key projects.

Areas of Focus
Theory of Design Fine Arts Production Modeling Workow Animation Design Document/ Effects Thesis Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

M E DI A DE S I GN

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

181

DEVELOPMENT

Areas of Focus

brand

understanding
the PROCESS

DEVELOPMENT

understanding
the PROCESS

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

STYLE GUIDES

Theory of Design
In the Media Design MFA program, youll dive into the strategic solutions needed for the complex challenges that companies encounter throughout the creative process. A fundamental understanding of the theories behind effective visual messaging is an integral part of nding those solutions. Connecting with an audience is the goal of any communications, and your design campaigns will need to be rooted in the fundamental concepts storytelling, dening client needs, consumer psychology, and more that allow you to understand and reach out to your audience. Those elements, along with design theory concepts such as brand and design ethics, will better enable D E V E L O P development MENT you to create outstanding communications the PROCESS and experiences.

CAMPAIGNS

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

design
E T H I C S

design
E T H I C S

CONCEPTS STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS

STRATEGIC

SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE

pitch
visual messaging CONNECTING
ideas

EFFECTIVE

visual messaging

CONNECTING

IENCE with the A U D CAMPAIGNS


COMMUNICATIONS

with the A U D I E N C E

design
STYLE GUIDES
CAMPAIGNS

design

brand

SOLUTIONS

SOLUTIONS

understanding

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

design
E T H I C S

CONCEPTS

STRATEGIC

SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE

pitch
ideas

CONNECTING

visual messaging
CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS

with the A U D I E N C E

design

brand

DEVELOPMENT

SOLUTIONS

understanding
the PROCESS
M E DI A DE S I GN

STYLE GUI
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 182

CAMPAIGN

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

Areas of Focus

des
E T H I C

brand

DEVELOPMENT

understanding
the PROCESS

STYLE GUIDES
CAMPAIGNS

STRATEGIC

SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

CONNECTING

visual

design
E T H I C S

with the A U D I E N C E

CONCEPTS

design
SOLUT

STRATEGIC

SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE

pitch
ideas

CONNECTING

visual messaging
CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS

Production Workflow
To understand the strategy behind any design solution, you also need to understand the process that branding studios and design houses go through in creating media projects. During the program, youll learn how to move a project from the conceptual stage, through production, and into a nished state that satises its design objectives. Youll study the production workow for a variety of different media types and platforms as you explore the inner workings of producing professional quality deliverables. Its an approach to production that is designed to give you a wide array of skills that can be utilized in the creative direction of any project you may encounter.

with the A U D I E N C E

design

SOLUTIONS

brand

DEVELOPMENT

understanding
the PROCESS

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

brand

design
E T H I C S
M E DI A DE S I GN

DEVELOPMENT

understanding
the PROCESS

STYLE STRATEGIC GUIDES

S OCAMPAIGNS LUTIONS

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

183

Areas of Focus

STYLE GUIDES brand CAMPAIGNS


DEVELOPMENT
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

understanding
the PROCESS

STYLE GUIDES
CAMPAIGNS

n erstanding
E T H I C S

brand

DEVELOPMENT

understanding
the PROCESS

CONCEPTS STRATEGIC STYLE


SOLUTIONS

STYLE design GUIDES


E T H I C S

CONCEPTS
ideas

Design Document/Thesis

CAMPAIGNS
EFFECTIVE

SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES

the PROCESS

design saging CONNECTING


SOLUTIONS

STRATEGIC

ideas EFFECTIVE CONCEPTS visual messaging


CAMPAIGNS

pitch
E T H I C S

CONNECTING design

G U I D E S visual messaging
CONCEPTS
design
SOLUTIONS

As you work your way throughout the Media Design pitch MFA Degree Program, youll be required to choose a complex media design challenge that youll work towards solving over the course of the program. CAMPAIGNS Everything you learn and work on will be entered into your own Design Document, a reference guide COMMUNICATIONS and log of the skills and knowledge that youll accumulate during the program. That document will be an integral part of your Thesis/Final Project, where youll formally present a Design Solution Project to a panel of professionals and peers. Your presentation will include the Design Document, a style guide, and a campaign that will make a case for your idea. Your Design Document will also serve as a working template that you can use to pitch ideas and concepts to future employers.

with the A U D I E N C E

CAMPAIGNS

pitch
ideas

CAMPAIGNS

with the A U D I E N C E

EFFECTIVE

visual messaging

SOLUTIONS COMMUNICATIONS

design

pitch
ideas

COMMUNICATIONS

M E DI A DE S I GN

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

184

Overview
Full Sails Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program (MDMFA) provides you with an in-depth look at design and the role that it plays in bridging the gap between the design studio and the boardroom. As todays successful companies rely heavily on strong visual representation to deliver their message to the public, the ability to direct those visuals is an increasingly vital asset to employers everywhere. The program begins with focusing on the theory behind effective media design. Youll study concepts that drive successful design campaigns, including research, client communications, and team dynamics. Youll also get hands-on experience with design production while learning the steps of the production process used by companies worldwide. Along the way, youll gather your work into a Design Document that represents everything youve learned. Finally, youll be responsible for creating a Design Solution Project that makes use of your knowledge of branding, strategy, and workow, then presenting that project to a panel of professionals and peers. By channeling your artistic skills into a vision thats both creative and professional, youll be prepared to handle whatever key projects you encounter in the fast-paced world of media design. To help you make the transition into the design industry or further develop your current career, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with a focused knowledge and understanding of design research, psychological and motivational theories, ethics of design, media design elements, and technology applications to enhance your ability to solve complex design problems in academic, entertainment, and corporate environments. Upon completion of this masters degree program, youll also have writing, time management, and team-building skills that you can use in the development and execution of compelling design solutions. This combination of skills and knowledge can be used to propel your career in the multiple elds of the media design industry.

MEDIA DESIGN

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


M E DI A DE S I GN

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

185

Media Design
PROGRAM CORE
Code MDM 530 MDM 525 MDM 620 MDM 565 MDM 615 MDM 510 MDM 555 MDM 691 MDM 640 MDM 650 MDM 570 MDM 690 Totals: Course Brand Development

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 60.00
THESIS: PRESENTATION OF DESIGN SOLUTION PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE DESIGNING SUCCESS DEFINING CLIENT NEEDS BRAND DEVELOPMENT EFFECTIVE COPYWRITING DESIGN RESEARCH

Defining Client Needs Design Integration Design Research Design Strategies and Motivation Designing Success Effective Copywriting Professional Practice Measuring Design Effectiveness Multi-Platform Delivery Organizational Structures Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution

10

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES

DESIGN STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION

DESIGN INTEGRATION

MULTI-PLATFORM DELIVERY

MEASURING DESIGN EFFECTIVENESS

11

12

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

60 48

M E DI A DE S I GN

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

186

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDM 530 MDM 620 MDM 615

Brand Development
Understanding a company or institutions brand and knowing how to research, analyze, and promote its core values is essential in developing effective marketing communications. In the Brand Development Course, students will explore the history and processes of brand development in media design through case studies and learn how to utilize some of the basic tools used in the marketing profession. In applying this knowledge to creative projects, students will gain additional insight into their research that they can then utilize in future projects.

Design Integration
In the Design Integration Course, research, critical thinking, discussion, and critique help to provide students with a solid foundation from which to proceed in exploring new directions in their design projects. Techniques of incorporating innovation and methods of developing creativity are explored as students further expand their capabilities and refine their work. Through the integration of new ideas and methods of utilizing media, students prepare for the ever-changing landscape of the media design profession.

Design Strategies and Motivation


In the Design Strategies and Motivation Course, students refine the concepts developed in previous courses with the objective of maximizing the impact and effect of their communications. By combining research and online creative resources with 21st century skills, students create a range of professional visualizations of their concepts and ideas. The exploration of various design options and strategies along with an understanding of how best to implement and apply them, teaches the critical skills necessary for success in the design industry.

Course Outline
Introduction to Brand Development Analysis of the Marketplace Identifying Brand Essence and Core Values Communicating to Target Audiences

Course Outline
Convergence and Design Researching New Directions in Media Design Exploring New Media Through Prototypes Documentation of Processes

Course Outline
Strategies for Developing Visual Concepts Application of Visual Concepts Refining Through Critical Analysis Extending Concepts to Multiple Media Applications

Total credit hours MDM 525

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDM 510

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Dening Client Needs


Successful media designers understand their clients industries and can implement design strategies that can elevate their brand in a competitive marketplace. In the Defining Client Needs Course, students explore the designer-client relationship and investigate research strategies and methods for developing effective multimedia campaigns. Assignments address target markets and methods for testing prototypical design solutions.

MDM 565

Design Research
Translating concepts into visual communications requires the ability to research information, explore options, and apply critical thinking skills to find the most appropriate solutions. In the Design Research Course, students learn the process of exploring and evaluating design options as they investigate many of the research methods and tools used in the profession. Application of these strategies leads to more informed design decisions.

Designing Success
The Designing Success Course provides an introduction to the Media Design program and its research and technology requirements. Students will study the media design industry and will learn how to conduct graduate-level design research through real-world project assignments as they share knowledge and experiences with their classmates through the online experience.

Course Outline
Research Methodology Understanding Industry Trends Defining Goals and Objectives Prototyping and Testing

Course Outline
Introduction to Design Research Visual Exploration and Iteration Methods of Evaluation

Course Outline
Overview of the Media Design MFA Program, Including Expectations for Graduate Level Research, Use of Design Software for Presentations, and Assessment of Design Projects Practical Application of Online and Library Resources for Graduate Level Design Research Overview of the Role of the Media Designer in Todays Competitive Landscape

Total credit hours

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Developing Research Strategies

Total credit hours

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Review of Completed Media Design MFA Alumni Thesis Projects

Total credit hours

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

M E DI A DE S I GN

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

187

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDM 555 MDM 650 MDM 691

Effective Copywriting
Successful media designers are visual and verbal communicators. The Effective Copywriting Course prepares students for the profession by teaching the nuances of writing for advertising, corporate communications, and presentations. Students complete a series of projects that help to develop their skills in writing persuasively while explaining and defending the rationale behind their decisions based on research. Throughout the course, students are required to polish their writing skills in order to extend the power of their design and to craft effective communications.

Multi-Platform Delivery
Todays professional media designer is knowledgeable in the various types of media available for communicating information. In the Multi-Platform Delivery Course, students develop a plan for creating professional-quality deliverables from the research and exploration completed in the previous courses. Emphasis is placed on designing for a variety of possible platforms with the goal of developing a unified multi-media campaign. The work is evaluated through critique and refined through iteration in preparation for its presentation.

Professional Practice
Todays Media Designer works in a highly competitive field. To achieve success, designers must articulate and manage processes, understand legal and ethical issues on a global scale, and be able to present themselves and their capabilities at the highest level of professionalism. The Professional Practice course provides the platform and the tools to achieve these goals, and helps the designer find and navigate the pathways to success in the media design profession.

Course Outline
Introduction to Copywriting Fundamentals Utilizing Resources Organizing Research Information Writing a Research Paper

Course Outline
Planning a Multi-Media Campaign Developing Criteria for Critique Implementing Change Through Iteration Making a Persuasive Presentation

Course Outline
Understanding Todays Job Market and Opportunities Ethics in Todays Global Economy Working with Intellectual Property Refining Presentation Skills

Total credit hours MDM 640

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDM 570

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDM 690

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Measuring Design Effectiveness


By exploring the various ways to measure the success of design solutions, students gain a better understanding of how design work is perceived and interpreted by target audiences. To capture a holistic perspective of the media design experience, students in the Measuring Design Effectiveness Course examine multiple points of view, further their research, and apply higher-level critical thinking skills through a variety of assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics and marketing strategies and how they are implemented in the industry are also discussed as students refine their presentation skills

Organizational Structures
In the Organizational Structures Course, students learn to organize, process, and evaluate information obtained from their research. By creating media applications derived from earlier investigations, students utilize processes and workflow consistent with professional practice in many of todays top design firms. Emphasis is placed on creativity, innovation, and bringing work to a professional level of execution. Students receive feedback on their work in a way that promotes teamwork and collaboration with peers.

Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution


This course simulates the conditions of a professional working environment in which each student is required to make an online presentation of their thesis project to a panel of professionals. Using established criteria and guidelines, students in the Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution Course will present their projects and explain how their research, preliminary investigations, and applications contributed to the process used to arrive at their final design solutions.

Course Outline
Methods of Organizing Research Understanding Professional Workflow Developing Strategies for Teamwork

Course Outline
Organizing Content for Presentation Final Preparation of Presentation Presentation of Multi-Media Campaign Processing and Analyzing Viewer Response

Course Outline
Marketing Research Tactics Prototypes and User Testing Metrics of Design Effectiveness Refining Presentation Skills

Applying Research to Media Types

Total credit hours 4 weeks

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

5.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

5.00

Course length

M E DI A DE S I GN

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

188

Mobile
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Mobile devices have become an integral part of our lives, perhaps more than we often realize. To put it in perspective, just think about how disconnected you felt the last time you forgot your cell phone or tablet computer at home. This technology keeps us connected to massive amounts of information wherever we go, with customizable applications that provide real-time data, productivity, and global communication at the touch of a button. Developers have only scratched the surface of what mobile devices are capable of, and companies are looking for talented programmers and designers to ll the demand for innovative software.

Development
Through Full Sails Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program, youll learn the programming and interactive design skills needed to create applications and games for the industrys most popular formats. This growing market offers a wide range of creative possibilities, and this program is designed to prepare you for a career shaping the future of these platforms.

Areas of Focus
Fine Arts Design Modeling Usability Animation Effects Programming Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

189

Areas of Focus

Design
The versatility of modern mobile devices offers unlimited potential for engaging consumers with original content. Its more than just having a great idea for an application or game, though; the challenge comes from being able to maximize the design and user experience, while also playing to the functionality of the device it will run on. In the Mobile Development degree program, youll learn how to strike that balance in dedicated design courses that teach creative theories in art direction, user experience, and playability as they relate to different platforms. These concepts include the importance of giving your application or game a strong visual identity and appropriate sense of pacing, as well as supporting that aesthetic with layout, color palettes, and audio design. Youll put those design theories to work by developing simple applications that are conceptually strong, and can engage the imagination of users with their presentation and interactivity.

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT

DESIGN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

190

Areas of Focus
DESIGN

DESIGN

USABILITY

USABILITY

PROGRAMMING

PROGRAMMING

Usability
How many times have you downloaded an application, only to nd out that the interface is confusing and unresponsive? Whether youre using productivity software or playing a game, theres nothing more frustrating than a poor sense of control. The Mobile Development degree program addresses these concerns as they relate to different components of application design, such as menu navigation, user input, and access to saved information and media. Classes like Mobile User Experience and Immersive Application Development teach students to ne tune a programs input response to each kind of hardware conguration, including touchscreens and keypads. The Mobile Player Experience class addresses the importance of usability as it relates to different types of mobile games where intuitive controls are as important to the gameplay as the story and level design. By mastering the subtleties of the mobile user experience, youll be able to create engaging software that plays to the unique strengths of different interactive formats.
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

191

USABILITY

Areas of Focus
PROGRAMMING

Programming
Despite their size, mobile devices are powerful pieces of hardware capable of handling increasingly complicated functions. Being able to master their architecture is key to becoming an effective software developer, and core classes in the Mobile Development program teach the same programming tools that are used to create professional applications and games. Youll be introduced to languages like Java, Objective C, DESIGN PHP, MySQL, and XHTML, which are the basic tools of mobile developers. As you progress through the degree, youll learn increasingly powerful functions of these languages, which will be applied to small applications that you design and code from scratch. Since portable technology depends heavily on online interaction, the program also provides an in-depth study of how to integrate that connectivity into your software. This is taught in courses that cover proprietary development tools for popular consumer products like the iPhone, iPad, and PROGRAMMING Android-based devices.

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT

USABILITY

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

192

Overview
The Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program addresses the need for professional software developers who can create innovative mobile and web-based applications for todays cell phones, tablet computers, and other portable devices. As a student in the program youll be presented with a thorough, evolving curriculum that provides a complete study of the processes used in professional application production. Youll be taught how to locate potential industry needs, research your user base, design the visual aesthetics and interactivity of your application, and use that research to create a comprehensive software plan. Technical courses cover the actual production of that concept, and youll learn standard programming languages like Java, Objective C, MySQL, and XHTML to develop the engine your application will run on. Youll expand on that architecture by learning how to implement audio and visual assets, and balance the usability of your interface whether its a business application or a game to create the perfect user experience. Students also benet from business and management courses that cover topics in marketing, professional communication and presentation, software copywriting, publishing, and technical writing. The combination of this material will help you build a foundation as a well-rounded software developer capable of working on a variety of mobile content. To help you make that transition into your career after graduation, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The objective of the Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding of software design and development, mobile and web-based applications, and the usability concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as software application designers and developers, iOS and Android mobile application designers and developers, entertainment, education, and banking application programmers, and a variety of other positions in the mobile and web-based software eld. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

193

Mobile Development
PROGRAM CORE
Code MDV 3330 MDV 2210 MDV 2550 MDV 4210 MDV 4330 MDV 4510 MDV 4710 MDV 4920 MDV 4910 MDV 2830 MDV 3830 MDV 3910 MDV 3630 MDV 3730 MDV 3850 MDV 4630 MDV 1630 MDV 1310 MDV 1410 MDV 4110 MDV 3110 ODT 1000 PMA 101 PMA 102 PMA 203 PMA 204 PMA 305 PMA 306 PMA 407 PMA 408 MDV 2330 MDV 1830 Totals:

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2006 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 MGF 1040 PHY 1000 DEP 1013 MGF 1340 ENC 2110 Totals: Course Art History Digital Literacy English Composition I Finite Math Fundamentals of Physics Psychology of Play Statistics Technical Writing Credit Hours 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 30.00

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY DIGITAL LITERACY PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I

Course Credit Hours Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 Advanced Visual Frameworks 4.00 Apple Programming Language: Objective C 4.00 Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad 4.00 Application Deployment II: Android 4.00 Cross-Platform Mobile Development 4.00 Immersive Application Deployment 4.00 Integrated Product Deployment 4.00 Integrated Product Development 4.00 Java I 4.00 Java II 4.00 Mobile Business and Marketing 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks I 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks II 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks III 4.00 Mobile Game Design 4.00 Mobile Interfaces and Usability 4.00 Mobile Media Design I 4.00 Mobile Media Design II 4.00 Mobile Player Experience 4.00 Mobile User Experience 4.00 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 Project Management and Assessment IV 1.00 Project Management and Assessment V 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VI 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VII 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VIII 1.00 Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 Visual Frameworks 4.00 103.00

3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES

5
FINITE MATH

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

9
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II

10

SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES

MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I

VISUAL FRAMEWORKS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

MOBILE INTERFACES AND USABILITY

11

12

13
TECHNICAL WRITING

14

15

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

133 128

ADVANCED SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES

ADVANCED VISUAL FRAMEWORKS

PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT IV

APPLE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE: OBJECTIVE C

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS I

16

17
ART HISTORY

18

19

20
APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT I: IPHONE AND IPAD

MOBILE USER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT V

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS II

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS

21
JAVA I

22

23

24
APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT II: ANDROID

25
MOBILE PLAYER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VII

JAVA II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VI

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS III

26

27

28
IMMERSIVE APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT

29
STATISTICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VIII

30

CROSS-PLATFORM MOBILE DEVELOPMENT

MOBILE GAME DESIGN

MOBILE BUSINESS & MARKETING

Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31

32

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

194

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 3330 MDV 2550 MDV 4330

Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures


The Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures Course builds on the Scalable Data Infrastructures course by introducing database concepts and expanding the programming base of students. Students build larger web applications using standard design patterns and group development strategies. Students enable team participation utilizing source control and industry standard revision control software.

Apple Programming Language: Objective C


The Apple Development Language: Objective C Course focuses on application development utilizing the Objective C language while building on prior knowledge that students gained in Scalable Data Structures courses, and also in building small applications and widgets. Core object oriented programming concepts such as encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism will be discussed, as well as the core C constructs that Objective C employs. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to create basic applications using Objective C and will be armed with a foundational understanding of the Objective C language.

Application Deployment II: Android


The Application Deployment II: Android Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an Android powered device. Students build upon concepts introduced in the previous programming courses and work through the processes involved by researching and implementing project management techniques.

Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging

Course Outline
Web Application Development Architecture Databases and Query Languages Source Control Application Design Refactoring

Course Outline
Objective C Language Overview Pointers and References Control Structures Web Service Integration Event Handling

Asset Creation

Total credit hours MDV 4510

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDV 2210

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDV 4210

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Advanced Visual Frameworks


The Advanced Visual Frameworks Course teaches students advanced concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. This course emphasizes document optimization for advanced mobile devices and search engine optimization. Students balance nascent technological advances in document structure and markup with established standards.

Cross-Platform Mobile Development


The Cross-Platform Mobile Development Course explores techniques and concepts involved in developing applications for multiple devices on different platforms. In this course, studentscreate basic applications that can be deployed to different devices and experience the possibilities and challenges of developing applications for multiple platforms while gaining an understanding of the complications and opportunities that a fragmented mobile market provides.

Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad


The Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an iOS device by building upon concepts introduced in the Mobile Frameworks and Objective C courses. Upon successful completion of the iOS Application course, students produce an interactive application that can be deployed on Apples iOS devices.

Course Outline
Current and Future Markup Standards Advanced Style Sheet Selectors Absolute Positioning and Layout Optimizing for Automated Content Transfer

Course Outline
Cross-Platform Options Device Considerations Device Testing Multiple Device Deployment

Course Outline
Project Management Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Interface Design Asset Creation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

195

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 4710 MDV 4910 MDV 3830

Immersive Application Deployment


The Immersive Application Deployment Course reinforces and builds upon previous courses by challenging students with designing and developing their own mobile game. Students apply project management principles as they build their game and complete the course with an understanding of the processes involved in creating a game in mobile space.

Integrated Product Development


The Integrated Product Development Course helps students polish their professional quality mobile-based deliverables on multiple platforms as required in todays mobile design world. This course provides an opportunity for students to create the most effective and professional quality products as possible. Students work on creating an integrated approach for presenting their mobile-based work and show their abilities by creating multiple products across various mobile application platforms.

Java II
The Java II Course expands upon topics covered in Java I while incorporating best practices for the Java language. Students become reacquainted with Object Oriented concepts previously explored as they apply these concepts to the Java language. Students also examine the processes involved in consuming a myriad of data sources.

Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery

Course Outline
Exceptions Data Handling Web Service Integration

Course Outline
Critical Analysis of Mobile Applications Integration/Migration Techniques Creation of Project Plan Finalize Mobile Applications

Applying OOP Concepts

Total credit hours 4 weeks MDV 3910

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDV 4920

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDV 2830

4.00

Course length

Mobile Business and Marketing


The Mobile Business and Marketing Course teaches students that the success of mobile media design can be measured and marketed in several ways. To capture a holistic perspective of the mobile media design experience, multiple points of view, outside research, and critical thinking are encouraged within assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics such as R.O.I. and mobile application marketing strategies are also introduced. Students learn to effectively use words, audio, and visuals in conjunction with sound reasoning to create persuasive and compelling presentations of their work. In addition, the course challenges students to aggregate information from previous courses into making a professional presentation and furthering the completion of their mobile applications.

Integrated Product Deployment


The Integrated Product Deployment Course simulates the conditions of a professional environment in which students will be required to deploy their mobile applications for multiple handheld and web-based devices. In addition, students deliver all of their design work and process pieces, academic research, and code for review. The Mobile Development team then critiques students work for product functionality and design. The results represents students final grade and evaluation.

Java I
Java has been a steady hand in the mobile world for some time. The Java I Course is designed to help students transfer existing programming knowledge to the Java language. Students in this course explore the fundamentals of the language and existing Java API as it applies to the mobile world. The Java I course prepares students for development on a myriad of mobile devices.

Course Outline
Java Constructs Language APIs Creating User Interfaces

Course Outline
Final Preparation of Deliverables Delivery of All Mobile-Based Applications Delivery of Supporting Materials Final Review and Revision of Campaign

Language Fundamentals

Course Outline
4 weeks
Marketing Strategies Effective Presentation Techniques Metrics of Design Effectiveness Understanding the Mobile Marketplace

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks Total credit hours 4.00

Course length

4 weeks

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

196

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 3630 MDV 3850 MDV 1630

Mobile Development Frameworks I


The Mobile Development Frameworks I Course focuses on the development of frameworks which can often speed up development time but also introduce an initial learning curve. In this course, students explore the basic techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the CocoaTouch Framework. By using these techniques, students begin to develop mobile applications that incorporate accepted usability standards.

Mobile Development Frameworks III


The Mobile Development Frameworks III Course presents techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the Android SDK. By using these techniques, students begin to develop usable mobile applications for the Android operating system. In addition, students research advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the Android operating system.

Mobile Interfaces and Usability


The Mobile Interfaces and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create usable interfaces optimized for handheld devices. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces. The course examines interaction principles, experiential, and gestural design patterns relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs associated with human factors that drive touch screen interfaces.

Course Outline
Frameworks Overview User Interface Controls Notifications Gestures

Course Outline
Frame Overview User Interface Controls Architecture Advanced Device Integration

Course Outline
Usability Theories Interaction Principles Visualization Concepts Ergonomic Design Principles

Total credit hours MDV 3730

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDV 4630

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MDV 1310

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Mobile Development Frameworks II


In the Mobile Development Frameworks II Course, students continue to explore the benefits of using the CocoaTouch framework while relying on the concepts of the Mobile Development Frameworks I course. Students research and use advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the iOS operating system. Upon completion of the Mobile Development Frameworks II course, students are prepared to develop applications for the iOS operating system.

Mobile Game Design


The Mobile Game Design Course focuses on what it takes to make an application immersive as they research how to design games for mobile space. In this course, students gain the skills required to add the element of fun into their applications.

Mobile Media Design I


The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications.

Course Outline
Game Animation Device Interactivity Features Performance Techniques Connectivity

Course Outline
Architecture Sandboxes Multitasking Advanced Device Integration

Course Outline
4 weeks
Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts

Total credit hours 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

197

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 1410 MDV 3110 PMA 101, 102, 203, 204, 305, 306, 407, 408

Mobile Media Design II


The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery.

Mobile User Experience


The Mobile User Experience Course focuses on the overall experience and satisfaction rating users have while interacting with a product or computer based system. As users interact with these systems via a collection of combined interfaces, the process for accomplishing a task or achieving a goal is created. In this course, students learn to approach each problem by identifying its parts and then break up those parts into a collection of smaller tasks. Through closer examination of each task, students leverage their understanding of usability and interaction design. The results improve users experiences by increasing the efficiency and productivity of handheld devices.

Project Management and Assessment I to VIII


The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Course Outline
Advanced Vector Graphics Handheld Aesthetics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Course Outline
Understanding of Project Analysis Task Analysis Fundamental Interaction Design Development of Usability/ Interaction Strategy

Total credit hours MDV 2330

1.00 each

Course length

4 weeks each

Total credit hours MDV 4110

4.00

Course length

4 weeks Total credit hours ODT 1000 4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Scalable Data Infrastructures


The Scalable Data Infrastructures Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create web services which function as data sources for mobile applications. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating functional, service-oriented application programming interfaces. Students learn standard data typing and flow control methodologies as well as basic networking concepts.

Mobile Player Experience


The Mobile Player Experience Course focuses on the fun factor incorporated into casual game play on mobile devices. Unlike user experience in that it focuses on increasing efficiency and ease-of-use of task-oriented, productivity applications, player experience focuses on increasing player engagement and enjoyment with immersive applications. In this course students gain a fundamental understanding of game mechanics to help set the pace for players on mobile devices. Students examine and utilize the four fun keys to develop short rewarding mobile games that create immersive and emotionally engaging player experiences.

Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries


The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.

Course Outline
Networking and Internet Protocols Programming Variables and Data Types Program Flow and Control Program Logic Structures

Course Outline
Understanding of Gaming Theory Analysis of Game Play Development of Player Experience Profiles Emotional Strategy for Mobile Games

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

198

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 1830

General Education
ART 2006 ENC 1101

Visual Frameworks
The Visual Frameworks Course teaches students basic concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. The course enables students to deconstruct raster and vector designs into documents that are styled for visual effect, but also machine-readable for optimum content extraction on mobile devices, search engines, and assistive software.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
History of Hypertext Markup Standards Cascading Style Sheet Selector Basics Relative Positioning and Layout Web Asset Creation

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Grammar

Total credit hours MGF 1040

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

DGL 1012

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Finite Math
The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments.

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Course Outline
Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Matrices & Determinants Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

199

Course Descriptions
General Education
PHY 1000 MGF 1340

Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena.

Statistics
The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data.

Course Outline
Nomenclature Newtonian Physics Basic Collision Detection Basic Collision Reaction Application of Physics

Course Outline
Descriptive Statistics and Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Central Limit Theorem Mean and Variance Statistical Analysis and Application

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Probability and Distribution

Total credit hours ENC 2110

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Technical Writing
The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Course Outline
Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

200

Gaming Animation
Master of Science Degree Program

Mobile Computer

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Thanks to the widespread use of mobile devices, consumers of all ages are drawn to games more than ever before. This industry brings its own unique challenges and opportunities, and needs professionals who understand the technological, psychological, and nancial aspects of mobile game development to fulll key industry roles. In the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program, your courses directly relate to the roles and workow found in a game studio from concept development to advanced programming, QA testing, and deployment. Youll expand on your programming skills and learn how to maximize the game experience by utilizing mobile technologies such as GPS to enhance multiplayer

elements. Youll also explore how game theory research can be applied to improve the player experience, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. All of this will prepare you to build your own game from start to nish. Youll work on the production of your mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises, and then go through the testing process. Once complete, youll present your nished product and learn how to market and monetize it.

Areas of Focus
Foundations of Mobile Fine ArtsGaming Mobile Game Modeling Design & Animation Development Professional Development Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

201

Areas of Focus

GAMING

COMPONENTS

keykey
COMPONENTS

mobile
patterns

NS OF MOBILE GAMING

mobile

GAME engines development

APIs

GAME mobile engines GAME


reverse

APIs play engines system


DESIGN

APIs

patterns

patterns play system


DESIGN

play

system
DESIGN

ME DESIGN MENT

ENGINEERING

reverse

life cycles

considerations
publishing,

life cycles

development
EN GINEERING reverse comprehensive

PERFORMANCE ENGINEERING

NAL DEVELOPMENT

distribution, publishing, cross MONETIZATION P L AT F O R M PRICING marketing, deployment structures

marketing,

strategies
PRICING

TESTING

PERFORMANCE TESTING Your experience in the Mobile Gaming masters considerations TESTING strategies program considerations begins with an examination of the key

PERFORMANCE

comprehensive Mobile Gaming comprehensive

Foundations of

structures awareness

cross deployment

strategies

distribution,

MONETIZATION

structures

ENGAGEMENT PRICING

cross - ENGAGEMENT awareness P L AT F O R M deployment ENGAGEMENT

P L AT F O R M

awareness

components, benets, and limitations of mobile games. Youll examine different technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games, and connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and APIs learning how they inuence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game. Youll also study the psychological component of a game-playing experience, considering factors such as play patterns and game play mechanics. The principles of game design will also be addressed, with a focus on narrative game design, world design, and system design.

MOBILE GAMING MOBILE GAMING


FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING

COMPONENTS

mobile key mobile key


COMPONENTS

GAME engines

APIs APIs

development

GAME engines

patterns

play

patterns

play

system
DESIGN DESIGN | Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

system

M OB I L E GAM I NG

comprehensive

202

publishing,

cycles Areas of Focus


PRICING

life cycles
mobile

strategies ENGINEERING
awareness

engines
PERFORMANCE

strategies
comprehensive

distribution,

marketing,

Mobile Game Design VELOPMENT & Development

MONETIZATION

structures publishing,

cross deployment

P L AT F O R M

After building a foundation in programming and theory, youll begin work on the production of your own mobile game all while learning key topics such as development life cycles, reverse engineering, performance considerations, and more.

distribution,

marketing,

MOBILE GAME DESIGN ENGAGEMENT & DEVELOPMENT

life cycles
PRICING
publishing,

development
ENGINEERING

reverse

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

MONETIZATION

distribution, structures MOBILE GAMING

marketing,

MONETIZATION

cross P L A T F O R Mcross deployment deployment structures


PRICING

considerations
P L AT F O R M

strategies

TESTING

awareness
ENGAGEMENT

awarenes

ENGAGEMENT

Once youve completed development, youll learn the role of quality assurance, repairing anyGAME errors, bugs, COMPONENTS or overall playability issues. Youll work collaboratively engines with your fellow game testers to provide game play feedback on each others games, and learn to write development MOBILE analytical reports based on MOBILE the comprehensive testing GAMING reverse strategies and tools utilized in the program. ENGINEERING

key

APIs
GAMING

FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING

patterns

play

system
DESIGN

COMPONENTS

key

mobile

GAME engines

APIs

Professional Development COMPONENTS FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT mobile cross COMPONENTS FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING marketing, awareness L AT F O R M To succeed inPRICING a fast-paced industry such asPmobile patterns GAME COMPONENTS distribution, game development, deployment ENGAGEMENT youll need a professional skill structures engines MONETIZATION
publishing,

key

life cycles

considerations

comprehensive PERFORMANCE MOBILE GAME DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT TESTING

APIs

mobile key mobile key play APIs system


strategies
publishing, GAME GAME marketing, engines DESIGN engines distribution,
MONETIZATION

life cycles

development
ENGINEERING

reverse

consideratio

PERFORM

play APIs patterns


structures
PRICING

patterns cross DESIG

play system

deployment

P L AT F O R

life cycles
publishing,

development

set that mirrors your technical aptitude. Through the development Mobile Gaming masters program, your coursework prepares you for the business world through an MOBILE GAME DESIGN MOBILE GAME DESIGN emphasis on writing, presentation skills, research, PERFORMANCE & DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT and& theory.

ENGINEERING

reverse

life life cycles considerations cycles


strategies

development

comprehensive reverse

ENGINEERING TESTING

PERFORMANCE reverse PERFORMANCE TESTING considerations TESTING strategies ENGINEE RING considerations

comprehensive

comprehensive

strategies

distribution,

marketing,

MONETIZATION

publishing, Youll also learn how to develop marketing strategies publishing, PROFESSIONAL for game products, with an emphasis onDEVELOPMENT publishing, PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT marketing, distribution, and monetization. Youll PRICING P L AT F O R M examine factors such as pricing structures and crossMONETIZATION PRICING platform deployment, and learn how different media MONETIZATION ENGAGEMENT channels can help build awareness and engagement with your games audience.

structures

cross cross awareness P L AT F O R M PRICING awareness P L AT F O R M ENGAGEMENT distribution, awareness deployment deployment ENGAGEMENT structures structures deployment

marketing, marketing, cross distribution,

M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

203

Areas of Focus

Overview
The Mobile Gaming master of science degree program enables students to develop advanced project management, development, and production skills related to games that are featured on mobile devices such as smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. During this 12-month program, students will expand upon previous programming knowledge by developing their own mobile game through a project-based curriculum that is structured around the real-world mobile game development life cycle. Students will conduct graduate-level mobile gaming research, apply theoretical concepts to game design, explore emerging technologies, and develop their own mobile game. Through realworld learning and a culminating thesis, students will have a rm understanding of mobile game development, including the communication and professional skills required for successful game delivery and monetization. Each course will also develop the students academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students will learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities.

Objective
Mobile gaming represents a rapidly growing industry with as many challenges as there are opportunities. The goal of the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program is to prepare students to address and overcome these challenges through a project-based curriculum that will enable students to be successful mobile game developers. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge and skills necessary for effective and creative mobile game design, production, and delivery. Through project-based learning and guided academic research, the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program curriculum will enable students to master the discipline and apply appropriate knowledge, skills, and abilities to all phases of mobile game development.

MOBILE GAMING

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

204

Mobile Gaming
PROGRAM CORE
Code MBG 520 MBG 530 MBG 550 MDL 501 MBG 630 MBG 650 MBG 540 MBG 660 MBG 610 MBG 680 MBG 620 MBG 580 Totals: Course

Master of Science Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 36.00
11
MOBILE GAME TESTING

1
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP

2
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING FOR MOBILE GAMES

3
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR MOBILE GAMES

4
MOBILE GAME DISCOVERY & INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

5
GAME THEORY & INNOVATIVE GAME DESIGN

Advanced Programming for Mobile Games Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games Game Theory & Innovative Game Design Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership Mobile Game Development I Mobile Game Development II Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis Mobile Game Testing Mobile Gaming Business Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation Storyboard & Game Design User Interface Design & Visual Development

6
USER INTERFACE DESIGN & VISUAL DEVELOPMENT

7
MOBILE GAMING BUSINESS

10

STORYBOARD & GAME DESIGN

MOBILE GAME DEVELOPMENT I

MOBILE GAME DEVELOPMENT II

12
MOBILE GAMING THESIS: TECHNICAL WRITING & PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATION

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

36 48

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

205

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MBG 520 MBG 550 MDL 501

Advanced Programming for Mobile Games


The Advanced Programming for Mobile Games Course addresses various programming languages that will provide students with the knowledge and skills that pertain specifically to programming for mobile games. Students admitted to the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program are required to be proficient in programming. Students will explore a wide variety of programming languages and the different mobile platforms for which they are used. Languages include Objective-C, C#, Java, JavaScript, and C++.

Game Theory & Innovative Game Design


In the Game Theory and Innovative Game Design Course, students will begin to form their ideas for a mobile game. Through theoretical foundations and creative processes, this course will allow students to develop their mobile games, focusing on interactivity, engagement, and applied game theory. Students will engage with the latest neuroscience research on the psychology of gaming and will use this research to inform their game design. Students will also learn play patterns and game place mechanics through a player-centered perspective, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. Throughout the course, the principles of game design will be addressed, focusing on narrative game design, world design, and system design. Other topics will include decision making, flow theory, and game art.

Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership


At the level of a masters degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.

Course Outline
Programming Overview Programming for Mobile Games Objective-C C# and C++ Java and JavaScript Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Game Theory Foundations Psychology of Gaming Principles of Game Design Play Patterns and Game Play Mechanics Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours MBG 530

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies

Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games


The Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games Course looks specifically at technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games. Students will explore the different mobile technologies, including smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. Students will connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and APIs and learn how they influence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game. Students will also learn how to utilize GPS technologies for locationbased games as well as connectivity technologies for multiplayer mobile games. Lastly, students will explore the limits mobile technologies place on mobile game design, with special attention given to processing power, resolutions, formats, compatibility issues, and graphics limitations.

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Mobile Technologies Platforms, Operating Systems, Engines, and (3D) APIs Localization (GPS) and Connectivity Technologies (Bluetooth/GPRS/WAP) Limits to Mobile Games Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

206

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MBG 630 MBG 540 MBG 610

Mobile Game Development I


The Mobile Game Development I Course is the first of two courses in the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program that focus exclusively on the development of the students own mobile game. In this course, students will work on the production of their mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises. Topics will include development life cycles, issues of reverse engineering, and utilizing the appropriate programming language.

Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis


In the Mobile Game Discovery and Industry Analysis Course, students will conduct significant industry research and analysis to help inform the design of their own mobile game. Students will investigate different global mobile gaming markets as well as the trends and patterns of mobile game design. Students will apply this research to the development of their own game design, focusing specifically on game industry statistics and game design options for revenue generation. Upon completion of this course, students will have written their own market research report focused on the genre of their own mobile game.

Mobile Gaming Business


The Mobile Gaming Business Course introduces students to the business of mobile gaming, with an emphasis on publishing, marketing, distribution, and monetization. Students will learn how mobile games are distributed and priced, looking at how these various modes of distribution and pricing structures affect downloads and purchases. Students will also look at options for cross-platform deployment and how to utilize social media to draw attention to their mobile games. Issues of game cloning, copyright, and patents will also be explored.

Course Outline
Mobile Game Engineering Mobile Game Programming Mobile Game Development Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Industry Structure Industry and Market Research Analysis and Mobile Game Application Market Research Report Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Modes of Distribution and Pricing Structures Cross-Platform Deployment Social Media and Mobile Gaming Copyright and Patents Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours MBG 650

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Mobile Game Development II


The Mobile Game Development II Course is the second of two courses in the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program that focus exclusively on the development of the students own mobile game. In this course, students will further the development of their mobile game by completing directed engineering and programming exercises. Topics will include object-oriented programming, merging classes, memory limitations, screen limitations, obtaining resources, solo testing, and improved performance.

Total credit hours MBG 660

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MBG 680

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Mobile Game Testing


The Mobile Game Testing Course focuses on the testing of students mobile game. Students will address issues of quality assurance and attend to detected program errors, bug fixes, and overall game improvement. Students will work collaboratively as game testers to provide game play feedback on each others games. Students will also learn to write analytical reports based on the comprehensive testing strategies and tools utilized during this course. Testing types and tools include functionality testing, environmental testing, performance testing, OTA testing, simulators, and mobile emulators.

Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation


In the Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing and Professional Presentation Course, students will complete their mobile game projects by developing the element of formal presentation. Students will expand upon the creative and technical assets they created in previous courses as they write and present the specifications of their mobile game. In doing so, students will develop their game-writing skills and clearly demonstrate their technical proficiency through written and oral communication. Students will also learn how to present to various professional audiences of the mobile gaming industry through multiple modalities.

Course Outline
Object-Oriented Programming Development Limitations Solo Testing Improved Performance Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Mobile Game Testing Quality Assurance Performance Estimation Game Tester Feedback Game Play Quality Analysis Technical Writing Analytical Skill Development Academic Research and Methodologies

Course Outline
Mobile Game Project Organization Game Writing Technical Specification Compilation and Presentation Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

207

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MBG 620

Storyboard & Game Design


The Storyboard and Game Design Course focuses exclusively on the development of the students own mobile game design. Building upon the knowledge and research conducted in the previous courses, students will be able to effectively design and develop their mobile game. Students will begin this process by creating game storyboards and scripts that clearly illustrate their visions and ideas. Wireframes and mock-ups will also be created to demonstrate the games design and architecture. Students will collaborate with one another to provide constructive criticism on each games design and will learn how to apply this feedback to make improvements to their own mobile games. Topics include game level design, game environments, and character development.

Course Outline
Storyboard Principles and Methods Storyboard Creation Wireframes and Mock-Ups Collaborative Critique and Revision Methodologies Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours MBG 580

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

User Interface Design & Visual Development


The User Interface Design and Visual Development Course enables students to design and begin to create their mobile game user interface and graphic elements. First, this course covers user-interface design principles and topics such as clarity, interaction, attention, control, manipulation, consistency, and visual hierarchy. Second, the course prompts students to conduct their own user analysis, attending to which styles and looks will appeal to the potential gamer as well as how the gamer will interact with the mobile game. Lastly, students will apply this information for the visual development of their mobile game.

Course Outline
UI/UX Design Principles Mobile Game User Analysis UI Design Mobile Game Asset Design Academic Research and Methodologies

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M OB I L E GAM I NG

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program

208

Music
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
The music business has undergone some seismic shifts in the past few years, but one thing hasnt changed: it takes an army of talented and well-prepared people working behind the scenes to get artists the attention they deserve. That army needs to be equipped to provide their clients with the logistical assistance, nancial arrangements, and promotional prowess they need to maximize the impact of their artistic creations.

Business
Of course, the music business world goes far beyond just number crunching. The Music Business curriculum at Full Sail dives into the jobs, skills, and talents needed to be part of the team that gets music heard the tour managers, label employees, promoters, producers, merchandisers, lawyers, publishers, and, yes, accountants that help to keep the wheels of commerce turning so artists and their fans can connect on stage, online, on TV, on mobile phones, on the radio, and all over the world.

Areas of Focus
Law Fine Arts Management Modeling Marketing Animation Distribution Networking Effects Critical Listening Final Project/ Demo Reel CreFinal Project ation

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

209

Areas of Focus

Law
Contracts in the music business can range from a letter of agreement to an inches-thick document, but regardless of their size, youll need to have an understanding of how to protect your (or your clients) interests. Youll learn how best to do this in courses that examine subjects like music business law and contract negotiations, copyright protection, and more. Youll also explore the many different areas of the business in which legal knowledge is important, from the rules that guide agents, managers, and attorneys to the art of negotiating a sweetheart deal.

Management
As either a studio manager or an industry executive, an in-depth knowledge of the protocol, etiquette, and professionalism youll need to thrive in the music business is essential. Skills like effective communication, strategic planning, and an understanding of the various structures in the music business are all learned in the Music Business Bachelors program, helping you to understand how to successfully nurture a clients career or even navigate your own way to the top of the corporate ladder.

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

210

Areas of Focus
MARKETING

artist
CON N ECTION

AUDIENCE

LAW/MANAGEMENT
DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT

contract
NE GOTI ATI ONS

marketing
plan
AN ALYSI S

COPYRIGHT
PROTECTION

PUBLICITY

promotions

RETAIL

me rc h a n d isin g

shows

TRADE

communication
SKILLS

successful
PRO M O TIO N

DISTRIBUTION

effective

market Marketing

MARKETING

artist
C O NNEC TIO N MMBS

AUDIENCE

DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT

successful
LAW/MANAGEMENT

P R OMOT I ON

Finding and connecting an artist with an audience is one of the main reasons the music business exists. Whether youre an artist looking for exposure or merchandi s i ng a record company trying to provide it, the Music Business curriculum will teach you how to analyze ANALYSIS and predict customer behavior and then turn that analysis into a marketing plan. Youll learn how to effectively use publicity, merchandising, retail promotions, touring, trade shows, online outlets, and other marketing tools to get music in front of the right people, as a step towards growing and PROTECTION NEGOTIATIONS energizing an artists fan base.

research

marketing
PLANS

marketing
plan

PUBLICITY

DISTRIBUTION

contract effective

COPYRIGHT market

research

commu

MARKETING

artist
C O N N E C T IO N

Distribution

AUDIENCE

strategic
PLANNING
RETAIL

DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT

successful
P R O M O T IO N

promotions

shows
M US I C B US I NE S S

T RADE

Like a tree falling in a forest, the best music in the world can remain unheard if nobody ever gets a ANALYSIS chance to listen. Next to successful promotion, effective distribution is the best way to give as many people as possible that chance. Whether overseeing the production of a physical product and getting that product into traditional retail channels, or pursuing the expanding opportunities afforded by online outlets, youll develop a keen understanding of the various distribution methods vital to a successful career in the music business.

marketing
plan

PUBL

m e rc h

DISTRIBUTION

effective

res

ma

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

211

BS

Areas of Focus

ENING

MANAGEMENT

DISTRIBUTION/ aesthetic FINAL PROJECT TECHNICAL

Networking

marketing market effective successful PLANS music SONG MIXING PR O MOTION DISTRIBUTION research strategic structure COPYRIGHT communication evaluation contracttechniques PROTECTION elements S K I LLS PLANNING NE GOT I AT I ONS
NETWORKING

elements

techniques

structure

GOAL

KETING

Music Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout GOALthe undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future etiquette success. The sessions cover topics AUDIENCE like goal setting, professional CONNE CT ION etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios.

setting
PUBLICITY
merchandising

professional
shows
TRADE

etiquette

setting artist

professional marketing personal plan B R A N D


AN ALYSI S

promotions

RETAIL

personal B R A ND

RIBUTION/ L PROJECTCritical

successful Listening P R OM OT I ON
MMBS

DISTRIBUTION

effective

research

market

marketing
PLANS

Students develop their ability to listen to music with the critical ear of a music industry professional, learning to discuss the aesthetic and technical elements of live and recorded music with a variety of music business professionals, from engineers to artists. They learn to differentiate and identify by sound various instruments and mixing techniques. Students learn how to optimize the listening experience, explore LAW/MANAGEMENT song structure, and evaluate and discuss music at a professional level.

contract
N E G O T IAT I O N S

COPYRIGHT
PROTECTION

communication
S K IL L S

act

FinalCOPYRIGHT Project
PROTECTION

communication
SKILLS

strategic
PLANNING
RETAIL

IO N S

st

ON

CE

OTION

sful

Your nal project is your chance to prove youre prepared to take MARKETING all the knowledge youve gained throughout the Music Business Bachelors program and combine it with the drive, imagination, and love for music that brought you to Full Sail in the rst place. PUBLICITY Youll be responsible for analyzing a real-world music business merchandising scenario and working through all the details and components AN ALYSIS necessary to make it successful from researching the current DISTRIBUTION/ market conditions and commercial viability, to identifying your sources of funding and investment strategy, to creating FINAL PROJECT a marketing plan and accounting for distribution.

artist
C ON N EC TION

marketing
plan
A N A LY S I S

PUBLICITY

AUDIENCE

mer chandising

marketing
plan

promotions

shows

TRADE

DISTRIBUTION

effective

research

market

marketing
PLANS

successful
PRO M O TIO N

DISTRIBUTION
M US I C B US I NE S S

effective

research
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program 212

market

Overview
Although every job in the music business is unique, they all need to work in harmony to maximize an artists potential. This real world approach is at the heart of Full Sails Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program, which will assist you with in-depth knowledge of multiple aspects of the business to include the need for music business professionals working with major record labels, lm, TV, sports media, video game developers, online streaming sites, advertising agencies and more. To be an effective player in the music business, its not just important to be good at what you do, but also to be well-versed in the many different roles within the industry. For example, a bands publicist may not need to book a tour, but being aware of how and why that tour is routed a certain way is invaluable knowledge when it comes to forming a media strategy. By teaching you about the many different roles in the business, the Music Business curriculum allows you to not only focus on what you do best, but also to ensure that your contributions to the big picture are as effective as possible. Youll learn these roles through courses in music-specic business subjects like Artist Management, Music Copyright and Publishing, Concert Management and Publicity, and Record Label Development, as well as general business concepts like marketing, distribution, and law. After youve absorbed all the necessary knowledge from these varied courses, the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program culminates in a nal project in which you analyze a music business company problem and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. In addition to businessspecic topics, youll also have courses focusing on communication skills, business statistics, professional presentation, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the music business industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The goal is to provide the student with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing the students ability to become a successful music business professional in a variety of elds, including recording, artist management, concert management, music publishing, music marketing, music supervision, merchandising, distribution, and e-commerce. Completion of the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree provides graduates with a portfolio of real-world projects to further careers as entrepreneurs and leaders in the music industry, and for entry-level business positions with record labels, music publishers, artist management rms, concert promoters and music technology companies.

MUSIC BUSINESS

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

213

Music Business
PROGRAM CORE
Code MUB 481 ACG 3223 ENTB 251 MUM 4309 MUB 461 MUB 2513 ENTB 2713 MAN 2020 MKT 210 BUL 4621 MUB 131 MUM 3733 MUM 3308 MUM 4305 MUH 2050 MUB 4361 MUB 4715 OBM 1000 ENTB 3013 ENTB 3623 MUB 343 ENTB 4913 Totals: Course Artist Management Business Accounting Business Law

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 82.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
26 27
MUSIC SUPERVISION BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 42.00
16 17 18 19
MUSIC COPYRIGHT AND PUBLISHING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION AND PRESENTATION DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

Code MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 ECO 2005 STA 2027 MAN 3152 HUM 1505 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:

Course College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I English Composition II Fundamentals of Physical Science Introduction to Economics Introduction to Statistics

3
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

Business Technology and E-Commerce Concert Management and Publicity Critical Listening for Music Professionals Excel and Data Reporting Introduction to Management Introduction to Marketing Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Music Business Management Music Business Marketing Music Distribution Music History I Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions Music Supervision Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Principles of Business Finance Principles of Entrepreneurship Record Label Development Strategic Business Management

6
MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MUSIC HISTORY I

10
EXCEL AND DATA REPORTING

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT

INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS ENGLISH COMPOSITION II

Leadership and Organizational Behavior Popular Culture in Media Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play

11
CRITICAL LISTENING FOR MUSIC PROFESSIONALS

12

13

14

15

BUSINESS LAW FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE

POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA

INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS

MUSIC BUSINESS MARKETING

Music Copyright and Publishing

20

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

124 112

BUSINESS ACCOUNTING

RECORD LABEL DEVELOPMENT

PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP

MUSIC MERCHANDISING AND RETAIL PROMOTIONS

21
LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

22

23

24
MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS

25

MUSIC DISTRIBUTION

PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE

CONCERT MANAGEMENT & PUBLICITY

28

ARTIST MANAGEMENT

STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

214

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUB 481 ENTB 251 MUB 461

Artist Management
The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artists career, management contracts, development of an artists career path, and sustaining an artists career.

Business Law
The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects.

Concert Management and Publicity


The Concert Management and Publicity Course covers a variety of topics that are specific to concert production and the touring industry. This course takes a ground-level approach to concert promotion basics, including how to develop and execute an artists tour and production management. Other topics explored in this course include public safety guidelines, contract riders, unions, staff and equipment booking, and the daily execution of tour schedules.

Course Outline
Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artists Career The Management Contract Planning the Artists Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control

Course Outline
Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law

Course Outline
Concert Promotion Basics Examination of the Touring Team for the Artist/Band Public Safety Guidelines and Issues Preparing the Show for the Road Daily Scheduling and Management of the Schedule Contract Riders Vendor Contracts

Total credit hours MUM 4309

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Working with the Local Team Touring Production Manager

Total credit hours ACG 3223

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Business Accounting
The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned.

Business Technology and E-Commerce

Booking Staff and Equipment

Course Outline
The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning

The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry.

Total credit hours MUB 2513

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Critical Listening for Music Professionals


The Critical Listening Course focuses on developing critical listening skills through an engineering perspective, using recorded music from studio sessions, live concert material, and audio postproduction mixes as the subject of analysis. Students will examine topics such as the physics of sound, acoustics and psychoacoustics, sound analysis, the identification of various production techniques, and instrument identification. Students will also hone their critical listening skills through projectbased assignments that allow them to develop a connection between sound waves, audio signals, the acoustic environment, and individual perceptions of sound.

Course Outline
Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value

Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Basics of Music: Pitch, Rhythm, Melody, Harmony, Texture, Form, Dynamics Optimizing the Listening Experience Identification of Musical Instruments and Variations Mix Elements and Techniques Past and Current Trends and Sounds in Popular Music

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks M US I C B US I NE S S Bachelor of Science Degree Program

215

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 2713 MKT 210 MUB 131

Excel and Data Reporting


The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages.

Introduction to Marketing
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.

Music Business Management


The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies.

Course Outline
Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting

Course Outline
Music Business Management Copyright Administration Companies The Unions Concert Production Companies Publicity Companies Touring Companies Distribution Companies

Course Outline
4 weeks
Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding

Record Companies Performing Rights Organizations Production Companies

Total credit hours MAN 2020

3.00

Course length

Introduction to Management

Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development

Total credit hours MUM 3733

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.

Total credit hours BUL 4621

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Music Business Marketing


The Music Business Marketing Course explores marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the music business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of music business products, and integrate traditional and non-traditional promotional avenues. In addition, students strengthen the understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the music business, providing them with real world, marketing knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work.

Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws

Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations


Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed.

Course Outline
Marketing Plan Research & Development Branding Advertising Public Relations Social Media Integrated Marketing Communications

Risk Management Entertainment Business Management Case Studies

Course Outline
Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

216

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUM 3308 REC 2050 MUB 4715

Music Copyright and Publishing


The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their songs and those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, the course also covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriters contract, publishing options, and an overview of publishing companies.

Music History I
The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations throughout every decade. The Music History Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times through both sound and video while examining each musical styles respective sociological and technological precedents.

Music Supervision
Students learn how to serve as a creative liaison between the music industry and the visual media industries, including film, television, video games, and advertising. Students develop their ability to determine the musical vision, tone, and style that best suit a given multimedia project. They learn to identify, secure and supervise music-related talent, including composers, songwriters, recording artists, musicians and producers, and to effectively communicate and negotiate with talent representation to obtain necessary clearances.

Course Outline
Folk and Country Music Popular Music of America 1850-1995

Course Outline
Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties

Blues, Soul Gospel, and Jazz

Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Role and Responsibilities of the Music Supervisor Trends and Players in the Visual Media Industries Identification of Musical Vision, Tone, and Style of a Project Securing Legal Rights of Recordings Working Within an Established Budget to Deliver Music Elements

Total credit hours MUB 4361

Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions


One of the biggest economic generators for the music business is merchandising and retail promotions. The Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions Course delves into this critical business component and helps students learn how to determine retail strategies that will benefit their clients. Students will examine the importance of branding and how it relates to product presentation at the retail level, explore the timeline of product development, and learn how to take their product to a retail environment. All types of distribution channels are examined in this course, from traditional big-box retailers to e-commerce and the Internet.

Total credit hours MUM 4305

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours OBM 1000

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Music Distribution
The Music Distribution Course Course focuses on the distribution process and the various distribution channels available in the music business industry. This course addresses various distribution components, such as the types of distribution deals currently available in the industry, the examination of the different types of distributors, and the influence of the Internet as a distribution channel. In addition, this course examines the exploitation of a music product for optimal monetization, and the new business models for creating revenue streams.

Course Outline
Product Assessment Types of Retail Outlets Merchandise Design Direct Marketing and Non-Store Sales Trademark Protection Internet Distribution Pricing and Cost Analysis Live Productions and Music Merchandising

Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries


The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industrys various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industrys current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.

Course Outline
Distribution Fundamentals Distribution Deal Types Funding a Music Project Licensing Income Interpersonal Sales Techniques Direct Response Infomercials Internet Distribution & Promotion Social E-Commerce in Music Business

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

217

Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 3013 MUB 343

General Education
MGF 1213

Principles of Business Finance


The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance.

Record Label Development


The Record Label Development Course is designed to familiarize students with the various departments within both major and independent record labels. Students in this course delve into specific departments of a record label and learn the role that each plays in its success. The course examines all departments ranging from A&R to Business Affairs.

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Course Outline
Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Budgeting and Forecasting Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance

Course Outline
Legal Department Marketing Department Promotions Department Publicity Sales

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Total credit hours 4 weeks ENTB 4913

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities

Total credit hours ENTB 3623

4.00

Course length

Strategic Business Management Principles of Entrepreneurship


The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate.

Total credit hours DGL 1012

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions

Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

218

Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030 STA 2027

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Introduction to Statistics
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics

Total credit hours ENC 1102

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Solids and Fluids

Total credit hours ECO 2005

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MAN 3152

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.

Introduction to Economics
The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry.

Leadership and Organizational Behavior


The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weakness through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process.

Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources

Course Outline
Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy

Course Outline
Leadership Group Dynamics Motivating Building Effective Teams Decision-making Conflict Resolution

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

219

Course Descriptions
General Education
HUM 1505 DEP 1013

Popular Culture in Media


The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and Media Technology Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours COM 3109

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Professional Communication and Presentation


The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.

Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C B US I NE S S

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

220

Production
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Musicians have long played an important role within multiple facets of the entertainment industry, enriching television, lm, radio, video games, live events, and more. The demand for creative, technologically savvy composers is greater than ever, and thanks to advances in home recording, the soundtrack to our lives can be created virtually anywhere in the world. Full Sail Universitys Music Production Bachelor of Science online degree is designed to equip you with music production skills that are essential for success in todays modern marketplace. As a student in the program, youll develop an understanding of contemporary music technology by creating your own songs, scores, and soundtracks. Youll also get a solid grounding in music theory, history, and composition. The program also explores the music marketing and business concepts youll need to ourish as a working professional in the entertainment industry. Upon graduation, youll enter the job market with an online personal portfolio of professional quality music projects produced throughout the degree program.

Music

Areas of Focus
Music Theory Fine Arts Composition Modeling Animation Engineering Effects Marketing

Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

221

Areas of Focus

Music Theory
The principles of music theory are the building blocks youll use every time you sit down to create a new composition. Using music-notation software, youll be able to analyze and study classical compositional techniques, and develop a rm grasp on foundational concepts like rhythm, meter, phrase, scales, and harmony. Youll also strengthen your ear training through exercises in musical listening and identication, as you study intervals, scales, triads, melodies, and transcription techniques.

MUSIC PRODUCTION

SIC MUSIC THEORY ODUCTION

Youll also delve into musics roots with courses in music history. You will study the evolution of western music from classical to modern, and the evolution of popular music from the early 20th century all the way up to whats dominating the airwaves today.

SIC THEORY

COMPOSITION
M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

222

Areas of Focus

MUSIC PRODUCTION

Composition
Youve got a rough musical concept but how does a riff, lyric, or general idea transform into a full-edged song? In the Music Production Bachelors program, youll learn a variety of compositional techniques to help take your ideas to the next level. Youll study songwriting and lyrical techniques, as well as learn about musical genres and the considerations one should have when working within different styles. Youll also explore choices in engineering styles, and how budgets and management can affect the course of a song or project. Courses also cover a variety of arrangement processes, from roots to pop to orchestral settings.

MUSIC THEORY

MUSIC PRODUCTION
COMPOSITION MUSIC THEORY

ENGINEERING COMPOSITION MARKETING ENGINEERING

Throughout the program, youll apply what you learn to create musical pieces that will make up your own Digital Portfolio. As you build your musical catalog, as well as a supporting website, youll have a crucial professional asset that showcases what youre capable to show potential clients and employers as you enter the entertainment industry.

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

223

COMPOSITION
Areas of Focus

MUSIC ENGINEERING THEORY ENGINEERING

MUSIC PRODUCTION

Engineering
While at one point composers had no choice but MARKETING to write, record, and arrange their works in multimillion dollar studio facilities, advances in recording technology have made it possible for the bulk of that work to take place in a compact home studio environment. Those capabilities are empowering, and knowing how to maximize the potential of the tools you have at your disposal enables you to channel your inspiration and capture your musical ideas.

Marketing
Most musicians will agree that success in the industry depends on a lot more than just the quality of the music youve got to know how to market your music. The Music Production Bachelors Degree Program covers the roles that advertising, merchandising, public relations, and branding all play in a successful musical career. As you learn about these concepts, as well as the ins and outs of music copyright and publishing laws, youll work to develop a marketing plan to help separate you from the rest of the crowd and ensure that your music nds a platform to reach the rest of the world.

COMPOSITION

MARKETING

MUSIC THEORY

ENGINEERING

Youll study core concepts such as digital signal processing and digital audio recording as you use industry-standard software such as Pro Tools and Logic to record your course assignments. Youll also learn about audio workstation hardware and software, mastering the techniques and procedures that are required to maximize the use of this gear. Finally, by studying audio le management and documentation, youll ensure the organization of your audio les and recording sessions enables the recording process to run as smoothly as possible.

COMPOSITION

MARKETING

ENGINEERING

M US I C P RODUC T I ON | MARKETING

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

224

Overview
With the music industrys growing use of the Internet and the collaborative aspects of the music production environment, the demand for original music content has increased. Full Sails Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program presents a thorough, constantly developing curriculum that encompasses music composition, digital recording, and music production for animation, websites, and gaming. Whether a novice or a veteran musician, this degree provides you with a formal education that can help prepare you for a variety of career paths in the world of music creation and production. From digital audio principles, digital workstation technology, and digital signal ow to signal processing, MIDI techniques, and sound effect design, the curriculum covers many different procedures and applications found in the music production world. Through coursework utilizing a personal production studio consisting of an Apple laptop computer and a variety of professional audio software programs, you will gain the condence and skills to help you succeed in a variety of music production environments after graduation. In addition to music production skills and techniques, youll also develop communication skills and take courses in music history, professional presentation, music theory, songwriting, music copyright and publishing, and music business. To help you make the transition into this industry, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to pursue your career. In addition, the Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout the length of your professional career.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of music production technology and concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as multimedia music composers, digital music recording engineers, postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/ digital audio workstation operators and programmers, music editors, music arrangers, interactive sound design and music composers, game music composers, and a variety of other positions in the audio and entertainment industries. In addition to gaining technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

MUSIC PRODUCTION

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

225

Music Production
PROGRAM CORE
Code MPR 4315 MPR 4301 MPR 4001 MUT 3413 MPR 1751 REC 3803 MPR 2413 MPR 1852 MPR 3451 MUH 2053 MUH 4053 REC 3624 MUB 131 MPR 2301 MUM 3308 MPR 3113 MPR 4853 MPR 3701 MPR 1001 MUT 1024 MPR 3311 MUT 1212 OAA 1000 MPR 4411 REC 1732 MPR 3011 Totals: Course

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 3.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.00 3.50 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
31 32
MUSIC PRODUCTION FINAL PROJECT AUDIO POSTPRODUCTION

Chronological Schedule by Months


Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
11 12 13 14 15 6 7
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE COLLEGE MATHEMATICS AUDIO FUNDAMENTALS MUSIC THEORY II DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY OVERVIEW OF THE AUDIO ARTS INDUSTRIES ENGLISH COMPOSITION I MUSIC THEORY I

Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 IMK 302 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PSC 1030 ENC 326 DEP 1013 Totals:

Course Art History College Mathematics Cultural Studies and the Web Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physical Science Professional Writing Psychology of Play

Advanced Audio Production Techniques Advanced Music Composition Programming Advanced Music Production for Media Advanced Music Theory Audio Fundamentals Audio Postproduction Audio Production Techniques Digital Recording Principles Game Music Composition History of Popular Music I History of Popular Music II Interactive Audio Music Business Management Music Composition Programming Music Copyright and Publishing Music Genres Music Production Final Project Music Production for Media Music Theory I Music Theory II Musical Arrangement Musical Listening and Identification Overview of the Audio Arts Industries Professional Workflow Sequencing Technology Songwriting

10

DIGITAL RECORDING PRINCIPLES

MUSICAL LISTENING AND IDENTIFICATION

30.00
SEQUENCING TECHNOLOGY MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC I AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES SONGWRITING

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

129.5 128

16

17
ART HISTORY

18

19

20

MUSICAL ARRANGEMENT INTERACTIVE AUDIO

MUSIC GENRES

ADVANCED MUSIC THEORY

MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

21

22
ADVANCED MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING

23

24

25

MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA

PROFESSIONAL WRITING

HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC II

26

27

28

29

30

MUSIC COPYRIGHT AND PUBLISHING

ADVANCED MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA

GAME MUSIC COMPOSITION

ADVANCED AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES

PROFESSIONAL WORKFLOW

99.50
CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

226

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MPR 4315 MPR 4001 MPR 1751

Advanced Audio Production Techniques


The Advanced Audio Production Techniques Course focuses on professional audio mixing and editing. Students will develop strategies by successfully navigating through production scenarios common in music and sound for media.

Advanced Music Production for Media


The Advanced Music Production for Media Course teaches students how music and sound contribute to multimedia storytelling. Beginning with a survey of animation shorts and films, students learn to identify the standards and develop music compositional skills for each genre. Students then create a score to accompany an animation short or short film.

Audio Fundamentals
It is vital that todays music production student has a solid understanding of basic audio fundamentals and how they relate to the digital realm. This course examines basic audio fundamentals and the ways in which sound is represented in a digital format. These preliminary concepts prepare students for working with audio in various digital audio applications using several media formats.

Course Outline
Advanced Signal Flow DAW Automation Audio Editing in Music and Sound for Picture Strategies for Music Mixing

Course Outline
Animation and Film Survey Animation and Film Production Roles and Organization Creating Moods, Tension and Release Composing to Picture

Course Outline
Fundamentals of Audio Waveforms Fundamentals of Harmonics Binary Digits Fundamentals of Digital Audio Capture and Reproduction Fundamentals of Digital Audio Media Formats

Total credit hours MPR 4301

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Creating Musical Characters

Total credit hours MUT 3413

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Advanced Music Composition Programming


Students in the Advanced Music Composition Programming Course will discover new and interesting ways of organizing musical time and space while building upon concepts encountered in previous creative, theoretical, and technical courses. Students will dig deep into the digital audio workstation environment by exploring some of the ways composers and producers use such software creatively. In addition to extensive reading, listening and analysis, students will develop an exciting new composition to add to their portfolio.

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Advanced Music Theory


Students in the Advanced Music Theory Course build upon their prior music theory training in the program, toward a more comprehensive knowledge of musical structure. Primary topics introduced within the course include counterpoint, chromatic harmony, diatonic modes, phrase structure, and advanced aural skills. Students also analyze scores and lead sheets of compositions that represent several musical genres and eras.

REC 3803

Audio Postproduction
The Audio Postproduction Course provides students with an overview of production sound and audio postproduction sound design for film and television. Subjects include the history of the audio postproduction process, the recording of production sound, timecode and synchronization, the film audio postproduction process, and the television audio postproduction process.

Course Outline
Advanced Rhythmic Techniques Alternative Scales & Modes Extended Harmony, Modulation & Key Relationships Melody & Countermelody Sound Design Mixing Concepts

Course Outline
Harmonic Analysis Rhythmic Analysis Rhythm Section Analysis Musical Form

Course Outline
History of Audio Postproduction Recording Production Audio for Film and Video Timecode and Synchronization Film Audio Postproduction Process Television Audio Postproduction Process

Total credit hours 3.50 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

4.50

Course length

4 weeks

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

227

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MPR 2413 MPR 3451 MUH 4053

Audio Production Techniques


The Audio Production Techniques Course explores the digital audio workstation environment through the study of digital audio concepts and practices. Students will receive instruction and hands-on practical experience with industry standard computer-based recording systems. After completing this course students will be competent with in the box digital audio production methods and session management.

Game Music Composition


Creating music for game audio requires a radical shift in production strategy because of the conditional-access design of games. In the Game Music Composition Course, students study game music and design, analyze design approaches, synthesize and use a toolbox of production strategies through group collaboration led by the educator. Students music skills continue to develop through the construction and production of a course project.

History of Popular Music II


With a basis in the origin of American music from the History of Popular Music I, the History of Popular Music II Course illustrates how the music industry continued to evolve. While Bob Dylan, The Beatles, and James Brown led popular music into its most creative period, the baby boomer generation developed a political awareness. Their revolutionary movements later settled into apathy in the late 70s, and the music business took a profitable turn by developing a business model of selection and promotion. From 1975 through recent decades, the convergence of film, magazines, MTV, and the Internet in the promotion of new acts has cultivated a broad array of career paths for todays student amid every facet of the music industry.

Course Outline
Recording & Editing Mixing & Remixing Audio File Management Session Preparation

Course Outline
Game Music Survey The Game Design Process and Team Nonlinear Musical Development Nonlinear Musical Character Development Developing a Game Environment with Sound and Music

Course Outline
The Popular Music Revolution 19651970 Big Business Music, Promotion Convergence vs. the Fringe 19701990

Total credit hours MPR 1852

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Digital Recording Principles


Advancements in computer hardware and software have led to a revolution in music production. High-quality results can now be achieved economically without the necessity for large-format facilities. In the Digital Recording Principles Course, students receive training on how to get professional-sounding results from their laptop-based project studio environment.

Total credit hours MUH 2053

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours REC 3624

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

History of Popular Music I


The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations through every decade. The History of Popular Music I Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times, examining each musical styles respective sociological and technological precedents. Students will explore the unique historical and cultural conditions that serve to make American music distinctly original.

Interactive Audio
The Interactive Audio Course introduces students to the importance of high quality audio for all applications of interactive media. Students delve into specific examples of audio components and explore how the elements apply to the final product. The course provides a survey of audio, computer, and synthesis fundamentals as applied to streaming audio, video games, and other interactive content.

Course Outline
Mac OS System Audio Recording Software Overview Maximizing Input Devices Standard Music Production Practice Common Challenges in the Project Studio Environment

Course Outline
Fundamentals of Audio for Interactive Sound Design and Postproduction for Various Interactive Media Digital Audio Theories and Interactive Media Issues

Course Outline
Roots of American Music: EuropeanAmerican Folk, and Blues/Gospel Urban and Rural Popular Forms of the Early 20th Century: Jazz Age, Pop, Country The Pop Music for Youth Explosion, 1945 to 1965

Total credit hours

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Media Applications Multichannel Surround Sound Formats and Applications

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

228

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUB 131 MUM 3308 MPR 4853

Music Business Management


The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies.

Music Copyright and Publishing


The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their own music composition as well as those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, this course covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriters contract, and publishing options and also provides an overview of publishing companies.

Music Production Final Project


The Music Production Final Project Course provides opportunities for Music Production students to contribute artistry, technical ability, and social skills to meet the needs of a student project. The course provides an opportunity to conceptualize a complete, collaborated preproduction work schedule with a final project student group. Each step of the process is supervised and approved by the Music Production Final Project staff.

Course Outline
Distribution Fundamentals Distribution Deal Types Funding a Music Project Licensing Income Interpersonal Sales Techniques Direct Response Infomercials Internet Distribution & Promotion Social E-Commerce in Music Business

Course Outline
Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties

Course Outline
Creating a Demo/Portfolio of Work Choosing Available Projects Concept Negotiation How to Negotiate an Agreement and a Contract Preproduction Final Presentation and Peer/Faculty Review

Total credit hours MPR 2301

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks MPR 3701

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Music Composition Programming


The Music Composition Programming Course instructs students on the process of capturing and developing new musical ideas. By utilizing skills learned in the prerequisite Music Theory and Musical Listening and Identification Courses, students transcribe their melodies and bass lines into musical notation with music composition software and learn to develop their ideas using various compositional methods. Loop-based sequencing with professional audio software programs are utilized to provide each student with a powerful set of music content creation tools.

Total credit hours MPR 3113

Music Production for Media Music Genres


Musical genres are often associated with distinct lifestyles and attitudes. These associations can be used to tell the story of a character or product with genre-based music. For that reason, composers who can produce music in many styles have more to offer their clients. Students build this competency in the Musical Genres Course by arranging and producing songs that make use of specific genre attributes. Students in the Music Production for Media Course create music to fit within typical broadcast branding and advertising found in the real world. Beginning with an exploration of music in branding and marketing, students learn to discern the elements that constitute standards in professional commercial music production. Music skills are continually developed through the construction and production of advertisement and jingle campaign packages as well as a website branding project.

Course Outline
Loop Based Composition Programming Drum Loops Composing Melodies Composing Bass Lines Harmonizing Melodies

Course Outline
Media Survey: Music Branding and Advertising for Radio, Television, and the Web Sonic Branding Jingle Campaigns

Course Outline
Roots Genre Arrangements Modern Genre Arrangements

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Pop Genre Arrangements

Producing a Campaign

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

229

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MPR 1001 MPR 3311 OAA 1000

Music Theory I
Successful completion of the Music Theory I Course will create a solid basis for further musical understanding. The class focuses on essential topics while providing more advanced students an opportunity to review the rudiments of musical language. Topics to be covered include note identification, interval recognition, major scale construction, basic rhythmic notation and ear training. Music Theory I equips the student with the tools needed to effectively communicate fundamental musical concepts.

Musical Arrangement
The Musical Arrangement Course addresses instrumentation and arranging techniques. This course focuses on developing an understanding of the nature and limitations of acoustic and electronic instruments, as well as effective formulaic techniques for successful arrangement. Instrumental families utilized in the course include bowed strings, woodwinds, and brass. Arranging techniques explored include pads, two-part melodic harmonization, and mechanical voicings. Additional course topics address creating a musical score, exporting MIDI data from Sibelius, and mixing tracks in Apple Logic to create a synthesized performance.

Overview of the Audio Arts Industries


The Overview of the Audio Arts Industries Course examines the various and interrelated sectors of the industry, enabling students to develop a view of it from the perspective of a professional. Students will explore common terms prevalent across the audio arts industries as a means of studying the discipline from a wide-angle view. In addition, students will examine current industry trends and the variety of careers available in the audio arts, with an eye toward developing the requisite skills for their discipline of study.

Course Outline
Notes, the Keyboard, Staff Notation and Basic Rhythmic Notation Basic Intervals and Meters Major Scales and Diatonic Intervals Consonance vs. Dissonance and Basic Composition

Course Outline
Arranging Budgets and Management Development of an Engineering Style Psychology and Creative Development

Course Outline
Overview of the Audio Arts Industries The Disciplines that Comprise the Audio Arts Industries Current Trends and Visions of the Future Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Audio Arts Industries

Total credit hours MUT 1024

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MUT 1212

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MPR 4411

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Music Theory II
The Music Theory II Course continues an in-depth study of the workings of musical structure first explored in Music Theory I. Students will study melody, harmony, and rhythm, and will continue to develop notational and aural skills. The focus of the course lies in understanding the construction of music and gaining the ability to communicate effectively with musicians, composers, directors, programmers, and producers in a professional audio production environment.

Musical Listening and Identication


The most vital instruments in the music producers possession are his or her ears. The Musical Listening and Identification Course introduces the lifelong practice of developing musical and aural discernment. Music recognition begins with identifying musical intervals and progresses to the transcription of simple melodies, chords, and bass lines. Students learn rhythmic identification beginning with simple meter beat counting and progressing to distinguish simple grooves and basic phrasing. Basic song form ingredients are explored and differentiated.

Professional Workow
Topics addressed in the Professional Workflow Course include file labeling, submission, and delivery methods required for collaboration between remote locations. This course helps to develop students professional understanding of industry standards, workflow, protocol, and etiquette. Students use these collaborative skills while contributing to the final project.

Course Outline
Triads Roman Numeral Analysis Key Signatures Forms of the Minor Mode Seventh Chords

Course Outline
Audio File Management and Documentation Production Milestones and Delivery Specifications Documentation for Television, Film, and Game Music Data Storage Solutions and Back-Up Solutions Collaboration Methodology in Media Production Mixing and Basic Mastering

Course Outline
Musical Intervals Recognizing Scales and Triads Accompaniments and Introduction to Groove Transcription Techniques Instrument Families: Strings, Winds, Drums, Percussion Discover Timbre through Synthetic Imitation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course Length

4 weeks

Meter and Counting Melody and Phrase

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

230

Course Descriptions
Program Core
REC 1732

General Education
ART 2007 IMK 302

Sequencing Technology
The Sequencing Technology Course explores the use of MIDI-based hardware and software in music production, live performance, and studio control. Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) is the electronic marriage of music and computer technology that revolutionized music composition, recording, performance, and arrangement. Students will be introduced to the history, principles, and varied uses of MIDI, as well as sequencing techniques, synchronization, troubleshooting, and MIDI system design. Students will also survey the effect of MIDI on the modern recording studio environment and examine live MIDI applications.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Cultural Studies and the Web


The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice.

Course Outline
Ancient Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism

Course Outline
MIDI Concepts Sequencing MIDI Hardware and Software Synchronization

Medieval and Renaissance Art

Total credit hours 4 weeks MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MPR 3011

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics

Songwriting
In the Songwriting Course, basic lyric writing techniques will be addressed. Students will learn to develop a concept into a complete song, while applying successful melodic, harmonic, rhythmic and formal musical structures learned in previous courses. Topics include lyrical subject matter, rhymes and rhyme schemes, lyric poetic devices, song form, and the song production process.

The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

DGL 1012

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Title and Concept Popular Song Form Compositional Decision Making Tools for Successful Lyric Writing Songwriting and the Production Process

Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Linear Equations & Inequalities

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

231

Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 ENC 326

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Professional Writing
The Professional Writing Course focuses on preparing students to write effectively and apply contemporary technologies and business communication best-practices in todays workplace. Students learn to recognize the link between developing their writing skills and career success. The analysis of communication in organizations, including barriers and methods for overcoming those barriers, leads students to understand the ethical goals of a business communicator. From concept to practice, students learn and apply different business writing formats, styles, and techniques in writing business letters, professional email and memos, and formal and informal reports.

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Multi-Disciplinary Writing Manuscripts and Adaptations Reports and Proposal Writing

Total credit hours PSC 1030

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and Proofreading Professional Documents Audience Analysis

Fundamentals of Physical Science


The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.

Total credit hours DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas

Course Outline
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

M US I C P RODUC T I ON

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

232

Journalism
Master of Arts Degree Program
The power of information has only increased with the progress of digital technology, and today, we have greater access than ever to news in its myriad forms. Traditional media outlets like television and newspapers are now complemented by Internet-connected devices that can keep you constantly updated with news and opinions. Each of these outlets demand specic skills from todays journalists, but those professionals who can combine journalism fundamentals with technological savvy are the ones who will help shape the future of information media. The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches you how to create engaging stories across a variety of different platforms, helping you develop the skills needed to be an adaptable content creator. In addition to the core requirements of journalism reporting, writing, editing youll also learn to use photography, streaming video, and interactive graphics to augment the story youre trying to tell. By teaching the skills youll need to become a more effective and versatile communicator, the New Media Journalism masters degree program will help prepare you for a professional career in todays rapidly evolving media landscape.

New Media

Areas of Focus
Multimedia Content Development Fine Arts Personal Branding Effects

Modeling Interactive Media Final Project/ Demo Reel CreDistribution Animation ation

NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

Master of Arts Degree Program

233

Areas of Focus

your WORK

PROMOTE

recognizable VOICE
Multimedia Content Development
Information technology has helped expand the way journalists are able to tell their stories. Instead of just posting an article online, youre now able to support it with embedded video, audio, and interactive graphics that deepen the impact of your narrative. The New Media Journalism degree program offers much more than just theory in this area, as youll be taught how to use powerful graphics software in courses like Digital News Production and Multimedia Development and Editing. Youll work with these applications to master professional photo editing, le management, video post-production, and web development as they relate to different media outlets. The last course in the program brings together all of these components for a nal capstone project. Students pick a subject to feature, and use their understanding of different storytelling methods to create a complete multimedia package that combines elements of text, photography, video, and graphics. This will also include a web portion, with students keeping a blog that chronicles their work, as well as maintaining a website that supports the themes of the project.
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

engaging
communication

STYLE

Master of Arts Degree Program

234

Areas of Focus

master professional

PHOTO EDITING
Interactive Media Distribution
The growth of interactive media is a huge benet for todays journalists, who now have more options than ever for producing a wide range of content for emerging outlets like social media networks, blogs, mobile devices, and online video broadcasts. These areas each have their own specic content needs, and in classes like New Media Publishing and Distribution and Writing for Interactive Media, youll learn how to apply traditional storytelling techniques to the writing styles appropriate for different platforms. Curriculum also covers how to structure articles and create a narrative ow within the connes of different design aesthetics. Your study also includes research into distribution methods, syndication, and consumer trends, as well as what kinds of factors steer people toward one media outlet or another. By understanding both the platforms youre writing for and their core audiences, youll be able to build a successful journalism career working in different types of media.

le MANAGEMENT
VIDEO post-production
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

WEBdevelopment
|

Master of Arts Degree Program

235

Areas of Focus

consumer TRENDS
Personal Branding
When it comes to online journalism, a writers biggest asset is being able to develop a recognizable voice that attracts loyalty in readers. Having your own marketable brand will open up new avenues of work, which is why the New Media Journalism degree program encourages students to solidify their messaging in classes like Social Media and Online Community Engagement, and Public Relations and Reputation Management. Youll also learn the importance of interacting with different online communities and forums, networking with fans, and incorporating reader feedback into your writing all of which will help you to establish your online presence and promote your work. Regardless of the media outlet, readers are attracted to personalities they can relate to, and youll learn how to apply your thoughts and opinions into an engaging communication style.

CREATE NARRATIVE flow

social Media

syndication

BLOGS

NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

Master of Arts Degree Program

236

Areas of Focus

Overview
The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program addresses the opportunities for communication in todays media industry, with a focus on the mechanics of current technologies and how they enhance both narrative structure and visual storytelling. As a student in the program, youll explore methods of research, reporting, and publishing on a variety of multimedia platforms while taking into account different approaches that each platform requires. Specialized courses teach you how to apply methods of traditional journalism to writing for interactive media, including reporting using online resources and social media, public relations, and addressing and resolving legal issues in the digital domain. Youll also learn how to produce visual and text-based content for multimedia platforms, and publish that content through different digital delivery systems. Youll apply this collected knowledge to a nal capstone project that will consist of a sustained study of a journalistic topic that will be published to a website or blog, and incorporate text, photography, video, graphics, and other storytelling elements. Youll also document the evolution of the project with a supporting thesis paper, giving you a comprehensive communications project to showcase your abilities as a media journalist. Full Sail Universitys Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as you launch your career search in the eld of journalism. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers.

Objective
The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches students how new media technology shapes contemporary journalism in philosophy, practice, and delivery. The curriculum addresses the concepts, processes, and tools utilized in digital news production, digital newsroom management, multimedia reporting, and social media writing, as well as the legal and ethical aspects of new media journalism. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take advantage of growing career opportunities for multimedia writers, reporters, producers, managers, and editors. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

Master of Arts Degree Program

237

New Media Journalism


Master of Arts Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code NMJ 570 NMJ 641 NMJ 610 NMJ 550 NMJ 590 NMJ 510 NMJ 670 NMJ 690 NMJ 650 NMJ 540 NMJ 620 NMJ 520 Totals: Course Digital News Production Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism Mobile Technology and Communications Multimedia Development and Editing Multimedia Reporting New Media and Communications New Media Journalism Final Project New Media Publishing and Distribution Public Relations and Reputation Management Research and Investigation Skills Development Social Media and Online Community Engagement Writing for Interactive Media Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 48.00
11
NEW MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION NEW MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS WRITING FOR INTERACTIVE MEDIA LEGAL ASPECTS IN NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3 4
RESEARCH & INVESTIGATION SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

5
MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT & EDITING

8
MOBILE TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS

9
SOCIAL MEDIA & ONLINE COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT

10
PUBLIC RELATIONS & REPUTATION MANAGEMENT

DIGITAL NEWS PRODUCTION

MULTIMEDIA REPORTING

12
NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM FINAL PROJECT

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

48 48

NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

Master of Arts Degree Program

238

Course Descriptions
Program Core
NMJ 570 NMJ 610 NMJ 590

Digital News Production


The Digital News Production Course prepares students to work in the evolving media environment by introducing them to the theories, techniques, and skills used in online newsrooms and for news-related websites. The goal of the course is for students to develop the fundamental skills necessary to take assembled journalistic content and distribute the content across integrated platforms in the format of a newscast or news report. The course provides students the conceptual skills necessary to integrate interactive content and to present online journalism holistically.

Mobile Technology and Communications


The Mobile Technology and Communications Course studies the many ways in which mobile devices are transforming the process of newsgathering and the telling of news narratives. Students explore how journalists can produce visual and text-based content specifically for consumption on these devices, and how journalists must alter their stories or presentation not only for the technology of each device, but also to best engage the different audiences that use each device. The course also examines how non-Western and Third World cultures use mobile technology to communicate their experiences to the rest of global society.

Multimedia Reporting
In the Multimedia Reporting Course, students learn how to access, transfer and process electronic information, and how to gain ownership of a story by presenting that information in a visual, useful, and factual way. Students become proficient in conceiving stories and packages that will work well on the web, practice on-camera presentation for Web and multimedia stories, and learn how to organize raw material into a news-oriented narrative. The course provides instruction towards visual storytelling and story advancement and evolution, with guidance regarding hardware and software that journalists must know for multimedia reporting.

Course Outline
Recording Audio Reports Shooting Video Reports Audio Slideshows Computer Animation Multimedia Distribution

Course Outline
Mobile Applications Flash and CSS Intelligent Networks Sociology of Mobile Device Usage Content Distribution

Course Outline
Objectivity, Fairness and Accuracy Interviewing Techniques Interactive Reporting Presentation Skills Story Evolution

Total credit hours NMJ 641

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours NMJ 550

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours NMJ 510

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism


The Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism Course identifies complex media legal issues presented by the expansion of digital and mobile technology, and helps students think critically about how to resolve these issues. The course explores whether or not traditional media laws and regulations apply to the Internet, and if so, which laws and in what application. Students discuss First Amendment and media law, including libel and slander, privacy, free press/fair trial conflicts, as well as ethical dilemmas faced by reporters and editors.

Multimedia Development and Editing


The Multimedia Development and Editing Course is an introduction to the multimedia news production process focusing on news communication technologies that have created new media, new language, and new video interfaces, and how the principles and concepts of visual communication are employed in digital media. Students in this course learn best practices of photography, photo management, video production, audio production, web skills, and advanced postproduction techniques, and then apply these visual information skills to upload content to a website, mobile device, or application. Students also learn how to deploy these technologies to produce and edit sophisticated multimedia content for multiple platforms, including converged environments.

New Media and Communications


In preparing graduate level students to work in the changing media universe, the New Media and Communications Course aims to foster effective communication in digital and online environments. Students gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and limitations of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. The course introduces students to the concepts of how individual journalists can use new media presentation tools to make sure important work reaches its intended audiences.

Course Outline
Ethics of Mass Media and New Media Media Behavior Non-Professional Journalism New Journalism Laws

Course Outline
Interface and Database Communication Traditional and Non-Traditional News Organizations Data Visualization

Course Outline
4 weeks
Photo and File Management Editing Images Text Formatting Post-Production Techniques Website Construction and Development

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

Convergence Culture

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

Master of Arts Degree Program

239

Course Descriptions
Program Core
NMJ 690 NMJ 650 NMJ 620

New Media Journalism Final Project


In the New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program, students must complete a capstone New Media Journalism Final Project as a requirement for graduation. To complete this project, students utilize what they have learned about the mission, methods, and experience of multimedia reporting to undertake a comprehensive, sustained study of a single subject. The final project consists of a journalistic package that combines the elements of text, photos, video, graphics, and other elements to tell that story. Each student publishes a blog and/or establishes a website that includes multimedia pieces that document his or her project in evolution and writes a research-based and supported thesis paper that serves as an in-depth exploration of the project.

Public Relations and Reputation Management


The Public Relations and Reputation Management Course addresses the ethical responsibilities of multimedia journalists as they apply to story development, audience reaction, story evolution, and personal and organizational message control. Students learn how consumers absorb, act, and react upon news based on media format and content emphasized in that format. The course also provides an overview of the media industry landscape, examining how the different players interact and how they balance being news gatherers and content creators for the purpose of generating revenue from the content.

Social Media and Online Community Engagement


The Social Media and Online Community Engagement Course is an examination of how information is shared outside professional journalism, how journalists can interact with communities, and the ways in which social technology shapes cultures, governments, and communications. Students learn theoretical and practical approaches to understanding, designing, building, and using virtual communities, and how user-generated content within those communities expands the definition of news. The course also helps journalists understand how to leverage social media to find story ideas, engage audiences, and promote their work.

Course Outline
New Media Practices Crisis Management Story Evolution

Course Outline
Review of New Media Journalism Concepts Story Pitch and Proposal Online Research Multimedia Package and Presentation Thesis Paper

Course Outline
Citizen and Participatory Journalism Virtual Communities Newsgroup Management Political and Cultural Engagement

Audience/Consumer Empowerment Strategic Communication Management

Total credit hours 4 weeks NMJ 540

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours NMJ 520

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total Hours NMJ 670

4.00

Course length

Research and Investigation Skills Development


The Research and Investigative Skills Development Course examines the massive shifts in the media environment and challenges students to re-imagine how they can uncover, research, and produce investigative stories in that environment. Students will study the fundamentals of research, examine the relationship between research and theory, and explore research ethics. The course also helps students experience the process of online research and how to build credible sourcing to substantiate their work. The course addresses topics that require students to contemplate the validity of conclusions formed from online research and to consider alternative strategic approaches for comprehensive completed projects.

Writing for Interactive Media


A primary objective of the Writing for Interactive Media Course is for students to master narrative principles by examining new ways of telling interactive, narrative stories for visual and digital media while learning through experience about the critical role that multimedia methods play in engaging audiences with complex information. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how journalists convey themes through their writing. Students establish habits for thinking comprehensively about the storytelling process by learning how to identify stories and engaging in the development of specific storytelling processes including voice, context, dialogue, character, time, and space. The course emphasizes how story structures change across different delivery systems and platforms.

New Media Publishing and Distribution


The New Media Publishing and Distribution Course examines the broad economic issues facing the field of journalism in the digital age: global competition, multiple distribution platforms, evolving technology and consumer behaviors, and fractionalized revenue streams. Students explore the concepts of interactive publishing and management by learning how to marry journalism fundamentals with the technologies of interactive publishing. Course instruction addresses issues of newsroom organization, content development, budgeting, responsibilities, and standards in a 24-hour multimedia news environment.

Course Outline
Economic Challenges in Online Newsrooms Collaborative Publishing Models Syndication Streams Online Advertising and Sponsorship

Course Outline
Online Archival Research Crowdsourcing Databases Source Credibility Statistical Analysis and Conclusion

Course Outline
Topic Identification Interactive Storytelling Thematic Structure and Development Narrative and Explanatory Journalism

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M

Master of Arts Degree Program

240

Animation
Master of Arts Degree Program

Computer Relations
to launch powerful conversations with an organizations consumers and advocates through social media. The Public Relations program can take you beyond the basics of PR through handson experience with new social tools and project-based work. You can become familiar with industry-standard utilities and software along with current workow practices, giving students the skills they need for a future in public relations.

Public

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Emerging media channels like blogs, social networks, and consumer review sites have magnied the need for qualied PR specialists that understand these digital media tools. The opportunities for public relations are growing due to organizations that want to take advantage of these new channels to create meaningful, positive dialogue with the public. In turn, professionals who can combine traditional PR practices with social media skills will be on the forefront in the communications industry. In the online Public Relations masters degree program, you can learn what goes into being an effective PR professional in todays fast-moving media landscape. During this 12-month program, youll explore the planning, executing, and evaluation of media strategies while learning how

Areas of Focus
New Media PR Strategies Media Relations Fine Arts Brand & Modeling Message Development Animation Reputation Management Measuring Effects PR Results and Final ROI Project/ Demo Reel Creation

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

241

Areas of Focus real-TIME SOCIAL media networks

SHARING
content

content

crowd sourcing
CURATION

real-TIME

media

traditional

SHARING

crowd sourcing

content

CURATION

content

New Media PR Strategies


The world of media has exploded with interactive tools that connect people and organizations like never before. When understood and used strategically, they can provide tremendous opportunity for public relations professionals. Throughout your coursework, youll be introduced to the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks, real-time media, and content sharing. Youll also explore behaviors such as crowdsourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation, and learn about technology such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms.

media channels

NONTRADITIONAL

ONAL

S T R AT E G Y

message

writing TECHNIQUES reputation MANAGEMENT

writing TECHNIQUES market consumer

market

consumer campaign research COORDINATION

COORDINATION

campaign

research

on

strategy

tegy

content QUANTITATIVE SHARING

IVE

qualitative

ive

measurements PUBLIC audience


TRENDS

crowd so u rc ing audience search


TRENDS

CURATION

content

Media Relations
Since newspaper days, public relations professionals have had a symbiotic relationship with journalists. Often, many of the stories you read about or see on TV news have originated through a press release. Today, the journalist could be a blogger, an inuential voice on Twitter, an advocacy group, or even a disgruntled customer armed with a webcam and content a YouTube account. s our ci ng

rements

search RELATIONS

NEW MEDIA market PUBLIC PR STRATEGIES RELATIONS consumer

COORDINATION networks

campaign SOCIAL

real-TIME

media

SHARING

content

crowd

CURATION

research

PUBLIC MEDIA RELATIONS NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES RELATIONS


BRAND & MESSAGE NEW MEDIA DEVELOPMENT MEDIA RELATIONS PR STRATEGIES

traditional

SOCIAL channels media

NONTRADITIONAL

networks

real-TIME

media

SHARING

content

message traditional SOCIAL S T R AT EGY NONTRADITIONAL networks media channels

writing real-TIME TECHNIQUES

media

SHARING consumer research

content

market

In the Public Relations masters degree program, youll learn the best way to engage with traditional and nontraditional media channels to achieve PR goals, as content well as how to work withs both skeptics our ci ngand advocates of CURATION your organization as they share their opinions through the media. Youll also learn how to work with experts to represent your clients missions with authority.

crowd

COORDINATION crowd s our ci ng


P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

campaign
|

CURATION Master of Arts Degree Program

content

242

networks
Areas of Focus

NONTRADITIONAL CURATION media channels

traditional

media channels

NONTRADITIONAL

BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT

S T R AT E G Y

message

writing TECHNIQUES

E S TA B L I S H M E N T

audience

writing TECHNIQUES

market PUBLIC consumer research RELATIONS

REPUTATION COORDINATION MANAGEMENT

campaign

reputation MANAGEMENT

strategy
content

reputation DEFENSE

Brand & Message repair Development

NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES

SOCIAL MEASURING networks


PR RESULTS AND ROI

QUANTITATIVE

qualitative

real-TIME

media

SHARING audience
TRENDS

measurements

search

measurements

qualitative

Message strategy is at the heart of PR. As a public QUANTITATIVE

relations professional, your job is to help craft the voice and goals of your client or organization, and TRENDS establish which audiences you need to reach. Youll learn how to amplify your writing style and adapt it for different media, from press releases to social media updates. Youll also learn how to use writing techniques to develop strong, consistent messages that inform and persuade audiences.

audience

search

MEDIA RELATIONS

traditional

media channels

NONTRADITIONAL

BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT

S T R AT E G Y

message

writing TECHNIQUES

market
consumer

research

real-TIME SOCIAL Understanding your audience media is crucial to your networks traditional

SHARING

content

efforts, and through classes in market and consumer research, youll learn how to use research tools to identify your target market and competition. Youll also learn how to ensure that your brands message NONTRADITIONAL stays consistent across all channels, and how to dia channels coordinate campaigns across social media, mobile platforms, and traditional outlets.

REPUTATION MANAGEMENT

content crowd s o u r cing MANAGEMENT CURATION strategy


QUANTITATIVE

reputation

MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI

qualitative
COORDINATION

audience
TRENDS

message

R AT E G Y

writing TECHNIQUES

market
consumer

campaign

measurements

search

research

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

243

Areas of Focus

BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT

S T R AT E G Y

message

PUBLIC RELATIONS

REPUTATION MANAGEMENT

reputation MANAGEMENT
content

UBLIC Reputation LATIONS

Management

The concept of reputation management has grown in importance throughout the realm of public relations in recent years. PR professionals now W MEDIA need to transition their efforts from being reactive STRATEGIES through crisis management, to proactively observing conversations about their brands and speaking openly with the public.

Measuring PR Results NEW MEDIA and ROI PR STRATEGIES


An important aspect of the Public Relations masters program is for you to learn how to not content -TIME only successfully create and implement public media SHARING MEDIA RELATIONS relations strategies, but also how to measure their effectiveness to prove value to your clients.

strategy

SOCIAL networks

real-TIME
MEASURING

media

SHARING QUANTITATIVE

SOCIAL networks

real

PR RESULTS crowd sourcing traditional AND ROI

media channels

NONTRADITIONAL

CURATION

content

qualitative

measurements

PUTATION NAGEMENT

media to channels how to monitor and respond public changes in sentiment regarding your client or organization. Youll learn how to defend and repair a damaged reputation, and how to address social threats such as dated or AND & MESSAGE inaccurate information theB press, uninformed VELOPMENT Ein S TA L I S Hor ME NT critics on the web. Youll also discover how reputation management strategies can protect and bolster your own personal brand as a professional. reputation

DIA RELATIONS In the Public Relations masters program, youll learn NONTRADITIONAL

traditional

In your coursework, youll learn how to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations tactics, using BRAND & MESSAGE numeric information to describe performance in DEVELOPMENT relation to your goals.

S T R AT E G Y

message

writing TECHNIQUES

market
consumer

audience

DEFENSE

repair
QUANTITATIVE

market Youll also examine quantitative and qualitative writing reputation consumer COORDINATION measurements to help provide context for audience TECHNIQUES REPUTATION research MANAGEMENT search trends, website trafc, and social behavior MANAGEMENT such as sharing content. Ultimately, you will learn how to develop and create reports that will develop your clients understanding and condence in the QUANTITATIVE public relations process.

campaign

research

strategy

ends

MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI

qualitative

audience
TRENDS

measurements

search

ASURING RESULTS D ROI

measurements

qualitative

audience
TRENDS

search

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

244

Areas of Focus

Overview
Throughout the Public Relations master of arts degree program, students will examine how new social tools and communication channels have changed the idea of what it means to be a public relations professional. Students will learn how to leverage social media in order to launch powerful dialogues with an organizations consumers and advocates. Along with learning the new digital tools, the Public Relations masters program will give students a solid foundation in traditional PR. Students will gain a solid grasp of how to plan, research, execute, and evaluate effective PR media plans. During the course of the program and in preparation for their nal thesis project, students will build a website and social channels from the ground up, fostering their own professional reputation and audience throughout the degree program.

Objective
The Internet and new media channels have had a profound impact on the eld of public relations. The rise of participatory media such as blogs, Twitter, and content-sharing sites has challenged the traditional ideal of who is a journalist dramatically altering how publicists and PR professionals engage to share their stories. In addition to traditional news media, todays PR professionals must also identify and develop credible and lasting relationships with inuential voices throughout the social media world. Effective PR messages are informative, newsworthy, and interesting but not to everyone and not all the time. Online PR professionals must compete with a broad spectrum of challenges and with a variety of social media participants, who all have their individual perspective of public relations and Internet marketing strategies. The Public Relations master of arts degree program is designed to provide students with a practical working knowledge of traditional PR methods and a handson understanding of the latest new social tools, communication channels, technologies, trends, and best practices. The 12-month program is focused on developing new media PR professionals with a solid understanding of traditional PR tradecraft, digital media expertise, and technical skills.

PUBLIC RELATIONS

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

245

Public Relations
PROGRAM CORE
Code PBR 530 PBR 620 PBR 540 PBR 630 PBR 520 PBR 560 PBR 610 PBR 640 PBR 699 PBR 510 PBR 650 PBR 550 Totals: Course

Master of Arts Degree Program


Chronological Schedule by Months
Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
6 7 8
EVENTS MARKETING & PRODUCTION PUBLIC RELATIONS IN A DIGITAL WORLD LEGAL ASPECTS OF SOCIAL MEDIA PUBLIC RELATIONS ADVANCED WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS PROFESSIONALS INNOVATIVE PUBLIC RELATIONS TOOLS & RESOURCES SOCIAL MEDIA METRICS & ROI

Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals Events Marketing and Production Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Integrated Marketing Communication Market and Consumer Research Analysis Media Relations The Online Media Room Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Public Relations in a Digital World Reputation Management Strategies Social Media Metrics and ROI

Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 36.00

9
INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION

10

MARKET & CONSUMER RESEARCH ANALYSIS

MEDIA RELATIONS

THE ONLINE MEDIA ROOM

11
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

12
PUBLIC RELATIONS FINAL PROJECT & THESIS

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

36 48

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

246

Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 530 PBR 620 PBR 540

Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals


In the age of viral video and other media channels and tools, the ability to share information and extend the narrative beyond text is critical. Effective PR means combining the right media to convey information to an audience at the right time. In the Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals Course, students will explore the advanced skills of writing PR material for the web and print and online media channels. Students will expand their knowledge of how to take traditional public relations writing pieces and apply advanced public relations techniques to broaden the message of their writing. These methods will allow students to understand how to strategically extend their writing for a variety of traditional and progressive formats including press releases, website content, and scripts. Students will also develop core storytelling skills by incorporating photography, video, and audio interviews to enhance their writing. By the end of the course, students will be able to create engaging multimedia content that not only informs but also persuades an audience.

Events Marketing and Production


Todays public relations professionals often create thematic events to generate buzz, build excitement, and stir interest for their professional community. From press conferences to flash mobs, digital media plays a critical role in ensuring that events are well publicized and organized. In the Events Marketing and Production Course, students will explore the role of public and digital events that support PR efforts and how these events generate awareness for their clients and/or company. Students will examine how PR is used to support and enhance events such as trade shows, product launches, and press conferences. Students will also consider the roll of meet-ups, digital presentations, mobile apps, and other initiatives that enhance the effect of both digital and real-world interactions.

Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources


Like the tools in a toolbox, different media techniques and technologies can solve different communication problems. In the Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Course, students will examine the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks (Facebook), real-time media (Twitter), and content sharing (YouTube, Flickr). Students will also investigate behaviors including crowd sourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation. The role of technologies such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms will also be explored. The course will offer students a deeper understanding of the unique properties of each platform as well as examine the kinds of tactical and strategic problems each technology addresses in the context of a PR campaign.

Course Outline
Professional Presentation, Public Speaking, and Spokesperson Development Leadership and Communication Meet-ups and Special Events

Course Outline
Platforms, Tools, and Techniques Blogging and Facebook Apps and Widgets Mobile and Tablet Applications

Course Outline
PR Multimedia Asset Production Public Relations and Scriptwriting Public Relations Writing Web-Based Communications and Development Visual Storytelling

Mobile Applications

Online Forums and Wikis

Publicity Photos and Multimedia

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

247

Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 630 PBR 520 PBR 560

Integrated Marketing Communication


Public relations professionals face unique challenges when it comes to communicating with an audience online and integrating these efforts into the overall corporate mission and marketing efforts. In the Integrated Marketing Communication Course, students will learn how to ensure that their PR message remains consistent across social media such as Twitter, Facebook, Blogs, and web video. Students will also examine how to coordinate applications, mobile platforms, and social media in order to maximize the efficacy of their campaign, observing how all of these efforts fit in to the overall corporate and/or client mission. Finally, students will consider how to integrate digital channels which can complement and support legacy outlets such as newspapers, radio, and magazines.

Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations


For all of the advantages that social media and technologies can provide to todays public relations professional, it is these same technologies that can also present a variety of risks and liabilities to an organization. In the Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations Course, students will investigate the spectrum of legal and ethical considerations that guide the responsible and ethical execution of PR project planning within an organization. Students will also consider the compromises organizations must make when balancing strategic interests, individual rights, and public engagement. Students will examine how to avoid and address legal concerns such as libel, slander, and infringement in their professional communication. The ethical considerations of attempting to influence legislation and working with publically funded organizations will also be explored. Finally, students will examine these legal issues in the context of current technologies and future trends.

Market and Consumer Research Analysis


In the Market and Consumer Research Analysis Course, students will learn how to examine various professional public relations and marketing resources to identify their market, competition, and consumer. After learning how to research for this information, the student will learn how to target their public relations campaigns to attract their desired client. In support of this objective, students will examine how to capture and retrieve demographic and industry data using a variety of tools ranging from surveys and focus groups to public data, third-party web metrics. Students will then investigate how to analyze, evaluate, and present industry data within a professional context. Finally, students will consider how to select the appropriate digital medium/channel mix for their campaign by matching the right communication tool to both the right organizational objective and the right audience.

Course Outline
Internet Marketing Fundamentals Social Media and Online Community Engagement Social Media PR Case Studies Strategic Communication Management Digital Content Strategy

Course Outline
Marketing Research Audience Segmentation and Demographics Industry Analysis Selecting Digital Medium/ Channels/Platforms Evaluating Platforms

Course Outline
Libel and Slander Security Issues Working with a Legal Team

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Infringement and Copyright International Legal Considerations

Total credit hours Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

248

Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 610 PBR 640 PBR 699

Media Relations
Journalists have traditionally provided PR professionals with an opportunity to have their story told to a large audience by a trusted source. In the Media Relations Course, students will consider who the journalist is in the digital space and how the traditional objective for a journalist has changed as a result of the Internet and participatory media. Students will explore how a public relations professional must understand their media community and the best way to engage with the media in a professional manner to achieve their public relations goals. Students will examine how to engage both the advocates and skeptics of their organization with the media; they will also learn how to leverage their communitys subject matter experts to represent their mission with authority.

The Online Media Room


The traditional pressroom or media room is the hub of an organizations media outreach and engagement efforts to their consumer and/or client. In the online environment, this effort is typically reflected within a portion of the organizations webpage. In The Online Media Room Course, students will examine how to develop, integrate, and manage online media assets within the organizations webpage to support both external and internal public relations messages. Students will review topics ranging from the development and usability of digital media assets to the incorporation of progressive online media methods to strengthen a corporate web presence. Students will also examine how to integrate digital media assets with existing third-party social platforms such as Facebook and Twitter. Finally, students will explore best practices for managing and updating online media assets to encourage participation from across an organization.

Public Relations Final Project and Thesis


Students in the Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Course will deliver a capstone project as a requirement for the completion of their graduate education. This project will consist of a detailed public relations plan that demonstrates an in-depth understanding of the knowledge and concepts across the Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program curriculum. In addition to the digital media public relations plan, students will prepare a website that includes multimedia assets and a channel mix that support the public relations plan criteria and demonstrate a competency in the technical skills, research skills, and writing skills students have acquired in the degree. Students will also deliver a final thesis, which presents an examination of the plan and an analysis of key topics.

Course Outline
Media Publicity and Development Evangelists, Advocates, and Influencers How to Pitch the Media Owned vs. Earned Media Establishing Credibility and Authenticity

Course Outline
Problem Analysis and Proposal Academic Research Thesis Paper

Course Outline
Digital Press Room Management Media Room and Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Web Design and Usability Audience Interaction

Social Media PR Plan Social Media Mix

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Social Media Integration

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

249

Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 510 PBR 650 PBR 550

Public Relations in a Digital World


In the Public Relations in a Digital World Course, students will examine the dramatic impact of the Internet and a 24/7 media environment on the public relations (PR) process. Students will examine how the Internet and digital media have influenced not only the development of the PR profession but how PR is planned, distributed, and controlled. Through the development of the course, students will explore the role of PR across various departments within an organization and how a public relations team responds to a range of circumstances and priorities. By examining how PR is used to address a variety of strategic communication requirements and organizational goals, students will leave the course with a foundation for further exploration of these initiatives in a dynamic business environment.

Reputation Management Strategies


In the Reputation Management Strategies Course, students will learn how to monitor and respond to changes in sentiment and conditions that impact organizational initiatives and long-term strategic communication objectives. In addition to monitoring conversations, sentiment, and search ranking, students will also examine how to report social metrics and web analytics translating this information into effective planning and decision-making. Students will also examine options for defending and repairing reputations, as well as addressing social threats such as dated and inaccurate information in the press, misinformation, and critics on the web. Finally, students will consider how they can use these same strategies to monitor and manage their own online reputations as they develop their careers.

Social Media Metrics and ROI


The ability to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations efforts is critical to ensuring the success of any marketing and/or public relations campaign. In the Social Media Metrics and ROI Course, students will learn how to track, report, and analyze a variety of metrics that describe audience behavior and attitudes. In the course, students will learn how to use numeric information to describe and explain performance in relation to campaign goals and objectives. Students will examine quantitative and qualitative measurements to help provide context for audience search trends, website traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. In addition to exploring these metrics, students will also learn how to integrate these measures into their professional planning. The course will provide students with an understanding of both traditional and contemporary metrics and reporting tools for analyzing data. Ultimately, students will learn how to develop and create reports, which will develop a stakeholders understanding and confidence in the public relations process.

Course Outline
The Psychology of Social Groups Define the Role of Public Relations and Connect this Profession to the Evolution Online Evaluation of Media Literacy and Current Trends PR Planning Process

Course Outline
New Media Practices Audience/Consumer Empowerment Strategic Communication Management Crisis Management Story Evolution

Course Outline
Web Analytics Social Media Metrics Defining Campaign Objectives

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Social Media Optimization Reporting

Total credit hours

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS

Master of Arts Degree Program

250

Sports Marketing
Bachelor of Science Degree Program

& Media

Todays sports fans are connected to their favorite games, teams, and athletes more than ever before, as technology has brought athletes and their fans even closer together. Through new media and digital distribution efforts, sports organizations now have a wide range of opportunities to connect to their biggest supporters while reaching out to new and casual fans. Our Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program helps you gain the skills needed to become

the kind of professional who is able to understand both the creative process and the marketing considerations involved with the development of video, website content, and social media campaigns for sports organizations. As you learn about the business principles, content creation, and legal and ethical issues of the sports industry, youll develop the skills necessary to position yourself as a valuable player in the ever-evolving world of sports and media.

Areas of Focus
New Media Marketing Fine Arts Content Modeling Creation Animation Distribution Channels & Effects Social Media Final Project/ Presence Demo Reel Creation

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

251

skills
Areas of Focus

skills
CONTENT

marketing TECHNOLOGY
social
social MOBILE
D I G I TA L S P A C E S

pro

DE

CONTENT

creation

creation

MOBILE

DIGITAL CONTENT

maximize FAN TEAM CONNECTION

maximize

D I G I TA L S P A C E S

FAN TEAM CONNECTION

softwa C R E AT E engaging engaging F O U N D AT


CONTENT
CONTENT

C R E AT E

multiplemultiple
PLATFORM

DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS
BUSINESS

New PLATFORM Media Marketing


Technology has changed the way that sports fans connect with teams, leagues, franchises, and athletes, as well as how they interact with one another. As a result, team owners, venue owners, and other sports organizations are relying more and more on new media marketing techniques to foster fan loyalty and grow support. In exploring the strategies that are most effective for a sports-related business, youll develop client marketing plans, learn about sports sales and sponsorships and how they can aid you in your marketing efforts, and explore how the digital and mobile platforms specic to the sports industry can help you bring your message to the masses.

DEVELOPMENT THEORY

HIP

ills

I AT I N G

marketing TECHNOLOGY

professional

NETWORKING NETWORKING
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

DEVELOPMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

252

Areas of Focus

skills
CONTENT

N E G O T I AT I N G

LEADERSHIP

creation

skills
CONTENT
LEADERSHIP

N E G O T I AT I N G

maximize professional marketing DEVELOPM TECHNOLOGY FAN TEAM


CONNECTION

social

creation

DIGITAL MOBILE CONTENT Distribution Channels &


D I G I TA L S PA C E S

FAN TEAM skills


CONNECTION

N E G O T I AT I N G

maximize

marketing TECHNOLOGY
social

Social Media Presence


professional

engaging

DEVELOPMENT C R E AT E

CONTENT

creation

MOBILE

D I G I TA L S P A C E S

LEADERSHIP

skills

N E G O T I AT I N G

marketing TECHNOLOGY

FAN TEAM CONNECTION

maximize

multiple
PLATFORM
BUSINESS

professional

DEVELOPMENT software engaging F O U N D AT I O N


CONTENT

C R E AT E

Throughout the program, youll learn about the new media distribution channels that sports organizations are using to connect with fans and consumers, and determine which channels best suit the product F O U N D AT or service. Youll study the opportunities found in CONTENT channels such as web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and C O N T TV, EN T podcasting. Youll wikis, email, interactive and also gain a better understanding of how social networks can be employed to create and maintain an online connection with fans, connecting events, branding campaigns, and the media youve created.

softwa

DIGITAL

DEVELOPMENT

multiple DEVELOPMENT

253

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

N TEAM CONNECTION

aximize

Areas of Focus

CONTENT

F O U N D AT I O N

multiple
PLATFORM

engaging
CONTENT

C R E AT E

software
F O U N D AT I O N

FAN TEAM CONNECTION

maximize

engaging
CONTENT

C R E AT E

DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS

multiple
PLATFORM

multiple
PLATFORM

THEORY

DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS

DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS

NETWORKING

THEORY

DEVELOPMENT
NETWORKING

NETWORKING
Content Creation
Checking the score of the game or nding out the latest information about your favorite team is no longer about watching a ticker scroll by or checking the sports pages today, you can access all of that information from a device that can t in your pocket. In the Sports Marketing & Media degree program, youll learn how to craft compelling and engaging content for multiple platforms, including television, mobile devices, and the web. Youll conceptualize, create, and edit advertising materials, video elements, feature stories, podcasts, and business presentations, while learning about the process that goes into making mobile applications, video games, television broadcasts, and more.

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

254

Areas of Focus

Overview
Teams, companies, and organizations in the eld of sports business are rapidly moving into social, mobile, and digital spaces, while targeting opportunities to create content, control their messages, generate revenue, and create fan branding. These businesses are realizing that as the digital universe expands, they can connect with their respective clients and fan bases in a much more intimate way than has ever been possible. Because of this, the sports business has a universal need for creative minds who dont just understand and utilize technology, but who are able to communicate the information derived from it. In Full Sails Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program, youll have the opportunity to contribute to the new demands of the evolving eld of sports business, particularly from a position where digital art, design, communication, distribution, and marketing intersect. This online degree program will provide you with a fundamental understanding of how marketing and content creation are becoming much more integrated into the everyday operations of sports businesses. The degree program also provides practical, real-time opportunities for students to create, distribute, and market content and includes topics such as social media marketing, new media distribution, and intellectual property, public relations, and leadership. The collaborative, project-based program culminates in the Sports Marketing Final Project course, which requires students to create and produce a targeted sports business marketing campaign for a self-selected company (i.e., team, league, university, or marketer). To help you move towards your desired career, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and resume. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
The objective of the Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program is to help students develop and rene skills in marketing and technology, which will be valuable for communication, revenue generation, event operations, marketing, and business development within the eld of sports business. The degree program focuses on ways that students can maximize the connection between fans, teams, and athletes, and students will learn how to utilize the principles of marketing in a sports-specic context, while implementing original content on multiple platforms. Completion of the Sports Marketing & Media bachelors degree program will enable graduates to pursue new and emerging professional pathways in the eld of sports business.

SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

255

Sports Marketing and Media


Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code SMM 4111 WEB 2601 SMM 4751 SMM 1201 ENTB 376 PGY 1106 MAN 2020 MKT 210 PGY 2146 SMM 4833 SMM 3933 IMK 222 OBM 1000 SMM 101 SMM 102 SMM 203 SMM 3751 SMM 3561 SMM 3111 SMM 3621 SMM 4231 SMM 3231 SMM 4951 SMM 3413 SMM 3201 SMM 4561 WEB 2703 Totals:
*

GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 97.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Totals: 30.00 Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PPE 2110 STA 2027 DEP 1013 SPC 1606 Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Ethics and Psychology Introduction to Statistics Psychology of Play Public Speaking Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES

Course Business Project Management Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling Global Sports Marketing Strategies History of Sports Media Intellectual Property Introduction to Digital Photography Introduction to Management Introduction to Marketing Introduction to Video

DIGITAL LITERACY

PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

HISTORY OF SPORTS MEDIA

10

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT

PUBLIC SPEAKING

INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING

ART HISTORY

11
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY

12

13

14

15

Marketing Plans and Campaign Development Mobility Technology and Marketing New Media Distribution Channels Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Public Relations in Sports Social Media and Sports Marketing Sports Business Models Sports Events and Entertainment Sports Law and Contracts Sports Marketing Sports Marketing Final Project Sports Marketing Research Sports Media Sports Sales and Sponsorships Website Design and Editing

SPORTS MEDIA

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO

ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

127 128

16
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL STORYTELLING

17
WEBSITE DESIGN & EDITING

18
SPORTS BUSINESS MODELS

19

20
SPORTS MARKETING RESEARCH

SPORTS MARKETING

21
SOCIAL MEDIA & SPORTS MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I

22

23

24
NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS

25
MOBILITY TECHNOLOGY & MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II

SPORTS EVENTS & ENTERTAINMENT

PUBLIC RELATIONS IN SPORTS

26
BUSINESS PROJECT MANAGEMENT

27

28

29
SPORTS SALES & SPONSORSHIPS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III

30
GLOBAL SPORTS MARKETING STRATEGIES

SPORTS LAW & CONTRACTS

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program

31
MARKETING PLANS & CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT

32
SPORTS MARKETING FINAL PROJECT

Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

256

Course Descriptions
Program Core
SMM 4111 SMM 4751 ENTB 376

Business Project Management


The Business Project Management Course is a direct study of business management organizational structures through the creation of a project that allows an interactive examination of the principles of organizing, operating, financing, and employing single- and mixed-use projects from the perspectives of a business executive. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of sports business initiatives and strengthen their understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the industry. Students also begin developing their individual business proposal for their Final Project course and are challenged to pull together ideas and information from their program of study as they develop their proposal and explore its potential for becoming a viable business.

Global Sports Marketing Strategies


The Global Sports Marketing Strategies Course focuses on the development of international sports marketing as well as the global impact of sports organizations. Students learn about international business and how sports business functions within that environment. The course also explores how social issues impact sports and international society, and how these issues affect sponsorship, marketing campaigns, and global pursuits.

Intellectual Property
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.

Course Outline
Global Sports Bodies, Governance, and Structures Global Sports Sponsorship Dynamics Integrated Marketing Plans Marketing Planning Process

Course Outline
Intellectual Property Rights Fair Use Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire

Course Outline
Excel Data Reporting Organizational Principles Project Finance Business Plan Development

Total credit hours 4 weeks SMM 1201

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours PGY 1106

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WEB 2601

4.00

Course length

History of Sports Media Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling


The Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling Course aims to help students develop the fundamentals of writing and producing functional content for the World Wide Web. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how marketers and content developers convey themes through their writing. Students learn the techniques and methods for researching, reporting, messaging, and storytelling through the Web. The course helps students learn how to identify stories best told on the Web and how to best structure those stories for their audiences via different delivery systems, including interactive web pages. The History of Sports Media Course serves as an introduction to the cultural relationship between sports and media. The course provides an overview of sports media including influences, influential people, and moments. Students learn about the history of research, ethics, practices, and the societal impact of sports media both past and present. Special attention is given to traditional sports media outlets such as newspapers, magazines, radio, and television, as well as the impact of historical and cultural influences.

Introduction to Digital Photography


The Introduction to Digital Photography course introduces students to the basic elements of still photography; electronic, digitally realized, and manipulated photography; and multi-image sequencing. Students will learn the skills required of professional photographers and picture editors in creating photographic and multimedia packages for publication in print and on the Internet. These experiences lead to the practice of learning camera functions in the interrelationship between photography and cinematography and allow students to begin training their critical eye.

Course Outline
Sports Organizations and Mass Media Sports Content and Programming Sports Journalism Ethics and Evolution Sports Media Culture

Course Outline
Basic Lighting Management Computer-Related Input/ Output for Imaging Digital Photo Technology Narrative Structure and Composition

Course Outline
Interactive Storytelling Thematic Narrative Development Design Proposals Multimedia Element Integration

Print, Radio, and Television

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

257

Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 2020 PGY 2146 SMM 3933

Introduction to Management
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining different types of organizational structures within relationship, leadership, and legal contexts, while examining how to harness knowledge, resources, and ingenuity. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices and provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.

Introduction to Video
The Introduction to Video Course is designed to expose students to the basics of video production for the purpose of content creation. Students study field-producing techniques and methods for reporting, messaging, and storytelling through video. The interactive course teaches students how to identify stories best told in video and how to best structure these stories for their audiences. Students develop skills shooting video using personal handheld cameras and editing video on their MacBook Pros.

Mobility Technology and Marketing


The Mobility Technology and Marketing Course introduces students to mobility technology through sports marketing concepts. Students learn the necessary fundamentals for mobile applications along with an overview of mobile phone content development. The majority of the course focuses on strategic marketing possibilities for mobile platforms, including applications and their use, activation, and revenue generating opportunities. The course encourages students to utilize their earlier instruction and knowledge in design, research, entrepreneurship, and business development.

Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure Human Resource Principles Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Business Management Case Studies

Course Outline
Storytelling Field Production Techniques Camera Techniques Design and Production

Course Outline
Mobile Marketing Techniques Mobile Demographics Mobile Application Development Brand Awareness

Total credit hours SMM 4833

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Search Engine Optimization

Total credit hours IMK 222

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours MKT 210

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Marketing Plans and Campaign Development


The Marketing Plans and Campaign Development Course is designed to give students an interactive opportunity to develop a client marketing plan and/or business activation campaign from start to finish. Students research and analyze case studies and formulate a project that enables them to create their own campaigns, beginning with the creative process and then moving into the managerial and process-making role involved in communication or marketing plans. This course teaches students about the tools they need to develop messaging and branding through design, technology, and presentation on a for-performance basis.

New Media Distribution Channels


The New Media Distribution Channels course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products or services over a multitude of platforms. Students will examine a variety of advanced media components, assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course takes students through the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, interactive TV, and podcasting.

Introduction to Marketing
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.

Course Outline
Campaign Development Process Marketing Plan Architecture and Integration Effective Campaign Management Customer Acquisition and Alignment

Course Outline
New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation New Media Distribution Strategic Development

Course Outline
Marketing Principles and Terminology Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Branding Advertising

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

258

Course Descriptions
Program Core
OBM 1000 SMM 3751 SMM 3111

Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries


The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industrys various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industrys current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.

Public Relations in Sports


The Public Relations in Sports Course provides students with an understanding of sports communications. The primary focus is on professional and corporate levels with an emphasis on the use of content creation, technology, distribution, and new media. Students learn how teams, organizations, and marketing companies use traditional and new media to align their business objectives with their communications strategies and how organizations can manage various forms of media to communicate specific messages to distinct audiences designed for particular subjects. This course allows students to learn how to employ new technologies to reach fans creatively and shows them how to become the creative bridges between the sports business, the on-field and off-field content, and its consumers.

Sports Business Models


The Sports Business Models Course is designed to help students develop a basic understanding of the principles of economics that influence individual decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within an economic system, as well as a basic understanding of the function of product markets as they relate to sports. Students also learn about the different types of relationships forged between sports organizations, their business partners and consumers, and how industry businesses develop and nurture streams of revenue through those relationships.

Course Outline
Sports Business Leadership Sports Properties and Marketplaces Financial Data Management Disciplines

Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries

Course Outline
Public Relations Ethics Reputation Management Information Services and Organizational Media Crisis Communications

Revenue Management

Total credit hours 4 weeks SMM 3621

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours SMM 101, 102, 203

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours SMM 3561

4.00

Course length

Sports Events and Entertainment


The Sports Events and Entertainment Course serves as an examination of sports business event management, as well as the strategies used to market conferences, meetings, and special events, and the necessary components for marketing and packaging sports and entertainment events. Students cover a wide range of topics including event planning, promotion, and production over a variety of different types of events and conferences, with a targeted focus on the role technology and design play in contributing to the successful development of such events. The course guides students through budgeting, planning, staff and equipment management, video and graphic production, interactive marketing, signage, and strategic partnerships development, and covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management.

Project Management and Assessment I, II, III


The Project Management and Assessment courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.

Social Media and Sports Marketing


The Social Media and Sports Marketing Course examines the methodology inherent in viral marketing through social media applications and applies social media to situations for revenue generation and brand awareness in the sports business. Students explore the avenues by which teams and organizations can use social media to inspire consumers to tell others about their products or services to grow brand awareness and fan/consumer loyalty. Students learn how to evaluate if and when specific marketing approaches are appropriate for their product and/or brand and are tasked with creating and producing their own social media and viral marketing campaign.

Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices

Course Outline
Social Media Campaign Development Social Web Participation Social Media Measurement Tools and Metrics Interruptive Advertising Social Media Channels

Course Outline
Overview of Sports Event Management Sports Event Concept Design Project Plan Management and Development Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Sports Event Development

Total credit hours

1.00 each

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

259

Course Descriptions
Program Core
SMM 4231 SMM 4951 SMM 3201

Sports Law and Contracts


The Sports Law and Contracts Course provides an overview of general sports business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, accounting, and contracts and negotiations. Students explore the theories of negotiation and strategy in developing solution-oriented processes for achieving results in the sports business. Through integrative techniques and game theory, students investigate the relationships between organizations, sponsors, vendors, and distribution outlets. Students also explore a variety of topics including content creation, conflict and dispute resolution and remedy, theoretical processes and strategies, creativity in contract writing, and enforcement of terms.

Sports Marketing Final Project


The Sports Marketing Final Project Course gives students an opportunity to research, develop, and write a proposal for a sports business concept and/or sports marketing plan and execute the concept. Students are expected to incorporate the comprehensive elements of their entire academic experience, including the application of proper research methodologies, business writing skills, and proposal preparation to concepts such as content creation, branding, distribution, design and technology, and sales and marketing.

Sports Media
The Sports Media course is an exploration of the relationship between sports, sports businesses, and the media, both advanced and traditional. The course examines a wide scope of media platforms and their historical and current roles in sports business and marketing strategy, including broadcast, cable, satellite, interactive TV (including regional sports networks and their territorial rights), radio (all formats), social media, mobile media, the role of conglomerates (such as Comcast/Universal, Disney/ABC, and Newscorp), online media (blogs, podcasts, Web 2.0), and location-based media (such as retail signage). Students will examine the methods used to collect and process information and apply it to marketing sports services and products, with a focus on direct marketing and indirect public relations.

Course Outline
Sports Marketing Proposal Writing and Development Market Analysis Venture Description Marketing Plan and Budget Management Plan

Course Outline
Management Functions of Legal Theory Human Resource Management Strategic Governance Marketing Management

Course Outline
Broadcast Media Rights and Ownership Revenue Generation through Content Development Sports Network Relationships Location-Based Media

Total credit hours SMM 3231

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours SMM 3413

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Sports Marketing
The Sports Marketing Course introduces students to the specific properties of marketing for sports. The course reviews the revenue-generation aspects of sports business and will help students learn how to identify different types of sports business consumers, as well as a variety of marketing and media strategies and applications to engage consumers. Within their course of study, students create sports marketing initiatives for implementation on traditional and digital media platforms.

Sports Marketing Research


The Sports Marketing Research Course compares and contrasts the various research methodologies utilized in marketing research most commonly practiced in sports marketing settings. Within the context of the sports industry, students explore marketing strategies and tactics and the roles that design, implementation, analysis, interpretation, and reporting of research that influence marketing decisions. Students undertake individual research projects and are responsible for selecting an appropriate research design, conducting research, and interpreting data for conclusions.

SMM 4561

Sports Sales and Sponsorships


The Sports Sales and Sponsorship Course provides students with an overview of current factors and issues related to sports sponsorship, including sponsorship planning, sales and negotiations, and sponsorship proposals and evaluations. Students explore the relationship between sports organizations and businesses, universities, corporate sponsors, advertising agencies, individual ticket consumers, and the development of their respective marketing campaigns. The course concentrates on the notions of communication and branding through sales, the value of sponsorship, and the alignment of marketing concepts.

Course Outline
History of Sports Marketing Sports Marketing Concepts and Strategies Proper Market Research Consumer Identification Multiplatform Distribution

Course Outline
Sports Marketing Research Strategies Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Primary and Secondary Targeting Individual Project Development

Course Outline
Sales Force Creation, Strategies, and Negotiation Sports Consumer Behavior Sponsorship Rights Sports Segmentation and Pricing Branding and Activation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

260

Course Descriptions
General Education
WEB 2703

General Education
ART 2007 DGL 1012

Website Design and Editing


The Website Design and Editing Course provides students with the tools they need to develop website branding and messaging through design, technology, and presentation. Students learn how to structure applications and prepare media for different types of delivery platforms, with an emphasis on creating opportunities for the Web. Outcomes include the creation of video elements, feature stories, business presentations, advertising and signage, and other industry uses of content for presentation and distribution.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Introduction to Editing Systems Web Editing Applications Dialogue, Video, and Audio Computerized Editing Techniques

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 Weeks

Total credit hours MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

261

Course Descriptions
General Education
PPE 2110 DEP 1013

Ethics and Psychology


This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Total credit hours 4 weeks SPC 1606

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours STA 2027

4.00

Course length

Public Speaking Introduction to Statistics


The Introduction to Statistics course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data. The Public Speaking course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking and listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students will study concepts and topics such as as target audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning in order to create and deliver at least three types of speeches.

Course Outline
Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Speech Outlines Audience Surveys Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness

Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics

Creation and Delivery of Persuasive Speeches Creation and Delivery of Expository and Demonstrative Speeches

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

262

Animation Development
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Advancing at a faster pace than perhaps any other technological achievement in our societys history, the Internet is now at the epicenter of our culture. In todays world, the ability to share ideas, information, and concepts with a global audience is something we almost take for granted - life without the Internet is nearly unthinkable! That reality makes the skills needed to help develop the applications and sites that drive the web a powerful commodity in todays Internet-centric market.

Web Computer Design &


Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Just think of how many different websites you visit on a daily basis if its a public entity, it probably has a website. Each site stems from an idea and specic goals, and is designed and developed by people who are dedicated to maintaining our most prevalent source of information. When you enter Full Sails Web Design & Development Program, you prepare to join the ranks of those who create the way we live and connect with others online.

Areas of Focus Areas of Focus


Interface Design & Usability Fine Arts Web Standards Modeling Interactivity Animation Dynamic Back-end Development Effects

Website Final Project/ Development Demo Reel CreProject ation

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

263

WEB DESIGN Areas of Focus & DEVELOPMENT

& DEVELOPMENT

INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY

ARCHITECTURE

information

INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY

DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
INTERACTIVE
EXPERIENCE

ARCHITECTURE

information

DATA CREO AR TG IN AG N I Z AT I O N
A user
INTERACTIVE

C R E AT I N G

WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0

optimization
TEC H N IQ U E S

WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0

optimization
TECH NIQ U ES

EXPERIENCE
ENGAGING
EX PERIENCE Interface

friendly

A user

EXPERIENCE INTER

friendly

intui

richMEDIA
DEPLOYMENT

DES

ENGAGING

DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT

database
SERVERS

Design & Usability MEDIA rich

DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT intuitive

DESIGN

INTERFACE

user

database
SERVERS

web
AP P L IC AT IONS

INTERFACE
document OBJECT

than ever in our day-to-day lives, whether its nding directions, checking our bank statements, shopping AP P LIC ATIONS online, or any of a thousand other tasks made easier by the Internet. Regardless of why we nd ourselves AUTHENTICATION browsing a website, whats most important is how accessible and user-friendly our experience is after all, its these factors that inuence whether we choose to visit a website more than once.

Today we depend on interfaces and websites more P R O G R A DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION

web

objec OR

security

security

database

inde

objectORIENTED

formation

PROGRAMMING

CHITECTURE database

indexes

tables

DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
C R E AT I N G

MODEL

C R E AT I N G

A user

EXPERIENCE

friendly

intuitive
DESIGN
INTERFACE

timization
O R G A N I Z AT I O N

ECHDATA N IQ U E S

INTERACTIVE userfriendly A
EE X XP PE ER RIIE EN NC CE E

ENGAGING

intuitive MEDIA rich INTERFACE


DEPLOYMENT

DESIGN

user

INTERFACE P R O G R A M M I N G

objectORIENTED

Understanding how to construct a website that will strike users as both intuitive and easy to use is crucial to the success of sites you design. In this phase of the program, youll work on creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces by learning how users interact with different types of sites, and youll examine proven design patterns. Youll also learn Information Architecture (IA), the process of organizing and presenting data to users in a clear and meaningful way.

user

INTERFACE
document OBJECT

MODEL

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

ENGAGING

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

264

C R E AT I N G

A user

EXPERIENCE

friendly Areas of Focus intuitive


INTERFACE

DESIGN
richMEDIA

user DESIGN
INTERFACE

intuitive

user

INTERFACE
objectORIENTED
document OBJECT
PROGRAMMING

INTERFACE
document OBJECT

objectORIENTED

DEPLOYMENT

MODEL

P ROGRAMMING AUTHENTICATION

Web Standards

security

Interactivity Mdatabase O D E L tables A compelling website WEB is more DESIGN than just some words thrown on a page. Truly stunning websites draw you & DEVELOPMENT

indexes

database tables

Have you ever accessed a website from different computers and noticed that its appearance and use were inconsistent from one platform to the next? That might be because whoever developed the site did not follow the guidelines set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).

indexes

in, offering an interactive experience that comes to life when your ngertips hit the keyboard. Adding music, sound effects, movies, and cartoons to a site can transport a user from their desk into your world.

INTERFACE DESIGN In this degree program, gain an understanding &youll USABILITY

The W3C standards exist to allow websites to look and function the same on as many different operating systems (Windows, Macintosh, Unix/Linux) WEB DESIGN and delivery platforms (multiple web browsers, &devices) DEVELOPMENT mobile as possible. Our web standards courses help you learn how to design, code, and deploy websites so that your content is the same regardless of where and how its being viewed. As INTERFACE DESIGN you learn the proper graphic optimization techniques ARCHITECTURE & USABILITY and understand how the validators developed by the W3C work, youll be able to make sure your (or your companys) message gets across loud and clear.

of object-oriented programming principles and learn languages and techniques that give you the ability to develop complex interactivity for your own websites. Once youre uent with this technology, WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ youll be able to draw, design, animate, and code ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 while implementing audio and video through both buffered and streaming deployment.

ARCHITECTURE

information

DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
INTERACTIVE
EXPERIENCE

CREA

Au

optimization
TEC H N I Q U ES

ENGAGING

information

DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE O R G A N PROJECT I Z AT I O N DEVELOPMENT

DATA

C R E AT I N G

A user

SE VERS EXPERIEN CRE

database friendly

intuitive
INTERFACE

APPLICAT ION SINTERFACE DESIGN

webuser
tables

WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0

optimization
T E CHNIQUES

INTERACTIVE
EXPERIENCE

ENGAGING

richMEDIA
DEPLOYMENT

objectORIENTED

document OBJECT

PROGRAMMING

MODEL

DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE

database

web

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M Edatabase NT | Bachelor of Science Degree Program AUTHENTICATION

security

265

MEDIA rich INTERACTIVE optimization ENGAGING optimization DEPLOYMENT WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ Areas of Focus
EXPERIENCE
RS

UE S

T3.0 E C H N IQ U E S ACTIONSCRIPT

INTERACTIVE INTERACTIVE TECHN IQUE S


EXPERIENCE
AUTHENTICATION

ENGAGING PROGRAMMING

se

DYNAMIC BACK-END A PPLIC ATI O N S DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT

web
SERVERS

MODEL MEDIA rich richMEDIA EXPERIENCE

ORIENTED

OBJECT

database

database
SERVERS

web web
APPLI CAT I ON S

security

database tables

DEPLOYMENT DEPLOYMENT
AUTHENTICATION

objectobjectORIENTED
database

RO GIR AG MMING P R O G R APM M N

ORIENTED

document document OBJECT OBJECT

M OM DO ED LE L

indexes

AUTHENTICATION

security

security

tables database tables

A PPLI CAT I O N S

indexes indexes

Dynamic Back-end Development


Organization is key to any website, but its not limited to what your sites visitors see. Youll need to develop a solid and robust back-end system that will deploy content from a database server and allow interaction between the hosting server and the users web browser. From logging into a secure area of a website, to searching for specic info on a web search engine like Google, to creating robust user search functions, dynamic back-end development plays an important role in developing web applications, particularly for mid-to-large-sized corporations. Youll gain experience setting up thorough user-friendly systems while learning concepts like sessions and cookies, querying, authentication, security, and database tables with indexes.

Website Development Project


Once youve mastered the design and coding concepts you need to build any kind of website, well ask you to do just that. In the nal stage of the Web Design & Development program, youll need to use all your web development skills and techniques to dene your goals for an advanced website, plan its functionality and design, and then enter a production phase where youll create the entire site from start to nish. Our instructors will guide you throughout the process, critiquing your work and helping you create a nal project that utilizes your skills to the fullest. Youll document every step of your work, and when its completed, youll present your nished website to your peers and instructors as an example of exactly what youre capable of.

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

266

Overview
Full Sails Web Design & Development degree is a program equally divided between the artistic and aesthetic concerns of creating websites and the coding and programming needed to make them work. Youll begin to unlock the secrets of web development in all of its forms by designing, coding, and publishing standards-based web content for a variety of formats. To make websites that are at their most dynamic and engaging, youll be using industry-standard tools, including HTML5, CSS, XML, Flash and ActionScript, server-side languages, database structures, and JavaScript. Youll also learn to develop content for smartphones, tablets, and other branches of the expanding realm of mobile devices. Each of your acquired skills will be used to create real-world projects and develop a well-rounded portfolio. In addition to giving you experience and assignments aimed at making you a well-rounded web designer, youll also have courses focusing on communication skills, English composition, professional presentation, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the web design and development industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.

Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of web development production needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as web designers, developers, and programmers. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.

WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT

OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE


W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

267

Web Design & Development


Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code WDD 442 WDD 211 WDD 331 WDD 463 WDD 312 WDD 242 WDD 321 WDD 372 PLA 2412 WDD 342 MDV 1310 MDV 1410 WDD 345 ODT 1000 WDD 371 WDD 244 WDD 344 WDD 373 WDD 353 WDD 482 WDD 483 WDD 333 WDD 141 WDD 144 WDD 481 WDD 354 Totals: Course Advanced Server-Side Languages Applied Design Tools and Interfaces Database Structures Deployment of Web Projects Design Patterns for Web Programming Designing for Web Standards I Designing for Web Standards II Front-End Web Frameworks Intellectual Property and Law Mobile Device Deployment Mobile Media Design I Mobile Media Design II Networks and Server Structures Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Principles of Production Process Programming for Web Applications I Programming for Web Applications II Rich Media Optimization Server-Side Languages Web Final Project I Web Final Project II Web Interaction & Animation Web Interface and Usability Web Programming Fundamentals Web Project Preproduction Web Standards Project Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 94.00
WEB FINAL PROJECT I WEB FINAL PROJECT II NETWORKS & SERVER STRUCTURES

GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PHY 1000 VIC 2003 SPC 2410 DEP 1013 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physics History of Visual Communication Interpersonal Communications Psychology of Play Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES

5
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS WEB PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS

DIGITAL LITERACY

PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

8
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS I

10

MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I

PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS I

WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY

DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS II

11

12

13

14
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS FRONT-END WEB FRAMEWORKS

15

30.00

ART HISTORY APPLIED DESIGN TOOLS & INTERFACES PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS II WEB STANDARDS PROJECT

WEB INTERACTION & ANIMATION

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

124 108

16

17
HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION DESIGN PATTERNS FOR WEB PROGRAMMING

18

19

20
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW RICH MEDIA OPTIMIZATION

DATABASE STRUCTURES

SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES

21
ADVANCED SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES

22

23
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION PROCESS

24
MOBILE DEVICE DEPLOYMENT

25

DEPLOYMENT OF WEB PROJECTS

WEB PROJECT PREPRODUCTION

26

27

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

268

Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 442 WDD 331 WDD 312

Advanced Server-side Languages


Advanced Server-side Languages reinforces and builds upon concepts and principles outlined in the Server-side Languages course. Students expand on the foundation concepts taught in that class by developing even more robust dynamic content and applications. This course teaches students how to write advanced code that will be used to create dynamic web applications that are frequently used within the industry.

Database Structures
The Database Structures Course focuses on the creation of databases and their comprising table structures. In this class students learn the benefits of creating database structures with regard to such concepts as storage anomalies and table normalization. Students also learn a Data Definition Language used to create their database structures. Developing a database for use with a server-side scripting language allows students to develop more robust web applications, as they are an integral part of deploying dynamic web content for mid-to-large-sized corporations.

Design Patterns for Web Programming


Design Patterns for Web Programming explores development techniques that go beyond procedural programming, such as object-oriented programming (OOP). Students will be introduced to concepts including composition, aggregation, encapsulation, abstraction, and refactoring. Students will also learn object model implementation of industry-standard techniques such as reusability and efficiency.

Course Outline
Writing Organized and Readable Code Scripting Server-side Applications Total credit hours 4.00 Integrating Applications with Database Structures Presentation of Application Course length 4 weeks

Course Outline
Procedural vs. Non-Procedural Programming Object Model Design Tiered Application Architecture 3.00 Course length 4 weeks

Course Outline
Multi-tier Architectures Database Tables and Indexes Total credit hours 3.00 Validation Authentication and Security Course length 4 weeks

Encapsulation and Abstraction Total credit hours WDD 242

WDD 211

Applied Design Tools and Interfaces


The Applied Design Tools and Interfaces Course focuses on combining the knowledge of graphic design software with the theories of web usability and interface creation. Students use industry-standard graphic design applications and prototype interface designs while adhering to interface usability guidelines. This course explores functional interface theory and design principles for the web.

WDD 463

Designing for Web Standards I


The Designing for Web Standards I Course examines the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students will learn how to use HTML along with other standards to develop websites, and will explore the correct usage of semantic markup elements to ensure that Web page content is well-formed and easily understood.

Deployment of Web Projects


In the Deployment of Web Projects course, all of the elements of web development come together, with an emphasis on the design and production of complex, interactive products. Students will go through the process of producing an interactive project from initial concept to final distribution. This course teaches skills required to produce an intricate web product and deliver it on multiple platforms, including desktop, mobile, and advanced devices. Conceptualizing and Storyboarding Screen Design and Layout Web Accessibility Interface Design and Structure Asset Creation Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving

Course Outline
HTML and Related Web Standards Web Page Markup and Semantics Web Page Accessibility Introductory Web Page Content Layout and Design

Course Outline
Design Concepts for Interfaces Creating Interface Graphics Working with Color Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

269

Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 321 PLA 2412 MDV 1310

Designing for Web Standards II


The Designing for Web Standards II Course continues the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students will learn how to use CSS and other standards to enhance web pages easily and effectively. This course explores standards-based design for a slimmer, faster, and more flexible approach to designing for the web.

Intellectual Property and Law


The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law. The impact and ways in which law has shaped our society are explored through the use of case studies.

Mobile Media Design I


The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications.

Course Outline
CSS and Related Web Standards Advanced Web Page Content Layout and Design Web Page Content Positioning and Visual Enhancement Optimizing Web Page Content

Course Outline
Overview of the Industries Business Practices Intellectual Property Contracts Business Law

Course Outline
Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks MDV 1410

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WDD 372

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WDD 342

Front-End Web Frameworks


The Front-End Web Frameworks Course reinforces and builds upon the concepts presented in the previous client-side development courses. Students will explore, compare, and contrast the features and uses of current client-side development libraries and frameworks. This course teaches students how to architect, develop, and deploy rich internet applications utilizing industry-standard Open Source tools.

Mobile Media Design II


The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery.

Mobile Device Deployment


The Mobile Device Deployment Course examines the practice of creating and delivering web content for mobile devices, including cell phones and PDAs. Students go through the process of producing and optimizing Internet-based content that is compatible with various mobile device operating systems and mobile browsers. This course also explores current techniques for mobile web authoring including XHTML, CSS, JavaScript, and the DOM.

Course Outline
Advanced Vector Graphics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications

Course Outline
Research and Evaluation of Front-End Tools User Interface Frameworks Client-Side Libraries Rich Internet Application Development

Course Outline
Mobile Device Overview Using Web Standards for Mobile Devices FlashLite and Mobile Devices Optimizing for Mobile Devices

Handheld Aesthetics

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

270

Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 345 WDD 371 WDD 344

Networks and Server Structures


The Networks and Server Structures Course explores computer operations, networking, and storage options. Students examine various operating systems, CPU and peripheral uses, and networked computer environments and their protocols. This course presents knowledge about communications within single and multiple computers, network communications, and communication protocols. A history of both computers and the Internet is also explored.

Principles of Production Process


The Principles of Production Process Course mirrors the workflow model used in professional web development. Students work to define the scope of a project, including the range of assets needed to complete it, the technologies that will be used, and the time required to develop it to completion. This course presents the framework for a cohesive web workflow plan that will ensure the efficient and effective delivery of web development projects.

Programming for Web Applications II


The Programming for Web Applications II course continues teaching the client-side technologies used for creating dynamic content for the web. Students in this course expand upon the knowledge they received in the Programming for Web Applications I course by learning more advanced concepts of scripting languages such as JavaScript. Students will also explore new technologies to control the behavior of a web page that will not require client requests or hosting server interaction.

Course Outline
Computer and Internet History Computers and Peripherals Operating Systems Networks and Protocols Network Management

Course Outline
Production Process Phases Creating Production Documentation Production Prototyping Delivery, Archiving, and Maintenance

Course Outline
Dynamic Web Technologies Document Object Model Detecting Browser Features Extending Browser Behavior

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks WDD 244

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WDD 373

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours ODT 1000

Programming for Web Applications I


The Programming for Web Applications I course trains students in the technologies used to create dynamic content for the web using client-side programming. This course builds upon the coding and logic concepts learned in the Web Programming Fundamentals course, continuing the use of JavaScript. Students will also be shown more advanced concepts, such as data structures and key algorithms.

Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries


The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.

Rich Media Optimization


The Rich Media Optimization Course teaches students current industry methods and techniques used to improve loading efficiency of bandwidth-intensive content for Web delivery. Students explore optimizing high-bandwidth content, such as digital video and audio, for deployment within a non-streaming server environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of digital video and audio CODECs, along with target encoding rates, for optimal playback on the Web.

Course Outline
Client-Side Web Programming Common Client-Side Algorithms Web Data and Validation Programming for Code Libraries and Reuse

Course Outline
Digital Audio and Video File Formats Digital Audio CODECs Digital Video CODECs Rich Media and Flash Optimization Settings and Buffering

Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

271

Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 353 WDD 483 WDD 141

Server-side Languages
The Server-side Languages Course will examine the benefits of a server-side scripting language to heighten human computer interaction with web content. In this class students will learn how to take their existing knowledge of static-based web content and implement a server-side scripting language to develop a more robust web application. By implementing server-side languages within standards compliant XHTML web pages, students will be able to deploy dynamic content to further the level of interaction between client and server communication.

Web Final Project II


The Web Final Project II Course is the second of two courses that serve as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design & Development Program. Students continue creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Web Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluate the completeness of each students progress. Evaluation of each students successful completion of the course is based on the completed website, the website presentation, and the website documentation.

Web Interface and Usability


The Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs.

Course Outline
Interface Usability Concepts Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility

Course Outline
Control Structures Variables Object-oriented Programming Querying Sessions and Cookies

Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation

Interface Visualization Elements

Total credit hours WDD 144

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WDD 482

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WDD 333

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Web Programming Fundamentals


The Web Programming Fundamentals course introduces students to basic programming and logic skills. Students will learn how to break down processes and tasks into smaller, programmable parts and translate them into source code. JavaScript, the language available in every Web browser, is used to teach these cornerstone concepts.

Web Final Project I


The Web Final Project I Course is the first of two courses that serve as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design & Development Program. Students are tasked with creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Web Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluate the completeness of each students progress. Evaluation of each students successful completion of the course is based on completed milestones, the website production, and the website documentation.

Web Interaction and Animation


Web Interaction and Animation examines the process of designing and creating animated content for the web. Students will use web standards and other technologies to enhance the interaction and aesthetic of web content. This course helps to develop students overall knowledge of the animation process, including pre-production, design, animation, and output.

Course Outline
Introduction to Programming and Logic Control Structures: Loops and Branches Variables and Data Types Functions

Course Outline
Animation Theory and Techniques Web Animation Technologies Tools and Delivery

Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Interaction and Animation Workflow

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

272

Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 481

General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012

Web Project Preproduction


In the Web Project Preproduction Course, students identify and plan the scope of their final project, including the concept, design, and production pace. Students expand on the preproduction methods learned in the Principles of Production Process course by creating the necessary preproduction documentation to ensure a successful delivery of their final project. By the end of the course, students will have an intimate knowledge of the requirements needed to complete their final project.

Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.

Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.

Course Outline
Creating the Project Treatment Developing the Production Timeline Creating the Flowchart Storyboarding Identifying Assets Setting Design Standards

Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art

Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship

Total credit hours 4 weeks MGF 1213

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours WDD 354

4.00

Course length

Total credit hours ENC 1101

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.

Web Standards Project


The Web Standards Project Course examines the process of implementing applications to create a functional standards-based project for the Internet. Students build upon concepts introduced in the Web Design Fundamentals, Designing for Web Standards, and Principles of Production Process courses related to the production process and standards-based web deployment. Students learn how to utilize Web Standards Based Design, including CSS and XHTML, combined with a professional web development workflow model to create an efficient and effective web project. This course explores developing a Web Standards Based project while following a proven production process to ensure successful delivery.

English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.

Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models

Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness

Course Outline
Preproduction Asset Creation Asset Optimization Asset Integration and Testing Project Delivery and Archiving

Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

273

Course Descriptions
Program Core
PHY 1000 SPC 2140

Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.

Interpersonal Communication
The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information.

Course Outline
Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae

Course Outline
Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Rsums and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing

Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks DEP 1013

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours VIC 2003

History of Visual Communication


The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanitys communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future.

Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.

Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building

Course Outline
Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

4.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

274

Education Computer Media Design Animation & Technology


Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certicate
Full Sail Universitys Education Media Graduate Certicate will give you specic knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job elds. The certicate is comprised of several courses taken from our Education Media Design & Technology Masters Degree Program and is offered online to t the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelors degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sails Graduate Certicates. Todays students are digital natives born at a time where technology is integrated into every aspect of their lives. To connect with them, teachers need to create innovative and inspirational environments that bridge the gap between traditional education and the ever-expanding realm of technology and media, to allow students to learn and grow. Youll learn to utilize media creation tools and technology to create video presentations, media assets, and more, and youll study how to incorporate video games, music, and educational multimedia in your classroom. By engaging todays digital natives using the technology they use every day outside the classroom, youll be able to create a more collaborative atmosphere inside your classroom.

Areas of Focus
Fine Arts Effects

Modeling

Animation

Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Graduate Certificate

275

Education Media Design & Technology


Certicate Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code EDM 573 EDM 531 EDM 561 EDM 5226 Totals: Course Digital Media and Education Applications Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture Filmmaking Principles in Education Game Strategies and Motivation Credit Hours 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 12.00

Chronological Schedule by Months


1
EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE

2
DIGITAL MEDIA & EDUCATION APPLICATIONS

3
FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES IN EDUCATION

4
GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

12 16

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Graduate Certificate

276

Course Descriptions
Program Core
EDM 573 EDM 531 EDM 561

Digital Media and Education Applications


The Digital Media and Education Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in education applications. The curriculum specifically trains students on software that explores digital media techniques and introduces them to theories of specific software. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students learn how to support their design approaches with established academic theories. They also explore how to engage todays digital savvy student into an online learning community.

Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture


In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation plus and social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships as well as examining the role of mass media in our culture today. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content and forming learning networks.

Filmmaking Principles in Education


This course explores the components of filmmaking and the concept of visual literacy. Students learn a variety of filmmaking techniques that can enhance their education and training modules. Along with understanding how film is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling education product.

Course Outline
Academic Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Education Principles Digital Media and Education Applications Integration of Digital Media into Education Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development

Course Outline
Filmmaking Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Educational Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Education Digital Camera and Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Digital Video Software Filmmaking and Online Curriculum Development Corporate Training and Filmmaking Techniques Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development

Course Outline
Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Examining the Role of Mass Media in Culture Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Graduate Certificate

277

Course Descriptions
Program Core
EME 5226

Game Strategies and Motivation


The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game-theory techniques and strategies that will motivate students to engage in a learning activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complicated topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals.

Course Outline
Overview of Gaming Strategies Examination of Game Structures Education Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).

E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY

Graduate Certificate

278

Internet
Graduate Certicate
Full Sail Universitys Internet Marketing Graduate Certicate will give you specic knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job elds. The certicate is comprised of several courses taken from our Internet Marketing Masters Degree Program and is offered online to t the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelors degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sails Graduate Certicates. Its more important than ever for a marketing professional to understand the possibilities and limitations of digital media, and how to best employ sound marketing fundamentals in this rapidly changing technological landscape. The courses in the Internet

Marketing
Marketing Graduate Certicate provide an introductory exploration of Internet-specic marketing methodologies, search engine optimization, marketing analysis, and Internet consumer behavior. Through the courses in this graduate certicate, youll gain the necessary foundation to strategically market products and raise brand awareness on the Internet, giving you tools that are crucial to becoming a 21st century marketing leader.

Fine Arts

Modeling

Effects

Animation

Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Graduate Certificate

279

Internet Marketing
Certicate Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code IMK 511 MAR 510 IMK 521 IMK 662 Totals: Course Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Internet Marketing Fundamentals New Media Marketing Web Analytics & Optimization Credit Hours 3.00 3.50 3.00 3.00 12.50
INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS NEW MEDIA MARKETING

Chronological Schedule by Months


1 2 3
ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES

WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:

12.5 16

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Graduate Certificate

280

Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 511 MAR 510 IMK 662

Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies


The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these components unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, email marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content.

Internet Marketing Fundamentals


The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry.

Web Analytics and Optimization


The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a companys Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the companys marketing goals.

Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application

Course Outline
Internet Marketing Defined Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Email Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application

Course Outline
Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development

Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations

Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks IMK 521

3.50

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

Total credit hours

New Media Marketing


The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals, meet its budget, and further the companys success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, websites, email, virtual worlds, social media networks, podcasting, interactive television, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to create a financial plan, identify a companys marketing goals, and work with new media marketing distribution channels.

Course Outline
Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Companys New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application

Total credit hours

3.00

Course length

4 weeks

I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG

Graduate Certificate

281

Extended Studies
Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Media Arts
Internship

in the

The course under this heading is offered in addition to the Degree Programs and is available to any Full Sail graduate in good standing. Upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program, a certicate is issued. These studies represent Full Sails effort to continue the expansion of educational services to our students and the industry.

Internship
The Internship Course, combined with Full Sails Career Development Department, is specically tailored to further prepare degree students for the careers of their choice. Full Sail works with numerous entertainment media facilities that participate in the Internship Course and a Career Development Advisor works directly with host facilities to make sure participants gain practical experience and on-the-job training. Besides the many obvious advantages of gaining working experience in a real-world situation, a successful internship gives graduates a professional reference, which can be very benecial when seeking employment.

Course Outline
Career Consultation and Interview Techniques Rsum Review and Employment Tactics

Internship Course Objective

Total credit hours Course length

5.5 6 weeks

To give students the opportunity to put all that they have learned into practice during a six-week, comprehensive, hands-on working experience in a real-world production environment. Graduates gain a solid understanding of their chosen eld in the media industry. Note: Students must graduate from a Full Sail Degree Program before applying for an internship. A certicate is awarded upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program.

E XT E NDE D S T UDI E S I N T HE M E DI A ART S

Internship

282

Degree

Programs
ON CAMPUS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
The Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree is a comprehensive business program that combines core courses like management, marketing, and statistics, with more advanced topics like data analysis, international business, and business law plus entertainment-specic courses like artist management, entertainment media distribution, and intellectual property. The course also requires students to develop a business proposal unique to their interests and develop it from start to nish.

GAME DE VELOPMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Game Development Degree Program teaches students the skills necessary to develop and program single and multiplayer video games for consoles, personal computers, and networks. Students collaborate with programmers and artists in the program to develop a playable game from start to nish.

SHOW PRODUC TION

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Students in the Show Production Bachelors Degree Program learn to master essential career skills for the live production industry. By learning to produce great live entertainment by mastering the same equipment and techniques used in different venues throughout the industry, students graduate with the practical experience to head out on the road with touring bands, run lights and sound at worldclass performing arts halls, as well as other career paths.

Masters
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
Master of Science Degree Program
The Entertainment Business Masters Degree Program is designed to give students exibility to take their careers to new heights. This comprehensive program will take students through high-level business courses in leadership, brand development, negotiation, Internet marketing, and more, culminating in the completion of two academic Capstone Projects a professional Leadership Portfolio and a Business Plan Thesis.

Associates
GR APHIC DESIGN
Associate of Science Degree Program
The Graphic Design Degree Program is designed to give students the specic skills and training needed to succeed in the eld of graphic and print design, and corporate branding. Students explore subjects like color theory, typography and page layout, logos and symbols, and more.

MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


In the Media Communications bachelors program, students learn core communication principles and writing techniques, while becoming familiar with digital media from video and audio, to games and animation. The programs projects and coursework relate to realworld communications issues, and students apply their skills in a nal project that relates to their potential career paths.

RECORDING ENGINEERING

Associate of Science Degree Program


Full Sail Universitys Recording Engineering Associates Degree Program is designed to prepare individuals for entrylevel careers in the recording arts. Students learn the fundamentals of recording, mixing, and mastering on equipment and software used in the industry, while learning core subjects such as music theory, electronics, and communications.

SOF T WARE DE VELOPMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Software Development bachelors degree program introduces students to the design, development, and implementation of software-based solutions and products for business, entertainment, and consumer markets. Throughout the program, they work on their own software products, while building the critical-thinking and professional skills necessary to enter the industry.

FILM PRODUC TION

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program


In the Film Production master of ne arts program, students work in teams to create short lms, learning fundamentals such as storytelling, visual aesthetics, and technical roles, as well as the business strategies needed to bring completed works to audiences. Theyll build their skills in Full Sails professional studios and facilities, and get familiar with industry equipment, software and technology. The goal is to build a graduate-level portfolio to showcase lmmaking talents.

Bachelors
COMPUTER ANIMATION
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Students in the Computer Animation Bachelors Degree Program learn the technical and creative processes used to develop content for games, television, feature lms, and more. The curriculum blends traditional art with the latest technology in specialized classes that cover 2D and 3D animation, lighting and shading for games, production modeling, character animation and rigging, and portfolio creation.

MOBILE DE VELOPMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Mobile Development bachelors degree program teaches the programming and design fundamentals needed to develop interactive content for a variety of different mobile platforms. Students in the program learn programming languages used throughout the industry, including JavaScript, PHP, and XHTML, as well as specialized development kits for mobile platforms like iOS and Android.

Certicate
ENGLISH AS A SECOND L ANGUAGE
The English as a Second Language courses can help build English skills needed to thrive as a Full Sail student and professional in entertainment and media. Students explore reading and vocabulary, listening skills, and conversational English and create media such as videos, podcasts, music, and more.

SPORTS MARKE TING & MEDIA

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Students in the Sports Marketing & Media bachelors degree program develop an understanding of content creation and marketing principles as they relate to the world of sports within the entertainment industry. The programs courses cover concepts such as global sports marketing strategies, sales and sponsorships, law and contracts, and licensing.

GAME DESIGN

Master of Science Degree Program


The Game Design Masters Degree Program teaches students to broaden their leadership and project management abilities in the game production process, preparing them for careers as creative leaders in the gaming industry. This programs curriculum stresses the project management and design processes used to develop successful video game titles.

CRE ATIVE W RITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT

FILM

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Film Degree Program prepares students to become competitive in the professional lm, television, and postproduction job markets, teaching techniques used throughout the industry for lm production, editing, visual special effects, sound, lighting, and set design.

MUSIC BUSINESS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Music Business Bachelors Degree combines a sound business education with the specic skills necessary to nd success in the unique world of the music industry. In addition to fundamental business courses like marketing, nance, and accounting, students will also learn about artist development, music distribution, record label development, contract negotiations, and more.

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program


Students in the Creative Writing for Entertainment bachelors degree program explore the integral role that writing plays in a variety of different media in the entertainment industry, including lm, television, gaming, animation, and more. The programs courses focus on essential creative writing concepts such as storyboarding and scriptwriting, the exploration of genres and literary devices, and transmedia storytelling.

WEB DESIGN & DE VELOPMENT

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Full Sails Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program immerses students in one of the most rapidly developing industries in our society. The program delivers a holistic look at website production by balancing the aesthetic and usability concerns of web design with the programming fundamentals necessary to create an engaging and effective Internet presence.

GAME ART

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


Artists in the video game industry require a unique set of design skills, and the Game Art Bachelors Degree Program teaches students the same processes used to create high-resolution graphics for consoles and computers. The program explores production fundamentals like character animation, rigging, shading and lighting, texturing, and modeling, giving students the focused knowledge to start a professional career developing assets for the next generation of video games.

RECORDING ARTS

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Recording Arts Bachelors Degree Program puts students in the same kind of studios and on the same kind of gear that are used to create professional audio. Students master recording, editing, and mixing techniques that can be applied to music production, as well as sound design and postproduction for lm, television, video games, and multimedia applications.

DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN

Bachelor of Science Degree Program


The Digital Arts & Design Degree Program offers comprehensive instruction in many areas of digital art creation and design production, including 2D and 3D graphics, motion graphics, web design, digital video production, and digital publishing.

DE GRE E P ROGRAM S

On Campus

283

General

Information
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON 284

Admission

Requirements for Admission


Applicants must submit the following to be considered for admission:
Application for AdmissionApplicants must submit the completed application and fulll all the requirements therein. $75.00 application feeThe application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Documentation of High School Graduation, General Educational Development (GED) scores, or other equivalent, state-approved diploma examination Full Sail requires that all applicants have completed high school and received a standard high school diploma or have passed the GED. Applicants who hold a GED must submit a copy of GED test score results and/or their GED diploma.
Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify the successful completion of high school (such as, but not limited to, student transcripts) and/or to assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine whether or not the secondary training completed by the applicant is sufcient to satisfy the high school graduation admission requirement.

Applicants to online-only degree programs will be required to complete a technology assessment and orientation module. The assessment module conrms that the applicant has received sufcient instruction and information from the orientation module. The module explains the best practices for conducting online learning, overall operation of the online platform, procedures for troubleshooting problems and contacting the technical support team, and general school policy as it applies to the online format. Applicants to online-only bachelors degree programs will be required to complete an online education readiness evaluation (OERE). The OERE assesses whether the student has the necessary skills, competencies, and access to technology to succeed in a distance education environment. The evaluation consists of completing a pre-entry questionnaire and a student preferences survey. Applicants to online degree programs are required to have access to a reliable computer capable of running multimedia applications and navigating media-rich websites. Applicants are also required to have access to a reliable high-speed Internet connection. Creative Writing, M.F.A. applicants career objectives will be considered when an admission decision is made. Computer Animation and Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program applicants should possess artistic skills. Traditional art classes are recommended prior to entering the program. A foundation of sketching, sculpting, and painting are important for the animation industry and are essential in developing the 3D artist.

Applicants wishing to transfer credits toward the completion of the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program must possess one of the following to be eligible:
An associates, or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, which is related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business bachelor of science degree, with a transfer academic average of 2.0 minimum GPA. A copy of ofcial transcripts is required. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, nal GPA, and degree earned. Eligible applicants will be required to complete three additional Full Sail courses: College Mathematics, Computer Science and Internet, and Introduction to Media Arts. A Full Sail associates or bachelors degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0.

Graduate School and Graduate Certicate applicants must possess one of the following to be eligible:
A Full Sail bachelors degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. A baccalaureate or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. Degree held must be of similar scope and subject matter as to prepare applicants for the educational program objectives of the Graduate School Degree Program, with a transfer academic average of 2.5. Applicants who meet these criteria will be considered for admission pending an evaluation of a copy of ofcial transcripts. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, nal GPA and degree earned. A copy of ofcial high school transcripts or GED is not required.

Government Issued Photo IdenticationApplicants must submit a government issued photo ID. Such as:
Copy of a Valid State Issued Drivers License Copy of a Valid State Issued Identication Card Copy of a Valid Passport

Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study.


NOTE: ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION THAT IS NOT IN ENGLISH MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CERTIFIED ENGLISH TRANSLATION. IF NATIVE LANGUAGE IS OTHER THAN ENGLISH, VERIFICATION OF LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY IS REQUIRED.

Applicants with a GPA lower than the required 2.5 must submit a Letter of Intent, rsum and college transcripts for Program Director review.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Admissions

285

Admission

International Applicants
International applicants must provide the following to be considered for admission:
Application for AdmissionApplicants must submit the completed application and fulll all the requirements therein. $75.00 application feeThe application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Language Prociency - Applicants whose native language is not English must demonstrate the required level of language prociency by providing documentation of one of the following:
TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) Paper and pencil test: minimum score accepted is 550 Computer-based test; minimum score accepted is 213 New internet-based test; minimum score accepted is 79 IELTS (International English Language Testing System) The minimum required score is 6 Additional language prociency exams may be accepted. Contact your admissions representative for more information.

Admission Application Process


In an effort to minimize costs due to international currency exchange and bank surcharges, a wire transfer or a credit card is recommended for payment of all fees, deposits and tuition for International applicants and students. Regardless of payment method, all fees must be paid in United States currency. Please contact Full Sails International Liaison for details.
NOTE: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION APPLY EQUALLY TO ALL APPLICANTS WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE, COLOR, NATIONAL ORIGIN, SEX, DISABILITY, AGE, SEXUAL ORIENTATION, OR MARITAL STATUS.

The Admissions Department is prepared to assist with completing the application process. To apply simply:
Complete an interview with your Admissions Representative. Complete the Application for Admission. Submit completed application along with $75 application fee. If applying for additional degree programs, a $200 deposit is required for each additional program.

Information regarding Services for Students with Disabilities in the classroom can be found in the student services section of the catalog.

Applicants will be notied in writing in regards to acceptance upon completion and review of all required documents. The application fee and deposit(s) are credited to the cost of tuition but are not covered by nancial aid. All deposits are fully refundable.

Transfer Credit
Students who have applied to Full Sail may request credit for previous education. To be eligible for transfer credit, applicants must have successfully completed courses from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses, and received a grade of C or better. For Entertainment Business graduates with an associates degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards the completion of this degree. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree.

Financial Guarantee - must be provided to verify available funding for tuition and related expenses for the rst academic term of the chosen degree program. Documentation of High School Graduation Full Sail requires that all applicants who have completed high school at a foreign institution must provide ofcial documentation to the International Department to determine U.S. equivalency
(Graduate School Applicants Only) - college transcripts must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. Bachelor equivalency. Please contact the International Department for recommended evaluation services.

Foreign School Credentials - must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. equivalency. Please contact your Admissions Representative or an International Liaison for recommended evaluation services. English Translation - any documentation not in English must be accompanied by a certied English translation. Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study.

Procedure
Upload a copy of ofcial transcripts through Launch (the student portal). Transcripts will be reviewed by the Document Management team. Applicants will be notied of transfer credit approval or denial prior to their expected start/enrollment date.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Admissions

286

Admission

Full Sail Prepaid Tuition Program

Financial Ai

Financial Aid
A Trial Period of 30 calendar days from the program enrollment date may be granted on a dened degree program basis. The Trial Period of attendance is a four week period of time where a student attends an eligible program without incurring program charges (minus the application fee) or receiving Federal Student Aid funds. Once the student is admitted as a regular student after successfully completing the trial period, he/she is eligible to receive Federal Student Aid funds for the entire payment period. Trial period students will be required to pay a non-refundable application fee to participate. Students who are enrolled in a Trial Period program may withdraw at any time during this period without nancial obligation. The student will not be eligible to receive Title IV, HEA program funds until the successful completion of the trial period. Students who attend a Trial Period and who wish to receive Title IV, HEA program funds after successfully completing the trial period and becoming a regular student must meet the other student eligibility criteria as provided in the regulations at 34 CFR 668.32.

Full Sail offers a Prepaid Tuition Program to applicants who have not yet graduated from high school. This plan allows early applicants to secure a future Full Sail education at current tuition prices. Tuition pre-payment is only available to applicants who:
1. 2. 3. 4. have not completed high school, apply for the pre-payment plan, begin the pre-payment plan prior to completing high school, upon acceptance of the pre-payment plan, pay the tuition either in a lump sum or begin making equal monthly installments, start a Full Sail education by December 31 of their high school graduation year, and pay the tuition in full prior to the rst day of class.

Full Sails Financial Aid Department is here to provide assistance with tuition and/or living expenses for those who qualify. As a nancial aid student you need to make informed decisions regarding the types and amounts of nancial aid available. The Financial Aid Department is staffed and organized with our students needs in mind, dedicated to making the nancial aid process understandable and valuable. The Financial Aid Department encourages all applicants who apply for nancial aid to begin the process early. Those seeking federal nancial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You may request a FAFSA from Full Sails Financial Aid Department or you may ll one out online by going to www.fafsa.ed.gov. The federal school code for Full Sail is 016812. Eligibility for Federal Financial Aid Programs requires that a student be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen [Alien Registration Receipt Card (Form I-151) or Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551), commonly known as a green card]. Financial aid is only available to a student considering one or more Degree Programs. Individual course students are not eligible for nancial aid. On a case-by-case basis, Full Sail reserves the right to decline the certication of any educational loan. Once you complete the FAFSA, the Department of Education will send you the results and you can discuss your available options with one of Full Sails nancial aid professionals. This discussion will assist in determining the best federal and non-federal aid resources that are available to you. Additional nancial aid and loan applications as well as other pertinent information on sources of funding are available through the Full Sail Financial Aid Department. While attending Full Sail, students must maintain Satisfactory Progress and meet specic credit hour and weeks of instruction requirements in order to receive their nancial aid. Students not actively attending due to a Leave of Absence, Suspension, Termination or Withdrawal may not receive award disbursements.

5. 6.

Seven and one-half percent simple interest will be charged for the on-going tuition balance each year. Should the plan be canceled at any time, a full refund will be made within 30 days. Interest will not be paid on money deposited with Full Sail. Financial aid, for those who qualify, is available for living expenses to those participating in the Prepaid Tuition Program.

Grants and Scholarships


Grants are forms of aid that do not have to be repaid. Full Sail can assist you in determining your eligibility for available grant programs. Like grants, scholarships do not require repayment. Scholarship requirements and application procedures vary depending upon the criteria set by the scholarship provider. FEDERAL PELL GRANT The Federal Pell Grant Program is designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelors or rst professional degree. Awards for the 2013-2014 year range up to $5,645. The U.S. Department of Education uses a standard formula, established by Congress, to determine eligibility.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Financial Aid

287

Financial Ai

Financial Aid (Cont.)


FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) is also designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelors or rst professional degree. Amounts are determined by application of the federal formula regarding a students need as determined by the information provided on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and Pell Grant eligibility. Awards for the 2013-2014 year range up to $500. FLORIDA STUDENT ASSISTANCE GRANT The Florida Student Assistance Grant (FSAG) is a need-based program administered by the state. This grant is awarded to students who show nancial need based upon the eligibility criteria of the grant program and the availability of funds. FLORIDA BRIGHT FUTURES SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM This is a lottery-funded scholarship to reward Florida high school graduates who demonstrate high academic achievement. This program is comprised of three awards: the Florida Academic Scholars Award, the Florida Medallion Scholarship, and Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars Award. Each award has different criteria for eligibility. Applications and eligibility criteria are available from your high school guidance ofce.

Stafford Loans
A Stafford Loan is a low-interest loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate or Graduate Degree Program. Annual loan limits increase each subsequent year a student attends. Repayment terms and conditions are exible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation.

Special Programs
FEDERAL WORK-STUDY Full Sail participates in the Federal Work-Study Program. The Federal Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to qualied students with nancial need allowing them to earn money to help pay education-related expenses. The program encourages community service work and work related to the students course of study. Students are awarded Federal Work Study funds based on a federally-prescribed formula. Full Sail is an equal opportunity employer.

Parent PLUS Loans


A Parent PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to either parent of a dependent child enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate Degree Program. Available to credit-worthy parents, these loans provide funds for a students educational expenses and may also provide additional money for living expenses. The interest rate is determined by Congress and compares favorably to other education nancing options.

Financial Aid on the Web


U.S. Department of Education - www.ed.gov Federal Aid Programs - www.studentaid.ed.gov Free Application for Federal Student Aid - www.fafsa.ed.gov Florida Department of Education www.oridastudentnancialaid.org National Student Loan Data System - www.nslds.ed.gov

Graduate PLUS Loans


A Graduate PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Masters Degree Program. Similar to the Parent PLUS Loan, but only available to credit-worthy graduate students, Graduate PLUS loans can also provide funds for educational and living expenses. Students should always consider lower cost Stafford Loans before applying for a Graduate PLUS Loan. As with Stafford Loans, repayment terms and conditions are exible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation.

Federal Loans
Federal Loans are provided to students through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan program. To apply for a federal loan, a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) should be completed. Once eligibility is determined, a Federal Master Promissory Note must be completed. The Financial Aid Department is available to answer any questions you may have regarding these forms.

Private Education Loans


Many private lenders offer alternative education loans to supplement the federal programs after maximum limits are reached. These non-federal education loans have differing fees, interest rates and repayment options. They are credit-based and students may often secure a more favorable interest rate by using a co-signer. Private education loans provide funds for educational and living expenses up to the cost of attendance less other nancial aid. Students are strongly encouraged to maximize their eligibility for federal aid prior to applying for any private education loan. Contact the Financial Aid Department for more information.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Financial Aid

288

Career Developmen

Career Development Department


Advancing your career in your industry or a new industry is challenging and sometimes difcult. Researching, networking, and staying current with industry trends are all keys to unlocking a successful career. The services of the Career Development Department support the technical and professional skills gained throughout a students education. Full Sails Career Development Department governs:
1. degree specic lectures and presentations designed to prepare students for the pursuit of internships and entry level employment, including instruction about rsum creation, interview techniques, and the professionalism required within the industry, a regularly updated record of potential employers in the industry, a well-organized industry outreach effort to promote awareness of Full Sails degree programs, as well as qualied graduates and their successes, and an online community for all Full Sail alumni to promote networking and professional relationships.

Full Sail degree program students preparing for graduation as well as alumni throughout their careers may utilize Career Development services. Those desiring assistance must register their requests with the Career Development Department. The Career Development Department requires a consistent and professional dialogue from each student or graduate in order to provide effective assistance. Flexibility is desirable with respect to location or type of employment and may enhance the efforts of our services. Relocation for specic types of employment may be necessary in order to successfully launch and maintain a career in the entertainment media industry. If specic, employment-related information beyond the scope of the Career Development Department is requested, every reasonable effort will be made to supply available contact information of other resources that may be able to further assist students and alumni.

2. 3.

Full Sail educates students about the process of successfully marketing themselves to the industry. The Career Development Department is frequently approached by entertainment media facilities seeking the services of graduates. In selecting candidates, the department will review the graduates GPA, attendance records, and GPS score. Graduates who meet the qualications set forth by the Career Development Department and the employers are then considered. Even though Full Sail makes a reasonable effort to assist each graduate in seeking employment, this in no way constitutes a promise or guarantee of employment. Career assistance may be suspended in the event that a students nancial commitments are delinquent or in default. Completion of individual courses does not qualify students for career assistance.

4.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Career Development

289

Tuition Breakdow

2014 Tuition Breakdown


Master of Arts Degree Program
NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 646 $ 7,000 $ 7,000 $ 14,000 $ 28,000 $ 778

INTERNET MARKETING

PUBLIC RELATIONS

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour

$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 838 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861

GAME ART

MOBILE GAMINING

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour

$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 463 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 475 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 467 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 11,000 $ 56,000 $ 421 $ 6,000 $ 6,000 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 12,000 $ 54,000 $ 450 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 429

MUSIC BUSINESS

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour

$ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 11,000 $ 56,000 $ 452 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 440 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 449 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 11,000 $ 57,000 $ 460

GAME DESIGN

MUSIC PRODUCTION

Master of Fine Arts Degree Programs


CREATIVE WRITING
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 646 $ 8,700 $ 8,700 $ 18,600 $ 36,000 $ 600

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program


CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 456

MEDIA DESIGN

GRAPHIC DESIGN

SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA

Master of Science Degree Programs


BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 747

Bachelor of Science Degree Programs


COMPUTER ANIMATION
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 445 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 62,000 $ 498 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 6,000 $ 54,000 $ 450

INTERNET MARKETING

WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS

DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS with a Sports Management Elective Track


Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour

MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS

$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 747 $ 7,000 $ 7,000 $ 14,000 $ 28,000 $ 778 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861

Graduate Certificate Programs


EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY
Semester 1 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour $ 7,200 $ 7,200 $ 600 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 600

INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP

INTERNET MARKETING

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT

INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

Tuition amounts are subject to change. For the most up-to-date tuition information, speak with your Admissions Representative or visit www.fullsail.edu/outcomes-and-statistics. GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Tuition Breakdown

290

General Informatio

Transferring Credits into Other Full Sail Bachelors Degrees


Those who have earned or will earn an associates degree from Full Sail may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelors degrees. Graduates with an associates degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelors degrees. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the specic degree. To determine the cost and transfer of credit eligibility, contact Full Sails Admissions Department.

Degrees Awarded
Upon completion of the degree program or graduate certicate, the student will be awarded: Master of Arts Degree
New Media Journalism Public Relations

Fees/Deposits
A $75 application fee is required to apply for a Degree Program. For those applying for a second, or multiple degrees, an additional $200 refundable deposit is required. A $200 deposit is required for each individual course. Availability of a course or degree start/enrollment date is subject to class size limitations. A seat will only be reserved upon receipt of each course/ programs deposit. The application fee and deposit(s) are not covered by nancial aid. The application fee and deposit(s) are included in the tuition prices listed. Deposits held for future Degree Programs may be credited toward any amount due Full Sail, for any other tuition or fees that may be due.

Master of Fine Arts Degree


Creative Writing Media Design

Master of Science Degree


Business Intelligence Entertainment Business Entertainment Business
with a Sports Management Elective Track

Multiple Degrees
Students may take a combination of Bachelor of Science Degree Programs and Master of Science Degree Programs, based on eligibility requirements. A $200 refundable deposit is required to apply for each additional Bachelor or Master of Science Degree Program. An Admissions Representative is available to offer recommendations on Degree Program combinations and order.

Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree


Creative Writing for Entertainment

Delay of Start/Enrollment Date


Full Sail will charge a non-refundable fee of $100 for each revision that results in a delay of a students start/ enrollment date.

Bachelor of Science Degree


Computer Animation Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Game Art Game Design Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development

Non-Sufficient Funds
A $25 fee will be charged for any check returned for non-sufcient funds.

Comparative Program Information


Comparative program information related to tuition and program length is available from:
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703) 247-4212 GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON www.accsc.org

Graduate Certicates
Education Media Design & Technology Internet Marketing

291

General Informatio

Whats Included
The cost of a Full Sail Degree Program includes expenses such as textbooks, manuals, media, production materials, lab fees, technology fees, and other associated costs except as noted.

Project LaunchBox
The primary component of the institutional fee is Project LaunchBox, which is an Apple MacBook Pro computer that serves as a personal workstation throughout their education. This notebook computer comes with degreespecic software that allows students to work on their projects on and off-campus and maintain their personal portfolio of work wherever they may be. The choice of Apple hardware has allowed Full Sail to develop our curriculum to a high and specic standard of computer capability, while giving students maximum exibility for their creativity. In addition, Full Sails Online Learning Environment, which is utilized by all Full Sail students, is built around the capabilities of Apple workstations, helping the school to provide the same high level of education and innovation both online and on-campus.

LaunchBox Pricing by Degree Program


Online Degrees
Business Intelligence Master of Science Online Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Online Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Online Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Online Education Media Design & Technology Graduate Certicate Online Entertainment Business Sports Management Master of Science Online Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Online Entertainment Business Master of Science Online Game Art Bachelor of Science Online Game Design Bachelor of Science Online Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Online Innovation & Entrepreneurship Master of Science Online Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Online Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Online Internet Marketing Master of Science Online Internet Marketing Graduate Certicate Online Media Communications Bachelor of Science Online Media Design Master of Fine Arts Online Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Online Mobile Gaming Master of Science Online Music Business Bachelor of Science Online Music Production Bachelor of Science Online New Media Journalism Master of Arts Online Public Relations Master of Arts Online Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Online Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Online Online Fee Amount includes shipping and software.

Fee Amount
$3,000.00 $5,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,000.00

Institutional Fee
All students are required to purchase a computer and software in addition to tuition. Technology congured in accordance with program specications.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

292

Class Schedule

Class Schedules
Business Intelligence - Master of Fine Arts Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Digital Cinematography - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Game Art - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Instructional Design and Technology - Master of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Computer Animation - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Education Media Design and Technology - Graduate Certicate


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION May 8/9, 2014 June 5/6, 2014 June 26/27, 2014 August 7/8, 2014 September 4/5, 2014 October 2/3, 2014 October 30/31, 2014 November 24/25, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015

Game Design - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Internet Marketing - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017

Creative Writing for Entertainment - Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Entertainment Business - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION February 4/5, 2016 March 3/4, 2016 March 24/25, 2016 May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016

Graphic Design - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Internet Marketing - Master of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Creative Writing - Master of Fine Arts Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Entertainment Business - Master of Science Degree*


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Innovation & Entrepreneurship - Master of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Internet Marketing - Graduate Certicate


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION May 8/9, 2014 June 5/6, 2014 June 26/27, 2014 August 7/8, 2014 September 4/5, 2014 October 2/3, 2014 October 30/31, 2014 November 24/25, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015

The Entertainment Business Master of Science and the Entertainment Business Master of Science with a Sports Management Elective Track Degree Programs have the same class schedule.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Class Schedule

293

Class Schedule

Class Schedules (Cont.)


Media Communications - Bachelor of Science Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017

2014 Holiday Schedule


Music Business - Bachelor of Science Degree Program
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017

Sports Marketing & Media - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Spring Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . April 19 - April 27, 2014 Memorial Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 26, 2014 July 4th Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 29 - July 6, 2014 Labor Day Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . August 31 - September 2, 2014 Thanksgiving . . . . . . . November 26 (1pm) - November 30, 2014 Winter Break . . . . . . December 20 (1pm), 2014 - January 4, 2015

Media Design - Master of Fine Arts Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Music Production - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

Web Design & Development - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION March 24/25, 2016 May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017

Mobile Development - Bachelor of Science Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017

New Media Journalism - Master of Arts Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Mobile Gaming - Master of Fine Arts Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

Public Relations - Master of Arts Degree


START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Class Schedule

294

Online Educatio

Online Education at Full Sail

Online degree programs and courses are delivered over the Full Sail Online Learning Environmenta secure web-based platform that employs modern multimedia technologies and is accessible 24 hours a day via the Internet. Online students use this system to view video content, receive and submit project work and assignments, take tests and quizzes, communicate with instructors and classmates, and review grades and course progress.

Student Service

Student Services
Full Sail Support Specialists can assist with resolving technical issues associated with the functionality of the online platform. You can reach Online Support by phone at 877-437-6349 or by email at FSOSupport@fullsail.com. Provide ample time when requesting a reasonable accommodation(s). Requests must be evaluated and arrangements made prior to the anticipated need for service/support. Full Sail cannot guarantee that appropriate accommodations/services can be put in place without sufcient lead-time to make arrangements. Whenever possible, please provide at least 60 days advance notice. The Director of Student Affairs, assigned by the President, makes determinations of reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. Fax documentation to (407) 552-2072.

International Student Center


International students may be assisted by the International Student Center in matters regarding visa status. International students are welcome to seek assistance with issues of daily living such as opening bank accounts, obtaining drivers licenses and medical insurance. The International Student Center works closely with other Full Sail staff members to ensure a smooth transition for students from other countries attending Full Sail.

Online Support
The staff of Full Sail Online Support works together with students, faculty, and administration to make the student experience positive, reassuring, and seamless throughout our online courses. Our mission is to provide the highest standard of technical support and to nurture students growth and development while allowing them to enhance the skills necessary to be successful in an online environment.

Academic Success Department


The staff of the Academic Success Department works collaboratively with the students, faculty and administration to create a positive environment for development throughout our students academic journey. We aim to provide support and encouragement that enables our students to develop character and integrity while expanding their competency and skills. We strive to endorse learning in the classroom and in the community, not only through academics but through personal growth and maturity. The Academic Success Department provides services through Student Advising, Student Records, Student Success Seminars, Global Professionalism Standards, and the Library. We work closely with the faculty to ensure the best support services for all students. Student Advisors can assist with scheduling issues, leaves of absence, community referrals, and can act as a contact for parents. Student Advisors are available during regular ofce hours Monday through Friday, either by appointment or on an availability basis.

Services for Students with Disabilities


Full Sail is committed to providing equal access to all students, including those who qualify as persons with disabilities. While upholding this commitment, Full Sail also expects all students to maintain the high standards of academic achievement and excellence that are essential to the integrity of the schools mission. By advancing these aims, Full Sail ensures that its policies, practices, and procedures conform to federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. Provide written documentation to the Director of Student Affairs regarding the nature of your disability and any considerations/ accommodations that may be necessary. Such documentation must: (1) be from an appropriate professional, (2) not be more than three years old and, (3) provide a clear understanding of how the student is presently functioning. Full Sails condentiality policy provides that only the appropriate Full Sail personnel access this information and it is stored in separate, condential les. Except in instances of health or safety, information concerning the disability, accommodations, or documentation will not be released without written consent.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Online Education

295

Student Service

Student Services, cont.


The Student Success Seminars

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


Advancement
An academic year consists of 32 weeks of instruction. In order to advance to the next grade level (freshman to sophomore, etc.), students must earn a minimum of 24 semester credits during that academic year.

Class Size
Full Sails philosophy is to put students in environments with optimal student to instructor ratios. To achieve this, online course sections are limited to a maximum of 25.

The Student Success Seminars, unique to Full Sail and available online and on campus, are offered as a service to Degree-seeking students. These optional classes in human performance enhancement are not remedial classes, but have been designed specically to help students perform well within Full Sails compressed Degree Programs. The Student Success Seminars are designed to help students acquire tools for building competency, self-esteem and self-management. Topics covered include discussions about study skills and test-taking strategies, developing positive strategies for dealing with life circumstances and relationships, managing stress, balancing logic and emotion, creative and critical thinking, budgeting and money management, and time management. There are no fees for these seminars and they may be prescribed, when indicated by lower than expected academic achievement, by the Director of Student Affairs.

Anti-Hazing Policy
Full Sail does not allow hazing for any reason whatsoever. Students engaging in any potentially harmful activities will be disciplined and may be subject to suspension or termination.

Conduct
Students are expected to conduct themselves honorably and with dignity at all times. They are responsible for learning and abiding by state and local laws. Conviction for a criminal offense or any behavior reecting dishonor or discredit on the college is sufcient grounds for termination. In addition, Full Sail reserves the right to terminate enrollment in the event of cheating, disruptive behavior, substance abuse or destruction of property at studios, ofces, classrooms, or any other accommodations arranged by Full Sail. Although the mode of dress is casual, shoes, pants and shirts must be worn at all Full Sail-related activities. Discretion, modesty, and good taste are expected at all times.

Appeals
Any disciplinary or administrative action taken according to Full Sail policies may be appealed to an Appeals Committee. Appeals must be submitted in writing to Student Advisors. The Appeals Committee is convened as required by the Director of Advising and consists of no less than ve senior Full Sail administrators including the Program Director for a given students particular program of study.

Course Numbering System


Each course is assigned a three- or four-letter course prex that identies the degree program the class is associated with and a three- or four-digit course sufx that identies the level, course number, and course version of each course within their respective program.

Attendance
Specic daily attendance is not recorded for online courses, as it would be on campus. Students are required, however, to maintain weekly logins and timely submission of assignments or they may risk being withdrawn for lack of attendance.

Auditing
Graduates of Full Sails Degree Programs may audit (attend without credit) any current course in their degree program with permission of the Director of Student Affairs. Auditing is allowed on an available-seating basis.

Credit for Previous Education


Students with previous postsecondary education may request credit for previous education. TRANSFER CREDIT Those seeking transfer credit from another accredited postsecondary school while attending Full Sail must submit must submit a copy of ofcial transcripts to the Document Management Team. To receive transfer credit, students must have successfully completed courses similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses. The submission of a copy of ofcial college transcripts must occur within the rst two weeks of
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Changes
Full Sail reserves the right to affect changes in tuition, textbooks, equipment, administration, schedules, subject matter, faculty and staff, and to teach courses in any order it deems necessary.

Policies & Procedures

296

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


attendance at Full Sail. For those classes that begin the rst week in a degree program, a copy of ofcial college transcripts must be received before class begins. The right to receive transfer credit for a course is only granted for successful completion of prior education in subjects that have received a grade of C or better. Transfer credits are awarded based on courses already completed and recommendations to attend courses at other institutions cannot be provided. Acceptance of transfer credit may change a students eligibility for certain types of nancial aid. Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify and/or assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine the transferability of credits. TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDIT Questions regarding matriculation should be directed to the institution at which continued education is being sought. The transferability of credit from Full Sail to another institution is at the discretion of the accepting institution. It is the students responsibility to conrm whether or not credits will be accepted by another college. The Global Professionalism Standards (GPS) program is a formal set of standards for professional conduct which reects the expectations of the industry. While these standards have been represented in the Full Sail Student Manuals code of conduct since the schools inception, this expanded program quanties these terms, allowing students to measure their progress as well as giving them a platform from which excellence can be gauged. These initiatives address the need for students and graduates alike to exhibit a desired level of professionalism thereby ensuring each student a respectful, optimized learning environment, while allowing Full Sail graduates to be viewed as more competitive and better qualied for entering the industry. The GPS contains ve main components that will be evaluated throughout the education term as a student. These components are:
Timeliness Evidencing Respect Preparation Alertness/Attentiveness Compliance with Full Sails policies as well as local and federal laws The Global Professionalism Standards program was created with the help of industry professionals and students to help the current student become familiar with the professional attributes of employment and to enhance the ability to successfully navigate within a professional environment.

Academic Grading Scale


Grades are given for both academics and attendance. Students are required to obtain a passing grade in each course and 90 percent attendance. A passing grade in an associate- or bachelor-level program is a D or a numerical grade of 70. A passing grade in a master-level program is a C or a numerical grade of 73. The grading scale is as follows: ASSOCIATES & BACHELORS DEGREES
GRADE A+ A B+ B C+ C D F NUMERICAL GRADE 95100 % 90-94 % 85-89 % 80-84 % 76-79 % 7375 % 70-72 % below 70 % GRADE POINTS 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0

Evaluations
During courses, students are evaluated on their performance through a series of quizzes, exams, and project evaluations. They are evaluated on theory, technical and practical application, and attitude.

Each students professional skills will be assessed during their tenure with Full Sail in three areas: Learning Environment, Education, and Community.
Learning Environment and Education: The ability to follow the code of conduct set forth in the Full Sail Student Manual (factors including: timeliness, evidencing respect, preparation, alertness/ attentiveness and compliance with Full Sails policies as well as local and federal laws) will ensure that each student maintains a GPS score of 100 percent. Failure to follow any and/or all parts of the Full Sail code of conduct will result in points being deducted from the GPS score. Community: This element represents the ability to add to the GPS score by contributing and participating in events both within Full Sail and throughout the larger community. Events may include: volunteer work, attending designated tutorials or workshops, starting or participating in a community-minded group, or organizing a benevolent fund-raising event.

MASTERS DEGREES
GRADE A+ A B+ B C D F NUMERICAL GRADE 95100 % 9094 % 8589 % 8084 % 7379 % 7072 % 069 % GRADE POINTS 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.0 0.0

Global Professionalism Standards


For 30 years, Full Sail has built relationships within the Entertainment Media Industry and has learned from industry professionals, our alumni and Advisory Board members, those items that are crucial to a successful career. It is the schools role to ensure that each student understands, accepts, and adheres to specic industry expectations placed upon graduates as they pursue their chosen eld. In addition to the schools widely-respected education, Full Sail is a unique community that promotes the importance of a vital code of conduct, which will allow a student to transition into a successful media professional.

Unless otherwise stated in each course syllabus, grades are rounded to the nearest percentage point.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Policies & Procedures

297

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


Floridas Statewide Course Numbering System
Courses in this catalog are identied by prexes and numbers that were assigned by Floridas Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). This numbering system is used by all public postsecondary institutions in Florida and 25 participating nonpublic institutions. The major purpose of this system is to facilitate the transfer of courses between participating institutions. Students and administrators can use the online SCNS to obtain course descriptions and specic information about course transfer between participating Florida institutions. This information is at the SCNS website at http://scns.doe.org. Each participating institution controls the title, credit, and content of its own courses and recommends the rst digit of the course number to indicate the level at which students normally take the course. Course prexes and the last three digits of the course numbers are assigned by members of faculty discipline committees appointed for that purpose by the Florida Department of Education in Tallahassee. Individuals nominated to serve on these committees are selected to maintain a representative balance as to type of institution and discipline eld or specialization. The course prex and each digit in the course number have a meaning in the SCNS. The listing of prexes and associated courses is referred to as the SCNS taxonomy. Descriptions of the content of courses are referred to as statewide course proles. In the sciences and certain other areas, a C or L after the course number is known as a lab indicator. The C represents a combined lecture and laboratory course that meets in the same place at the same time. The L represents a laboratory course or the laboratory part of a course that has the same prex and course number but meets at a different time or place. Transfer of any successfully completed course from one participating institution to another is guaranteed in cases where the course to be transferred is equivalent to one offered by the receiving institution. Equivalencies are established by the same prex and last three digits and comparable faculty credentials at both institutions. For example, ENC 1101 is offered at a community college. The same course is offered at a state university as ENC 2101. A student who has successfully completed ENC 1101 at the community college is guaranteed to receive transfer credit for ENC 2101 at the state university if the student transfers. The student cannot be required to take ENC 2101 again since ENC 1101 is equivalent to ENC 2101. Transfer credit must be awarded for successfully completed equivalent courses and used by the receiving institution to determine satisfaction of requirements by transfer students on the same basis as credit awarded to the native students. It is the prerogative of the receiving institution, however, to offer transfer credit for courses successfully completed that have not been designated as equivalent. NOTE: Credit generated at institutions on the quarter-term system may not transfer the equivalent number of credits to institutions on the semester-term system. For example, 4.0 quarter hours often transfers as 2.67 semester hours.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE FOR EQUIVALENCY


Since the initial implementation of the SCNS, specic disciplines or types of courses have been excepted from the guarantee of transfer for equivalent courses. These include courses that must be evaluated individually or courses in which the student must be evaluated for mastery of skill and technique. The following courses are exceptions to the general rule for course equivalencies and may not transfer. Transferability is at the discretion of the receiving institution.
A. Courses not offered by the receiving institution. B. For courses at non-regionally accredited institutions, courses offered prior to the established transfer date of the course in question. C. Courses in the _900-999 series are not automatically transferable, and must be evaluated individually. These include such courses as Special Topics, Internships, Apprenticeships, Practica, Study Abroad, Theses, and Dissertations. D. College preparatory and vocational preparatory courses. E. Graduate courses. F. Internships, apprenticeships, practica, clinical experiences, and study abroad courses with numbers other than those ranging from 900-999. G. Applied courses in the performing arts (Art, Dance, Interior Design, Music, and Theatre) and skills courses in Criminal Justice (academy certicate courses) are not guaranteed as transferable. These courses need evidence of achievement (e.g., portfolio, audition, interview, etc.).

COURSES AT NON-REGIONALLY ACCREDITED INSTITUTIONS


The SCNS makes available on its home page (http://scns.doe.org) a report entitled Courses at Nonregionally Accredited Institutions that contains a comprehensive listing of all nonpublic institution courses in the SCNS inventory, as well as each courses transfer level and transfer effective date. This report is updated monthly. Questions about the SCNS and appeals regarding course credit transfer decisions should be directed to Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs or to the Florida Department of Education, Ofce of Articulation, 1401 Turlington Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0400. Special reports and technical information may be requested by calling the SCNS ofce at (850) 245-0427 or at http://scns.doe.org.

EXAMPLE OF COURSE IDENTIFIER


PREFIX LEVEL CODE (FIRST DIGIT) CENTURY DIGIT (SECOND DIGIT) DECADE DIGIT (THIRD DIGIT) UNIT DIGIT (FOURTH DIGIT) LAB CODE

THE COURSE PREFIX


The course prex is a three-letter designator for a major division of an academic discipline, subject matter area, or subcategory of knowledge. The prex is not intended to identify the department in which a course is offered. Rather, the content of a course determines the assigned prex to identify the course.

ENC
English Composition

1
Lower (Freshman) Level At This Institution

1
Freshman Composition

0
Freshman Composition Skills

1
Freshman Composition Skills I No laboratory component in this course

GENERAL RULE FOR COURSE EQUIVALENCIES


Equivalent courses at different institutions are identied by the same prexes and same last three digits of the course number and are guaranteed to be transferable between participating institutions that offer the course, with a few exceptions, as listed below in Exception to the General Rule for Equivalency. For example, a freshman composition skills course is offered by 56 different postsecondary institutions. Each institution uses ENC_101 to identify its freshman composition skills course. The level code is the rst digit and represents the year in which students normally take the course at a specic institution. In the SCNS taxonomy, ENC means English Composition, the century digit 1 represents Freshman Composition, the decade digit 0 represents Freshman Composition Skills, and the unit digit 1 represents Freshman Composition Skills I.

AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT COURSES Section 1007.24(7), Florida Statutes, states:
Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education and that participate in the statewide course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate statewide course numbering system faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions to be academically equivalent to courses offered at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, regardless of the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to be accepted by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty possess credentials that are comparable to those required by the accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit may be limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this subsection shall satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native students.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Policies & Procedures

298

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate from one of Full Sails undergraduate degree programs, a student must:
1. 2. 3. 4. Achieve a minimum GPA of 1.0 in each course, Complete all applicable courses within the degree, Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 2.0, and

It is recommended that nancial aid recipients considering an Interruption of Training consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect it will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on IOT, students will not receive nancial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense stipends. Current nancial aid funding may change, and future nancial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional nancial aid application forms based on the timing of their IOT within the nancial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress with a GPA of 1.0 or higher will be granted an IOT. Students not communicating and/or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an ofcial IOT will be dismissed. RETURN FROM INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their IOT to conrm their return. A Return from IOT form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from IOT should conrm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor. LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students under Enrollment Periods as indicated on the Enrollment Agreement are not eligible for an Interruption of Training. They are eligible for a Leave of Absence.
(FOR STUDENTS UNDER ENROLLMENT PERIODS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT)

of Absence may be granted during a twelve month period. LOAs must be for a minimum of 30 days unless mitigating circumstances warrant 2 weeks. It is recommended that nancial aid recipients considering a Leave of Absence consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect such leave will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on LOA, students will not receive nancial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense sti pends. Current nancial aid funding may change, and future nancial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional nancial aid application forms based on the timing of their LOA within the nancial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress will be granted a Leave of Absence. Students not communicat ing and/ or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an ofcial LOA will be dismissed. RETURN FROM LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their LOA to conrm their return. A Return from LOA form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from LOA should conrm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor.

Students are required to fulll all nancial obligations before a diploma and nal transcripts are issued. In order to graduate from one of Full Sails graduate degree programs, a student must:
1. 2. 3. 4. Achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 and a minimum attendance rate of 90 percent in each course, Complete all applicable courses within the degree, Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, and

Students are required to fulll all nancial obligations before a diploma and nal transcripts are issued.

Interruption of Training / Leave of Absence


INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING Standard term semester students are not eligible to apply for a Leave of Absence. They are eligible to apply for an Interruption of Training.
(FOR STUDENTS UNDER SEMESTERS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT)

Living Expenses
Disbursement of living expense funds due to the student may be withheld or delayed pending receipt of payment for any outstanding account balances owed by the student. Students not actively attending classes may not receive living expense disbursements.

In extenuating circumstances, students may apply for an Interruption of Training (IOT) for 90 days per Academic Year (2 Semesters). Students are required to complete the request form with a Student Advisor, which must include the following information: specic reason for the IOT, date IOT starts (must be equal to rst scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days in an Academic Year).

In extenuating circumstances, students may be permitted to interrupt their training with a Leave of Absence (LOA) of up to 90 days. Students are required to submit a written request for such leave to the Student Advisor. Request forms are available from the Student Advisor and must include the following information: specic reason for the LOA, date LOA starts (must be equal to rst scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days). Only one such Leave

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Policies & Procedures

299

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


Make-up Work
Due to the nature of on-line courses and the accelerated pace, make-up work is not offered. In extenuating circumstances, the Course Director may choose to allow a short extension for the submission of an assignment, but this must be arranged in advance with the Course Director. Authorization for an extension is solely at the discretion of the Course Director. Transcript requests must be in writing from the student. To request a transcript, the student may either complete a Transcript Request Form in the Education Reception Area, on the Student Intranet site, or by sending a letter that includes the students full name, date of birth, social security number, program of study, and the students signature. Requests for transcripts will be processed within 14 days of receipt. Transcripts will be available for pick-up at the Education Reception desk unless instructed otherwise by the student. There is a $5.00 charge for each ofcial transcript.

Institutional Refund Policy


REFUNDS Full Sail Universitys Institutional Refund Policy has been established in accordance with current state and federal regulations and applicable accrediting standards. A refund to the student or fund source may result from the application of Full Sail Universitys Institutional Refund Policy. REFUNDS DUE TO CANCELLATIONS Students who are rejected by the college, cancel application within ve (5) business days of Full Sail Universitys receipt of the application fee, or cancel enrollment within ve (5) business days of Full Sail Universitys receipt of a signed enrollment agreement are entitled to a 100% refund of tuition (0% tuition charged) and a refund of the $75 application fee. Students who have not visited Full Sail University prior to enrollment will have the opportunity to cancel all courses without penalty (0% of tuition charged, excluding the application fee) within three (3) business days following either the regularly scheduled orientation or following a tour of the school. Under any other circumstances, the $75 application fee is retained by Full Sail University. REFUNDS DUE TO WITHDRAWAL Full Sail University has an established add/drop period that is the rst week of each semester. All tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students who drop within the add/drop period. After the add/drop period, the tuition and fees for the semester will be charged as follows:
PERCENTAGE OF TUITION CHARGED DROP DATE
0% of tuition charged .......................................................Prior to semester start date 0% of tuition charged .......................................................... During Add / Drop Period (first week of semester) 25% of tuition charged ........................................... During second week of semester 75% of tuition charged ................................................During third week of semester 100% of tuition charged .................................................After third week of semester

Maximum Time Frame for Program Completion


The credit hours attempted for any Degree Program cannot exceed 1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. This maximum time frame requirement is a standard mandated by the accrediting body, and students who exceed the time frame are dismissed from the Degree Program.

Re-Entry
Students wishing to re-enter school must contact their Student Advisor. Re-entry will depend on the academic progress made by the student in their previous enrollment at the university. A student who was dismissed or administratively withdrawn by the university may not be eligible for re-entry, depending on the severity of the situation surrounding the withdrawal. To re-enter, a Change of Enrollment (COE) will be initiated by the Student Advisor and/or COE Assessment Team Member and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Re-entry requests must be initiated by the student. Family members may not request a Change of Enrollment (COE) on the students behalf. Any balance of tuition must be paid prior to re-entry. If withdrawn for more than one year, reentering students will be charged the currently applicable tuition price and will be responsible for any increased amounts. Students may receive credit only for the common classes that were passed prior to their withdrawal. Typically, the re-entry process may require students to make appointments with several different departments; therefore, no less than a 30-day notice is required for a standard re-entry. If a student withdraws with plans to immediately re-enter (for example, due to an IOT for more than 90 days), 60 days notice prior to the intended start/enrollment date is required.

Probationary Status
Students who do not meet Full Sail grading, attendance, nancial, or conduct standards may be placed on probation. During this time, students are advised as to the level of improvement or the action necessary to rectify the probationary status. Students are removed from probation when satisfactory progress standards have been met. Students who do not meet satisfactory progress requirements at the end of their probationary period are subject to termination.

Progress Records and Reports


Progress records are permanently maintained by the school. Grades and attendance for each course are posted on the students personal page on the Student Intranet site. Unofcial transcripts of student progress are available by completing a Transcript Request Form. Parents seeking access to this progress must have students sign an authorization to release records and, that being done, may call the college for a verbal check on academic progress. Students may give their parents the students username and password to the Student Intranet site, thereby allowing their parents access to their progress as well as Campus News.

All institutional fees will be refunded to students when unopened materials and equipment are returned to Full Sail University. The date from which the refund is calculated is the
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Policies & Procedures

300

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


last date that the student attended a class. Refunds will be made within thirty (30) days of the date that Full Sail University determines that the student has withdrawn. The original source from which monies are received dictates the entity to which monies are to be refunded. Refunds due to the student that are less than one dollar are not issued unless the student submits a written request. In the event of a students prolonged illness, accident, death in the family, or other circumstances that make completion of the semester impossible or impractical, the school will attempt to make a fair and reasonable settlement. Full Sail University reserves the right to modify these policies in order to remain in compliance with any changes in the applicable laws and regulations.
6. 7. 8. National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART) Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of the HEA, as amended

Satisfactory Progress
Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each course and at 24 credit hours/32 weeks (which represents the end of the rst academic year). During their rst course, students in degrees with Trial Periods who do not successfully and comprehensively complete 80% of the assignments within the rst two weeks may risk being administratively withdrawn for lack of attendance. Students are graded by periodic examinations, both written and practical, using a standard system of percentages to gauge progress. To successfully complete each course, in an undergraduate program, a student must attain a grade of D or better. To successfully complete each course in a graduate program, a student must attain a grade of C or better. To maintain satisfactory progress in an undergraduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.0 at the end of the rst 25 percent of their program, a 1.5 cumulative grade point average by the midpoint of their program and a 2.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. To maintain satisfactory progress in a graduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of the rst 25 percent of their program, a 2.5 cumulative grade point average by the mid-point of their program and a 3.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. Students who fail to meet these standards are placed on probation. This probation is usually for a 90-day period. Those who fail to achieve satisfactory progress after the probationary period may be terminated. This is left to the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. Mitigating circumstances are taken into consideration. Students are required to follow a predetermined program of study; the school does not offer noncredit remedial courses or a grade of incomplete for a course in an undergraduate degree program.

When a student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, Full Sail University returns these funds based semesters. If a student withdraws on or before completing sixty (60) percent of the semester, a portion of the total Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds calculation may result in the student owing a balance to the Federal Government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal.

Repayment of Government Program Funds


If a student is terminated, withdraws, or otherwise fails to complete an enrollment period and received nancial aid while enrolled, the Federal Government dictates how refunds (if applicable) are repaid. Students on Trial Periods: Once a student has successfully completed the Trial Period and becomes a regular student, otherwise eligible trial period students become eligible for Title IV, HEA program funds back to the beginning of the payment or loan period, as applicable, including the trial period, and the Title IV Refund Policy and Institutional Withdrawal Policy applies. The return of nancial aid is dictated by The Return of Title IV Funds calculation policy. If a refund results from this calculation, federal policy requires that these unearned funds be returned to the applicable Title IV nancial aid fund source. Funds are refunded to the Title IV Programs in the following federally mandated order:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans Subsidized Federal Stafford loans Federal PLUS loans Federal Pell grants Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG)

Living Expense Repayment


If a student is provided with living expense funds originating from a student nancial assistance program and the student fails to complete the semester for any reason, the student is required to return the unearned funds. Full Sail will notify the student of the amount owed. If the student fails to satisfy the repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further federal student nancial aid assistance.

Repeat of a Course
Students may repeat a course one time without additional tuition charges, however, if a student withdraws prior to graduation, all weeks of attendance (even repeats for academic failure) will be counted toward the weeks of attendance for percentage of tuition owed. There are some courses in degree programs that a student must complete within two attempts, or that student will be dismissed from the program. This information is provided to the students in the syllabus received on the rst day of those classes.

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Policies & Procedures

301

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures


Student Complaint/Grievance Procedure
Students are encouraged to discuss academic progress, career goals, suggestions, and/or concerns with Full Sail staff members and/or administrators. Appointments with a Student Advisor, the Director of Student Affairs, and/or any other staff member may be scheduled. In the event of a concern, grievance or complaint that is not satisfactorily addressed in a meeting with the appropriate staff/faculty member, a student may acquire a complaint form from a Student Advisor and submit in writing the concern to the Director of Student Affairs. The Director of Student Affairs will review each complaint with all appropriate staff members and provide a written response to the student within 15 days of receiving the grievance. Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that Full Sail has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints considered by the Commission must be in written form with permission by the complainant(s) for the Commission to forward a copy of the complaint to the school for a response. The complainant(s) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the nal resolution by the Commission. Please direct all inquiries to:
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703) 247-4212 www.accsc.org

KANSAS ONLINE STUDENTS

Kansas Board of Regents 1000 Southwest Jackson Street, Suite 520 Topeka, KS 66612-1368 http://www.kansasregents.org/resources/PDF/524ComplaintProcedureandForm.pdf Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp

Students Receiving Veterans Benefits


CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benets with previous postsecondary training or work experience must have this training or work experience evaluated and receive credit when appropriate. An ofcial transcript or documentation of work experience must be sent to the Director of Student Affairs. These students must also successfully complete the nal exam for each course to be credited. The Director of Student Affairs evaluates all relevant information, and credit for previous training is granted where appropriate. If credit is given, the training time within the program may be shortened and the tuition reduced accordingly. SATISFACTORY PROGRESS FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS A standard system of percentages is used for measuring progress in each course. Students are given periodic examinations, both written and practical. Those receiving veterans benets are evaluated at the end of each class. In order to maintain satisfactory progress, students must have a 1.0 term GPA at the end of each evaluation period and have a cumulative grade point average at the 25%, mid-point and end of the program that meets the same graduation requirements for all degree program students. Those who do not achieve satisfactory progress at the end of each evaluation are placed on probation for eight weeks. Students who do not achieve satisfactory progress on or before the end of the eight week probation period have their veterans benets terminated and are subject to termination from Full Sail. In this event, students are responsible for payment of any remaining tuition balance. REPORTING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students are responsible for reporting changes in their enrollment status to Full Sails certifying ofcial and to the VA. The law requires that education benets to veterans be discontinued when students cease to maintain satisfactory attendance, progress, or conduct during training.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

MARYLAND ONLINE STUDENTS

Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. If you believe that your concern has not been resolved appropriately by Full Sail University, you may appeal to the Maryland Higher Education Commission (MHEC). Please submit written complaints to:
Associate Director for Private Career Schools Planning and Academic Affairs Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp Maryland Attorney General Consumer Protection Division 200 Street Paul Place Baltimore, MD 21202 consumer@oag.state.md.us https://web.oag.state.md.us/editor/customer/ onlineformhelpers/formviewer.aspx?lename= MUGeneral.htm Consumer Protection Hotline: (410) 528-8662

A copy of the Commissions Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs.

MINNESOTA ONLINE STUDENTS

Minnesota Ofce of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350 St. Paul, MN 55108-5227 http://www.ohe.state.mn.us/oheContactForm.cfm (email) Wisconsin Educational Approval Board 30 W. Mifin Street, 9th Floor PO Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708 eabmail@eab.state.wi.us http://eab.state.wi.us/resources/complaint.asp

WISCONSIN ONLINE STUDENTS

Policies & Procedures

302

Policies & Procedure

Policies & Procedures, cont.


RE-ENTRY FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benets who are dismissed for unsatisfactory progress, poor attendance, misconduct or any other reason must seek re-entry through the Student Advisors in the Education Department. These students may be readmitted into the program at the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. They re-enter under a probationary status and those receiving veterans benets are evaluated one month after re-entry. A term grade point average of at least 1.0, satisfactory attendance and good conduct are required to continue training and, at that point, students are again eligible to apply for veterans benets. Students must maintain satisfactory progress and attendance for the remainder of the program. If satisfactory progress is not maintained, veterans benets are denied and the students are responsible for the balance of the tuition owed.

Clock Hour-to-Credit Hour Conversion


One clock hour is dened as a period of no less than 50 minutes during which a student participates in a learning activity. The conversion of clock hours to credit hours is calculated on a semester credit hour basis. One semester credit hour is equal to 45 units of academic activities:
One clock hour of Lecture or Lab One hour of out-of-class work and/or preparation for a Lecture or Lab 2.0 units 0.5 units

Full Sail offers the following campus and online degrees and certicates:
Master of Arts Degrees
New Media Journalism Public Relations

Master of Fine Arts Degrees


Creative Writing Film Production Media Design

Master of Science Degrees


Business Intelligence Entertainment Business Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track Game Design Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming

A credit hour/unit chart is incorporated into each course syllabus and includes a breakdown of the total number of units for the academic activities in each respective course.

Licenses & Accreditation


Full Sail University is licensed by the Commission for Independent Education, Florida Department of Education. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Commission at 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL 32399-0400, toll-free telephone number (888) 224-6684. Full Sail University is licensed to offer Associate of Science, Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, Master of Fine Arts, and graduate certicates by the Commission for Independent Education. Full Sail is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), [School # 055214]. The ACCSC is listed by the U.S. Department of Education as a nationally recognized accrediting agency under the provisions of Title 34, Chapter VI, Part 602 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations.

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree


Creative Writing for Entertainment

Termination Policy and Borrowers Agreement


A student may terminate their enrollment agreement by giving written notice to Full Sail University, subject to the terms as outlined in the Institutional Refund Policy section of this catalog. Full Sail University reserves the right to terminate the enrollment agreement in the event of (i) disruptive behavior by a student, (ii) destruction of property by a student, (iii) nonpayment of tuition, (iv) unsatisfactory progress, (v) poor attendance and/or participation, or (vi) failure to satisfactorily complete all required courses prior to attempting 150% of the credit hours required to complete the semester. A students dissatisfaction with or non-receipt of educational services offered by Full Sail University does not excuse the student from repayment of any private loan, grant, federal loan, or other loan whatsoever made to the student for enrollment and completion of training at Full Sail University.

Bachelor of Science Degrees


Computer Animation Digital Arts & Design Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Film Game Art Game Design Game Development Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Recording Arts Show Production Software Development Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development

Associate of Science Degrees


Graphic Design Recording Engineering

Graduate Certicates
Education Media Design & Technology Internet Marketing

Certicate
English as a Second Language

GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Policies & Procedures

303

Policies & Procedure

Licenses & Accreditation, cont.


Full Sail qualies as an eligible institution under Title IV of the United States Department of Education, Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended. Financial aid is available for students who qualify. Full Sail is approved for veterans training by the Bureau of State Approving for Veterans Training, Florida Department of Veterans Affairs. Full Sail is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant, alien students. The following states require additional registration or approvals for online programs: Kansas Full Sail University holds a Certicate of Approval from the Kansas Board of Regents. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Kansas Board of Regents at 1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520, Topeka, KS 66612-1368, telephone (785) 296-3421, or website www.kansasregents.org. Maryland Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Maryland Higher Education Commission at 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor, Baltimore, MD 21201, telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203. Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Maryland Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Maryland residents who are enrolled in online programs. Maryland online students have seven (7) calendar days after signing their enrollment agreement to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the seven (7) day cancellation period, but before instruction has begun, the student is eligible for a full refund, minus the application fee. After the seven (7) day cancellation period, and after instruction has begun, the refund calculation is as follows:
PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED 90% 80% 60% 40% 20% 0% PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED Less than 10% 10% up to but not including 20% 20% up to but not including 30% 30% up to but not including 40% 40% up to but not including 60% More than 60%

enrollment to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the three business day cancellation period, all tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students that drop within the rst ve (5) days of the semester. Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a students ofcial withdrawal. If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Refunds will be calculated for the semester using the following chart:
SEMESTER BY WEEK Week 1 PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED 100% 80% 80% 70% 60% 60% 50% 50% 40% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED 6.25% 12.50% 18.75% 25% 31.25% 37.5% 43.75% 50% 56.25% 62.5% 68.75% 75% 81.25% 87.5% 93.75% 100%

Refunds will be paid within thirty (30) days of a students ofcial withdrawal. If the university cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the enrollment agreement, the university will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Minnesota Full Sail University is registered as a Private Institution with the Minnesota Ofce of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Wisconsin Full Sail University is approved by the Wisconsin Educational Approval Board. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Educational Approval Board at 30 West Mifin Street, 9th Floor, P.O. Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708-8696, telephone (608) 266-1996. Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Wisconsin Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Wisconsin residents who are enrolled in online programs. Wisconsin Online students have three (3) business days from the time of

Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 Week 5 Week 6 Week 7 Week 8 Week 9 Week 10 Week 11 Week 12 Week 13 Week 14 Week 15 Week 16

Students Right to Cancel Form: http://www.fullsail.edu/downloads/wisconsinrtc.pdf


GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON

Administration

304

Policies & Procedure

Administratio

Notice of Availability of Annual Security Report


A copy of Full Sails Annual Security Report is available to prospective students upon request. This report includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that occurred on-campus; in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by Full Sail; and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus security and other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by contacting your Admissions Representative.

Memberships/Affiliations
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Association for Computing Machinery Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities (APSCU) ACM SIGGRAPH Advanced Educational Research Association American Institute of Graphic Arts Alias Global User Association American Academy of Advertising American Bar Association American Counseling Association American Library Association American Management Association American Marketing Association American Society for Group Workers Apple Distinquished Educators Apple University Executive Forum Attention Decit Disorder Association Audio Engineering Society Autodesk User Group Autodesk Education Better Business Bureau Central Florida Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages Commission for Independent Education Educational Theater Association Educause Entertainment Arts and Sports Law Florida Bar Enzian Theater Advisory Board Federal Bar Association Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools and Colleges Florida Bar Association Florida Film Group Florida Institute for Film Education Florida Motion Picture and Television Association Game Developers Conference Hewlett-Packard Artist and Animators of the Future Advisory Council iLL Clan Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers Instructional Technology Council Independent Game Developers Association International Advertising Association Maitland Art Center Modern Language Association Music and Entertainment Industry Educators Association National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences National Association of Broadcasters National Association of Latino Independent Producers National Association of Women Business Owners National Association of Recording Merchandisers National Council for Teachers of English National Systems Contractors Association New Media Consortium North American Council of Online Learning Orlando Advertising Federation Orlando Chamber of Commerce Orlando Museum of Art Orlando Science Center Otronicon Professional Educators Network of Florida Professional Photoshop User Group Project Management Institute Project Zero with Harvard University State Educational Technology Directors Association Search Engine Marketing Professional Organization Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers Society of Professional Audio Recording Studios Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages The National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences Winter Park Chamber of Commerce Winter Park Hospital Women in Film and Television

Governing Body
Full Sail University is a ctitious name registered by Full Sail, Inc., organized and chartered under the laws of the State of Florida. The address of the governing body is the same as that of the school.

Co-Chairmen/CEOs
Ed Haddock Bill Heavener Jon Phelps

Full Sail University Administration


Administration
Garry Jones Ken Goldstone Isis Jones Debbie Magruder Geoff Rogers Christopher Marconi Stella Posada Mary Beth Plank-Mezo Matthew Pengra Tammy Elliot Andrew Solberg Mark Gilbert Sharon Grifth Craig Daily Luis Garcia Dave Franko Nell Thompson Erik Noteboom Jennifer Hill Pat Bishop Debbie Mills Jon Craig President Chief Operating Ofcer Chief Information Ofcer/ Executive Director Of Education Chief Financial Ofcer Executive Vice President Executive Vice President Senior Vice President, Image, Design & Development Vice President, Staff & Cultural Development Vice President, Admissions Vice President, Career Development Vice President, Marketing Vice President, Information & Media Technology Vice President, Financial Aid Vice President & Creative Director Vice President, Full Sail Online

Education Directors
Vice President, Academic Affairs Vice President, Academic Innovation Vice President, Education Operations Director of Education Compliance Director of Graduate Studies Director of Student Affairs Director of Academic Success GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON Administration

305

Evolving Education Online

SM

Full Sail University 3300 University Boulevard Winter Park, FL 32792-7429 Toll Free: 800.226.7625 Local/International: 407.679.6333 fullsail.edu

Accredited University, ACCSC. Financial Aid available for those who qualify. Career development assistance.

You might also like